<<

J P MORGAN CHASE & CO

FORM 10-Q (Quarterly Report)

Filed 05/10/10 for the Period Ending 03/31/10

Address 270 PARK AVE 38TH FL NEW YORK, NY 10017 Telephone 2122706000 CIK 0000019617 Symbol JPM Fiscal Year 12/31

http://www.edgar-online.com © Copyright 2010, EDGAR Online, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

Distribution and use of this document restricted under EDGAR Online, Inc. Terms of Use. WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, DC 20549 FORM 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Quarterly Period Ended March 31, 2010 Commission file number 1-5805 JPMORGAN CHASE & CO. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware 13 -2624428

(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer incorporation or organization) Identification No.)

270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (212) 270 -6000 Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes No Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer Non -accelerated filer Smaller reporting company (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes No

Number of shares of common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2010: 3,978,693,997

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

FORM 10-Q TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

Part I — Financial information

Item 1 Consolidated Financial Statements — JPMorgan Chase & Co.:

Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 90

Consolidated Balance Sheets (unaudited) at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009 91

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 92

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 93

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) 94

Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Interest and Rates (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 155

Glossary of Terms and Line of Business Metrics 156

Item 2 Management ’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations:

Consolidated Financial Highlights 3

Introduction 5

Executive Overview 7

Consolidated Results of Operations 11

Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm ’s Use of Non -GAAP Financial Measures 14

Business Segment Results 17

Balance Sheet Analysis 43

Off -Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Cash Obligations 45

Capital Management 49

Risk Management 52

Supervision and Regulation 85

Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm 86

Accounting and Reporting Developments 89

Forward -Looking Statements 162

Item 3 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 163

Item 4 Controls and Procedures 163

Part II — Other information

Item 1 Legal Proceedings 163

Item 1A Risk Factors 171

Item 2 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds 171

Item 3 Defaults Upon Senior Securities 171

Item 4 Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 171 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Item 5 Other Information 171

Item 6 Exhibits 171

EX -10 EX -31.1 EX -31.2 EX -32 EX -101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT EX -101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT EX -101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT EX -101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT EX -101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT EX -101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

2 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

JPMORGAN CHASE & CO. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

(unaudited) (in millions, except per share, ratio and headcount data) As of or for the period ended, 1Q10 4Q09 3Q09 2Q09 1Q09

Selected income statement data Total net revenue $ 27,671 $ 23,164 $ 26,622 $ 25,623 $ 25,025 Total noninterest expense 16,124 12,004 13,455 13,520 13,373

Pre -provision profit (a) 11,547 11,160 13,167 12,103 11,652 Provision for credit losses 7,010 7,284 8,104 8,031 8,596

Income before income tax expense and extraordinary gain 4,537 3,876 5,063 4,072 3,056 Income tax expense 1,211 598 1,551 1,351 915

Income before extraordinary gain 3,326 3,278 3,512 2,721 2,141 Extraordinary gain (b) — — 76 — —

Net income $ 3,326 $ 3,278 $ 3,588 $ 2,721 $ 2,141

Per common share data Basic earnings Income before extraordinary gain $ 0.75 $ 0.75 $ 0.80 $ 0.28 $ 0.40 Net income 0.75 0.75 0.82 0.28 0.40 Diluted earnings (c) Income before extraordinary gain $ 0.74 $ 0.74 $ 0.80 $ 0.28 $ 0.40 Net income 0.74 0.74 0.82 0.28 0.40 Cash dividends declared per share 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 Book value per share 39.38 39.88 39.12 37.36 36.78 Common shares outstanding Weighted average: Basic 3,970.5 3,946.1 3,937.9 3,811.5 3,755.7 Diluted 3,994.7 3,974.1 3,962.0 3,824.1 3,758.7 Common shares at period end (d) 3,975.4 3,942.0 3,938.7 3,924.1 3,757.7 Share price (e) High $ 46.05 $ 47.47 $ 46.50 $ 38.94 $ 31.64 Low 37.03 40.04 31.59 25.29 14.96 Close 44.75 41.67 43.82 34.11 26.58 Market capitalization 177,897 164,261 172,596 133,852 99,881

Selected ratios Return on common equity ( “ROE ”) (c) Income before extraordinary gain 8 % 8 % 9 % 3 % 5 % Net income 8 8 9 3 5 Return on tangible common equity ( “ROTCE ”) (c) Income before extraordinary gain 12 12 13 5 8 Net income 12 12 14 5 8 Return on assets ( “ROA ”) Income before extraordinary gain 0.66 0.65 0.70 0.54 0.42 Net income 0.66 0.65 0.71 0.54 0.42 Overhead ratio 58 52 51 53 53 Tier 1 capital ratio (f) 11.5 11.1 10.2 9.7 11.4 Total capital ratio 15.1 14.8 13.9 13.3 15.2 Tier 1 leverage ratio 6.6 6.9 6.5 6.2 7.1 Tier 1 common capital ratio (g) 9.1 8.8 8.2 7.7 7.3

Selected balance sheet data (period-end) Trading assets (f) $ 426,128 $ 411,128 $ 424,435 $ 395,626 $ 429,700 Securities (f) 344,376 360,390 372,867 345,563 333,861 Loans (f) 713,799 633,458 653,144 680,601 708,243 Total assets (f) 2,135,796 2,031,989 2,041,009 2,026,642 2,079,188 Deposits (f) 925,303 938,367 867,977 866,477 906,969 Long -term debt 262,857 266,318 272,124 271,939 261,845 Common stockholders ’ equity (f) 156,569 157,213 154,101 146,614 138,201 Total stockholders ’ equity (f) 164,721 165,365 162,253 154,766 170,194 Headcount 226,623 222,316 220,861 220,255 219,569

3 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

(unaudited) (in millions, except ratios) As of or for the period ended 1Q10 4Q09 3Q09 2Q09 1Q09

Credit quality metrics Allowance for credit losses (f) $ 39,126 $ 32,541 $ 31,454 $ 29,818 $ 28,019 Allowance for loan losses to total retained loans (f) 5.40% 5.04 % 4.74% 4.33 % 3.95 % Allowance for loan losses to retained loans excluding purchased credit- impaired loans (f)(h) 5.64 5.51 5.28 5.01 4.53 Nonperforming assets $ 19,019 $ 19,741 $ 20,362 $ 17,517 $ 14,654 Net charge -offs 7,910 6,177 6,373 6,019 4,396 Net charge -off rate 4.46% 3.85 % 3.84% 3.52 % 2.51 % Wholesale net charge -off rate 1.84 2.31 1.93 1.19 0.32 Consumer net charge -off rate 5.56 4.60 4.79 4.69 3.61

(a) Pre -provision profit is total net revenue less noninterest expense. The Firm believes that this financial measure is useful in assessing the ability of a lending institution to generate income in excess of its provision for credit losses.

(b) On September 25, 2008, JPMorgan Chase acquired the banking operations of . The acquisition resulted in negative goodwill, and accordingly, the Firm recognized an extraordinary gain. A preliminary gain of $1.9 billion was recognized at December 31, 2008. The final total extraordinary gain that resulted from the Washington Mutual transaction was $2.0 billion.

(c) The calculation of second-quarter 2009 earnings per share and net income applicable to common equity includes a one-time, noncash reduction of $1.1 billion, or $0.27 per share, resulting from repayment of U.S. Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) preferred capital. Excluding this reduction, the adjusted ROE and ROTCE for the second quarter 2009 would have been 6% and 10%, respectively. The Firm views the adjusted ROE and ROTCE, both non -GAAP financial measures, as meaningful because they enable the comparability to prior periods. For further discussion, see “Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s use of Non-GAAP Financial measures” on pages 14 -16 of this Form 10 -Q and pages 50 -52 of JPMorgan Chase ’s 2009 Annual Report.

(d) On June 5, 2009, the Firm issued $5.8 billion, or 163 million shares, of its common stock at $35.25 per share.

(e) The principal market for JPMorgan Chase ’s common stock is the . JPMorgan Chase ’s common stock is also listed and traded on the London Stock Exchange and the Tokyo Stock Exchange.

(f) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new guidance that amended the accounting for the transfer of financial assets and the consolidation of variable interest entities (“VIEs”). Upon adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-sponsored securitization trusts, Firm-administered multi-seller conduits and certain other consumer loan securitization entities, primarily mortgage-related, adding $87.7 billion and $92.2 billion of assets and liabilities, respectively, and decreasing stockholders’ equity and the Tier I capital ratio by $4.5 billion and 34 basis points, respectively. The reduction to stockholders’ equity was driven by the establishment of an allowance for loan losses of $7.5 billion (pretax) primarily related to receivables held in credit card securitization trusts that were consolidated on the adoption date.

(g) The Tier 1 common capital ratio is Tier 1 common capital divided by risk -weighed assets. Tier 1 common capital ( “Tier 1 common ”) is defined as Tier 1 capital less elements of capital not in the form of common equity — such as perpetual preferred stock, noncontrolling interests in subsidiaries and trust preferred capital debt securities. The Tier 1 common capital ratio, a non-GAAP financial measure, is used by banking regulators, investors and analysts to assess and compare the quality and composition of the Firm’s capital with the capital of other companies. The Firm uses Tier 1 common capital along with the other capital measures to assess and monitor its capital position. For further discussion, see Regulatory capital on pages 82 -84 of JPMorgan Chase ’s 2009 Annual Report.

(h) Excludes the impact of home lending purchased credit -impaired loans for all periods. Also excludes, as of December 31, 2009, September 30, 2009 and June 30, 2009, the loans held by the Washington Mutual Master Trust, which were consolidated onto the balance sheet at fair value during the second quarter of 2009. Such loans had been fully repaid or charged off as of March 31, 2010. For further discussion, see Allowance for credit losses on pages 78 -81 of this Form 10 -Q.

4 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS This section of the Form 10-Q provides management’s discussion and analysis (“MD&A”) of the financial condition and results of operations of JPMorgan Chase. See the Glossary of terms on pages 156 -159 for definitions of terms used throughout this Form 10-Q. The MD&A included in this Form 10-Q contains statements that are forward-looking within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of JPMorgan Chase’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties could cause the Firm’s actual results to differ materially from those set forth in such forward- looking statements. Certain of such risks and uncertainties are described herein (See Forward-looking Statements on pages 162-163 and Part II, Item 1A: Risk Factors on page 171 of this Form 10 -Q), and see Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors in JPMorgan Chase’s Annual Report on Form 10- K for the year ended December 31, 2009, filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ( “2009 Annual Report” or “2009 Form 10- K”), to which reference is hereby made.

INTRODUCTION JPMorgan Chase & Co., a financial incorporated under Delaware law in 1968, is a leading global financial services firm and one of the largest banking institutions in the of America (“U.S.”), with $2.1 trillion in assets, $164.7 billion in stockholders’ equity and operations in more than 60 countries as of March 31, 2010. The Firm is a leader in investment banking, financial services for consumers and businesses, financial transaction processing and asset management. Under the J.P. Morgan and Chase brands, the Firm serves millions of customers in the U.S. and many of the world’s most prominent corporate, institutional and government clients. JPMorgan Chase’s principal bank subsidiaries are JPMorgan , National Association (“JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.”), a national bank with branches in 23 states in the U.S.; and Chase Bank USA, National Association (“Chase Bank USA, N.A.”), a national bank that is the Firm’s credit card issuing bank. JPMorgan Chase’s principal nonbank subsidiary is J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., the Firm’s U.S. investment banking firm. JPMorgan Chase’s activities are organized, for management reporting purposes, into six business segments, as well as Corporate/Private Equity. The Firm’s wholesale businesses comprise the Investment Bank, Commercial Banking, Treasury & Securities Services and Asset Management segments. The Firm’s consumer businesses comprise the Retail Financial Services and Card Services segments. A description of the Firm’s business segments, and the products and services they provide to their respective client bases, follows.

Investment Bank J.P. Morgan is one of the world’s leading investment banks, with deep client relationships and broad product capabilities. The clients of the Investment Bank (“IB”) are corporations, financial institutions, governments and institutional investors. The Firm offers a full range of investment banking products and services in all major capital markets, including advising on corporate strategy and structure, capital-raising in equity and debt markets, sophisticated risk management, market-making in cash securities and derivative instruments, prime brokerage, and research. IB also commits the Firm’s own capital to principal investing and trading activities on a limited basis.

Retail Financial Services Retail Financial Services (“RFS”) serves consumers and businesses through personal service at bank branches and through ATMs, online banking and telephone banking, as well as through auto dealerships and school financial-aid offices. Customers can use more than 5,100 bank branches (third-largest nationally) and 15,500 ATMs (second-largest nationally), as well as online and mobile banking around the clock. More than 25,300 branch salespeople assist customers with checking and savings accounts, mortgages, home equity and business loans, and investments across the 23-state footprint from New York and Florida to California. Consumers also can obtain loans through more than 15,800 auto dealerships and 2,200 schools and universities nationwide.

5 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Card Services Card Services (“CS”) is one of the nation’s largest credit card issuers, with nearly $150 billion in managed loans and nearly 90 million open accounts. In the three months ended March 31, 2010, customers used Chase cards to meet nearly $70 billion of their spending needs. Through its merchant acquiring business, Solutions, Card Services is a global leader in payment processing and merchant acquiring.

Commercial Banking Commercial Banking (“CB”) serves nearly 25,000 clients nationally, including corporations, municipalities, financial institutions and not-for- profit entities with annual revenue generally ranging from $10 million to $2 billion, and more than 30,000 real estate investors/owners. Delivering extensive industry knowledge, local expertise and dedicated service, CB partners with the Firm’s other businesses to provide comprehensive solutions, including lending, treasury services, investment banking and asset management to meet its clients’ domestic and international financial needs.

Treasury & Securities Services Treasury & Securities Services (“TSS”) is a global leader in transaction, investment and information services. TSS is one of the world’s largest cash management providers and a leading global custodian. Treasury Services (“TS”) provides cash management, trade, wholesale card and liquidity products and services to small- and mid-sized companies, multinational corporations, financial institutions and government entities. TS partners with the Commercial Banking, Retail Financial Services and Asset Management businesses to serve clients firmwide. As a result, certain TS revenue is included in other segments’ results. Worldwide Securities Services holds, values, clears and services securities, cash and alternative investments for investors and broker-dealers, and manages depositary receipt programs globally.

Asset Management Asset Management (“AM”), with assets under supervision of $1.7 trillion, is a global leader in investment and wealth management. AM clients include institutions, retail investors and high-net-worth individuals in every major market throughout the world. AM offers global investment management in equities, fixed income, real estate, hedge funds, private equity and liquidity products, including money-market instruments and bank deposits. AM also provides trust and estate, banking and brokerage services to high-net-worth clients, and retirement services for corporations and individuals. The majority of AM’s client assets are in actively managed portfolios.

6 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW This executive overview of management’s discussion and analysis highlights selected information and may not contain all of the information that is important to readers of this Form 10-Q. For a complete description of events, trends and uncertainties, as well as the capital, liquidity, credit and market risks, and the critical accounting estimates, affecting the Firm and its various lines of business, this Form 10-Q should be read in its entirety.

Financial performance of JPMorgan Chase

Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except per share data and ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Selected income statement data Total net revenue $ 27,671 $ 25,025 11 % Total noninterest expense 16,124 13,373 21 Pre -provision profit 11,547 11,652 (1 ) Provision for credit losses 7,010 8,596 (18 ) Net income 3,326 2,141 55

Diluted earnings per share $ 0.74 $ 0.40 85 Return on common equity 8 % 5 % Capital ratios Tier 1 capital 11.5 11.4 Tier 1 common capital 9.1 7.3

Business overview JPMorgan Chase reported first-quarter 2010 net income of $3.3 billion, or $0.74 per share, compared with net income of $2.1 billion, or $0.40 per share, in the first quarter of 2009. Return on common equity for the quarter was 8%, compared with 5% in the prior year. The increase in earnings was driven by a lower provision for credit losses and higher net revenue, partially offset by higher noninterest expense. Strong Fixed Income Markets revenue in the Investment Bank and continued elevated levels of trading and securities gains from the investment portfolio in Corporate contributed to revenue growth. The decrease in the provision for credit losses was driven by a reduction in the allowance for loan losses due to lower loan balances in the Investment Bank (reflecting repayments and loan sales), and lower estimated losses in Card Services. Noninterest expense rose, reflecting increased litigation reserves, including those for mortgage -related matters. The beginnings of an economic recovery in the U.S. gained momentum in the first quarter of 2010, with favorable developments in financial markets, capital spending and the labor market. These trends, combined with increasing corporate profitability and low inflation, provided support for improving stock markets, asset prices and credit spreads. Household spending expanded but continued to be constrained by high unemployment, modest income growth, lower household wealth and tight credit. The indicated that these economic conditions were likely to warrant an exceptionally low federal funds rate for an extended period. The Firm’s net income in the first quarter reflected the improvement in the business environment, with a strong quarter in the Investment Bank and continued solid performance across Asset Management, Commercial Banking and . Although high losses continued in the consumer credit portfolios, delinquencies continued to stabilize and, in some cases, improved. Earnings generated additional capital, resulting in a very strong Tier 1 Capital ratio of 11.5% and a Tier 1 Common ratio of 9.1%. The total firmwide allowance for credit losses was more than $39 billion, or 5.6% of total loans. JPMorgan Chase continued to contribute to the economic recovery of small businesses and communities. Building on the efforts of the Obama Administration, the Firm expanded its efforts by launching an initiative to increase small-business lending to $10 billion by the end of 2010. During the quarter, the Firm extended $2.1 billion in new small-business credit, with Business Banking originations nearly doubling from last year. In addition, the Firm aims to employ more people and create new jobs across the country and around the world, with plans to add nearly 9,000 new employees in the U.S. alone. The Firm’s efforts to prevent foreclosures have produced significant results. Since the beginning of 2009, JPMorgan Chase has offered approximately 750,000 trial modifications to struggling homeowners, of which nearly 25% were approved for permanent modification. The Firm approved more than 64,000 permanent modifications during the first quarter of 2010, a 146% increase from the previous quarter. In addition, the Firm recently announced its participation in the U.S. Government’s Second-Lien Modification Program known as 2MP. These mortgage programs are complex to implement and take time to build momentum; however, management believes they could ultimately prevent millions of foreclosures.

7 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The discussion that follows highlights the current-quarter performance of each business segment, compared with the prior-year quarter. Managed basis starts with the reported U.S. GAAP results. For 2010, managed basis includes, for each line of business and the Firm as a whole, certain reclassifications to present total net revenue on a tax-equivalent basis. For 2009, managed basis includes i) the foregoing adjustment; and, ii) for Card Services and the Firm as a whole, certain classifications that assumed credit card loans securitized by Card Services remained on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new accounting guidance that required the Firm to consolidate its Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts; as a result, reported and managed basis relating to credit card securitizations are equivalent for periods beginning after January 1, 2010. For more information about managed basis, as well as other non-GAAP financial measures used by management to evaluate the performance of each line of business, see pages 14—16 of this Form 10-Q. Investment Bank net income increased from the prior year, driven by strong net revenue, particularly in Fixed Income Markets, and a benefit from the provision for credit losses. Fixed Income Markets revenue reflected strong results across most products. Investment banking fees also rose, driven by higher debt and equity underwriting fees. The provision for credit losses reflected lower loan balances, driven by repayments and loan sales. Noninterest expense was flat to the prior year, as lower performance-based compensation expense was largely offset by increased litigation reserves, including those for mortgage-related matters. Return on equity was 25% on $40 billion of average allocated capital. Retail Financial Services reported a net loss for the quarter, compared with net income in the first quarter of 2009. The decline was driven by lower net revenue, reflecting the impact of lower mortgage fees and related income, portfolio run-off and lower deposit balances, partially offset by a shift to wider-spread deposit products. The provision for credit losses (excluding purchased credit-impaired loans) decreased from the prior year as delinquency trends improved; however, the allowance for loan losses included an addition of $1.2 billion for further estimated deterioration in the Washington Mutual purchased credit-impaired portfolio. Noninterest expense increased modestly from the prior year as higher default-related expense and increases in sales force and new branch builds were predominantly offset by lower mortgage insurance expense and efficiencies resulting from the Washington Mutual transaction. Card Services reported an improved net loss compared with the prior year, as a lower provision for credit losses was partially offset by lower net revenue. The decrease in managed net revenue was driven by a decline in net interest income, reflecting lower average managed loan balances (including run-off from the Washington Mutual portfolio), the impact of legislative changes and a decreased level of fees. Partial offsets to the decline included wider loan spreads and a prior-year write-down of securitization interests. The decline in the provision for credit losses included a reduction of $1.0 billion in the allowance for loan losses, reflecting lower estimated losses, partially offset by continued high levels of charge-offs. Noninterest expense increased due to higher marketing expense. Commercial Banking net income increased from the prior year, driven by a decrease in the provision for credit losses, lower noninterest expense and higher net revenue. Net revenue increased marginally, as overall growth in liability balances, higher lending-related and investment banking fees, and wider loan spreads were predominantly offset by spread compression on liability products and lower loan balances. The provision for credit losses reflected higher charge-offs due to continued weakness in commercial real estate. Noninterest expense declined modestly, driven by lower headcount-related expense, lower volume-related expense and lower FDIC insurance premiums, largely offset by higher performance-based compensation. Treasury and Securities Services net income decreased from the prior year, driven by lower net revenue in both Worldwide Securities Services and Treasury Services, partially offset by a benefit from the provision for credit losses. Worldwide Securities Services revenue declined due to lower spreads in securities lending, lower liability balances, and the impact of lower volatility on foreign exchange, partially offset by the effects of higher market levels and net inflows on assets under custody. In Treasury Services, lower deposit spreads were partially offset by higher trade loan and card product volumes. Noninterest expense for TSS was flat compared with the prior year. Asset Management net income increased from the prior year, as higher net revenue was offset partially by higher noninterest expense. Revenue growth was driven by the effect of higher market levels, higher placement fees, net inflows to products with higher margins and higher performance fees; these increases were offset partially by lower net interest income due to narrower deposit spreads. The increase in noninterest expense was driven by higher performance-based compensation and higher headcount-related expense.

8 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Corporate/Private Equity reported net income, compared with a net loss in the first quarter of 2009. The improved results were driven by higher net revenue, reflecting continued elevated levels of net interest income, trading and securities gains from the investment portfolio, and higher private equity gains (compared with losses in the prior year); offsetting the higher revenue was an increase in litigation reserves, including those for mortgage-related matters.

Business outlook The following forward-looking statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of JPMorgan Chase’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. These risks and uncertainties could cause the Firm’s actual results to differ materially from those set forth in such forward-looking statements. JPMorgan Chase’s outlook for the second quarter of 2010 should be viewed against the backdrop of the global and U.S. economies, financial markets activity, the geopolitical environment, the competitive environment and client activity levels. Each of these linked factors will affect the performance of the Firm and its lines of business. As noted above, some normalization of the financial markets has occurred, and there are early indications of broad-based improvements in underlying economic trends. Specifically, the Firm began to see credit delinquencies stabilize and, in certain portfolios, improve. However, economic pressures on consumers continued to drive losses in the consumer loan portfolios in the first quarter of 2010. Further declines in U.S. housing prices in certain markets and increases in the unemployment rate remain possible; if this were to occur, it would adversely affect the Firm’s results. At the same time, the U.S. Congress and regulators (as well as legislative and regulatory bodies in other countries) continue to intensify their focus on the regulation of financial institutions; any legislation or regulations that may be adopted as a result could limit or restrict the Firm’s operations, impose additional costs on the Firm in order to comply with such new laws or regulations, or significantly and adversely affect the revenues of certain lines of business. Accordingly, the Firm continues to monitor closely U.S. and international economies and political environments. In the Retail Banking business within Retail Financial Services, management expects continued strong revenue over the next several quarters, despite continued economic pressure on consumers and consumer spending levels. Additionally, the Firm has made changes consistent with and, in certain respects, beyond the requirements of newly-enacted legislation, in its policies relating to non-sufficient funds and overdraft fees. Although management estimates are subject to change, such changes may result in an annualized reduction in net income in Retail Banking of approximately $500 million by the fourth quarter of 2010. In the Mortgage Banking & Other Consumer Lending business within Retail Financial Services, management expects revenue to continue to be negatively affected by continued elevated levels of repurchases of mortgages previously sold to, for example, government-sponsored entities. In the Real Estate Portfolios business within Retail Financial Services, management has not changed prior loss guidance, that quarterly net charge- offs could reach $1.4 billion for the home equity portfolio, $600 million for the prime mortgage portfolio and $500 million for the subprime mortgage portfolio over the next several quarters. However, if the initial improvements in delinquency and other loss trends currently being observed continue, net charge-offs may not reach these levels. Given current origination and production levels, combined with management’s current estimate of portfolio run-off levels, the residential real estate portfolio is expected to decline by approximately 10—15% annually for the foreseeable future. Based on management’s preliminary estimate, the effect of such a reduction in the residential real estate portfolio is expected to reduce 2010 net interest income in the portfolio by more than $1.0 billion from the 2009 level, excluding any impact from changes in the interest rate environment. Finally, management expects noninterest expense in Retail Financial Services to remain modestly above 2009 levels, reflecting investments in new branch builds and sales force hires, as well as continued elevated servicing-, default- and foreclosed asset-related costs. Management expects average outstandings in Card Services to decline by approximately 10-15% in 2010 due to run-off of both the Washington Mutual portfolio and lower-yielding promotional balances. In addition, management estimates CS’s annual net income may be adversely affected by approximately $500 million to $750 million as a result of the recently enacted credit card legislation; this estimate is subject to change as components of the new legislation are finalized. The net charge-off rate for Card Services (excluding the Washington Mutual credit card portfolio) is anticipated to be approximately 9.5% in the second quarter of 2010, with the potential for improvement in the second half of 2010. The net charge-off rate for the Washington Mutual credit card portfolio is expected to remain at or above 20% over the next several quarters. Excluding the effect of any potential reserve actions, management currently expects CS to report a net loss in the second quarter of 2010; however, the loss will likely improve from the level reported in the first quarter of 2010. Results in the second half of 2010 will depend on the economic environment and potential reserve actions.

9 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Revenue in the Investment Bank, Treasury & Securities Services and Asset Management will be affected by market levels, volumes and volatility, which will influence client flows and assets under management, supervision and custody. In addition, Investment Bank and Commercial Banking results will continue to be affected by the credit environment, which will influence levels of charge-offs, repayments and reserving actions with regard to credit loss allowances. Earnings in Private Equity (within the Corporate/Private Equity segment) will likely continue to be volatile and be influenced by capital markets activity, market levels, the performance of the broader economy and investment-specific issues. Corporate’s net interest income levels and securities gains will generally trend with the size and duration of the investment securities portfolio in Corporate; however, the high level of trading and securities gains in the first quarter of 2010 is not likely to continue throughout 2010. While management currently anticipates that Corporate will realize additional securities gains in the second quarter of 2010, it is not anticipated that such gains will be of the same magnitude as those reported in the first quarter. Over the next several quarters, Corporate quarterly net income (excluding Private Equity, merger-related items and any significant nonrecurring items) is expected to decline to approximately $300 million. Lastly, with regard to any decision by the Firm’s concerning any increase in the level of the common stock dividend, their determination will be subject to their judgment that the likelihood of another severe economic downturn has sufficiently diminished; that there is evidence of sustained underlying growth in employment for at least several months; that overall business performance and credit have stabilized or improved; and that such action is warranted, taking into consideration the Firm’s earnings outlook, need to maintain adequate capital levels (in light of business needs and regulatory requirements), alternative investment opportunities and appropriate dividend payout ratios. Ultimately, the Board would seek to return to the Firm’s historical dividend ratio of approximately 30% to 40% of normalized earnings over time, though it would consider moving to that level in stages.

10 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS This section provides a comparative discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s Consolidated Results of Operations on a reported basis. Factors that relate primarily to a single business segment are discussed in more detail within that business segment. For a discussion of the Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm that affect the Consolidated Results of Operations, see pages 86-88 of this Form 10-Q and pages 127-131 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Revenue

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009 Change

Investment banking fees $ 1,461 $ 1,386 5 % Principal transactions 4,548 2,001 127 Lending - and deposit -related fees 1,646 1,688 (2 ) Asset management, administration and commissions 3,265 2,897 13 Securities gains 610 198 208 Mortgage fees and related income 658 1,601 (59 ) Credit card income 1,361 1,837 (26 ) Other income 412 50 NM

Noninterest revenue 13,961 11,658 20 Net interest income 13,710 13,367 3

Total net revenue $ 27,671 $ 25,025 11

Total net revenue for the first quarter of 2010 was $27.7 billion, up by $2.6 billion, or 11%, from the first quarter of 2009. The increase was driven by the following: higher principal transactions revenue, primarily from higher trading revenue and private equity gains (compared with losses in the prior year) in Corporate/Private Equity, as well as strong fixed income revenue in IB; and higher securities gains on the investment portfolio in Corporate. These were offset partially by lower mortgage fees and related income in RFS. Investment banking fees increased from the first quarter of 2009, reflecting higher debt and equity underwriting fees, largely offset by lower advisory fees. For a further discussion of investment banking fees, which are primarily recorded in IB, see IB segment results on pages 18-21 of this Form 10-Q. Principal transactions revenue, which consists of revenue from the Firm’s trading and private equity investing activities, rose from the first quarter of 2009. Trading revenue increased, driven by elevated levels of trading gains on the portfolio in Corporate and strong trading results in fixed income in IB. Also contributing to the increase were higher private equity gains, compared with losses in the prior year. For a further discussion of principal transactions revenue, see IB and Corporate/Private Equity segment results on pages 18-21 and 41-42 respectively, and Note 6 on page 117 of this Form 10 -Q. Lending- and deposit-related fees decreased from the first quarter of 2009, reflecting lower deposit fees in RFS predominantly offset by higher lending-related service fees in IB and CB. For a further discussion of lending- and deposit-related fees, which are mostly recorded in RFS, TSS and CB, see the RFS segment results on pages 22-29, the TSS segment results on pages 36-37, and the CB segment results on pages 34-35 of this Form 10-Q. Asset management, administration and commissions revenue increased compared with the first quarter of 2009, due to higher asset management fees in AM, which were driven by the effect of higher market levels, higher placement fees, net inflows to products with higher margins, and higher performance fees. Also contributing to the increase was higher administration fees in TSS, resulting from the effect of higher market levels and net inflows on assets under custody. For additional information on these fees and commissions, see the segment discussions for AM on pages 38-41 and TSS on pages 36-37 of this Form 10-Q. Securities gains increased compared with the first quarter of 2009, due to continued repositioning of the Corporate investment securities portfolio in connection with managing the Firm’s structural interest rate risk. For further information on securities gains, which are mostly recorded in the Firm’s Corporate business, and Corporate’s investment securities portfolio, see the Corporate/Private Equity segment discussion on pages 41-42 of this Form 10-Q. Mortgage fees and related income decreased from the prior year, due to lower mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) risk management results and lower mortgage production revenue, partially offset by higher mortgage operating income. For a discussion of mortgage fees and related income, which is recorded primarily in RFS, see RFS’s Mortgage Banking & Other Consumer Lending discussion on pages 25-26 of this Form 10-Q. Credit card income decreased from the first quarter of 2009, due predominantly to the impact of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs, effective January 1, 2010, that required the Firm to consolidate the assets and liabilities of its

11 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts. Adoption of the new guidance resulted in the elimination of all servicing fees received from Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts (offset by a respective increase in net interest income and provision for loan losses). For a more detailed discussion of the impact of the adoption on the Consolidated Statements of Income, see Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 14-16 of this Form 10-Q. For a further discussion of credit card income, see the CS segment results on pages 30-33 of this Form 10-Q. Other income increased from the prior year, predominantly reflecting the absence of a prior-year write-down of securitization interests in CS, and lower valuation losses on other real estate owned (“REO”). Net interest income was $13.7 billion, an increase of $343 million from the first quarter of the prior year, driven by the impact of the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs, effective January 1, 2010; this increased net interest income by approximately $1.8 billion, mainly as a result of the consolidation of Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts. The Firm’s interest-earning assets were $1.7 trillion, and the net yield on those assets, on a fully taxable -equivalent (“FTE”) basis, was 3.32%, an increase of 3 basis points from 2009. Excluding the impact of the adoption of the new consolidation guidance, the decrease in net interest income was driven by the following: lower average loans, including consumer loans in CS (which included run-off of Washington Mutual credit card loans) and RFS, as well as wholesale loans in IB, in part, from repayments and loan sales; the impact of legislative changes in CS; lower fees on credit card receivables; and lower average deposit balances. For a more detailed discussion of the impact of the adoption on the Consolidated Statements of Income, see Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 14-16 of this Form 10-Q.

Provision for credit losses Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009 Change

Wholesale $ (236) $ 1,530 NM Consumer 7,246 7,066 3 %

Total provision for credit losses $ 7,010 $ 8,596 (18 )

Provision for credit losses The provision for credit losses in the first quarter of 2010 was $7.0 billion, a decrease of $1.6 billion from the comparable quarter in 2009. The wholesale provision for credit losses was a benefit of $236 million, compared with a charge of $1.5 billion in the prior year, reflecting a reduction in the allowance for loan losses due to repayments and loan sales. The benefit was partially offset by higher provisions related to higher net charge-offs, mainly related to continued weakness in commercial real estate. The consumer provision for credit losses was $7.2 billion, compared with $7.1 billion in 2009, reflecting the following: the impact of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs, effective January 1, 2010, which added approximately $1.7 billion to the provision; a $1.2 billion addition to the allowance in RFS related to further estimated deterioration in the Washington Mutual prime and option adjustable-rate mortgage (“ARM”) purchased credit-impaired pools; and the continued high levels of charge-offs across most consumer portfolios. These were partially offset by a reduction of $1.0 billion to the allowance in CS, reflecting lower estimated losses. In RFS and CS, the prior-year provision included additions of $1.7 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, to the allowance. For a more detailed discussion of the impact of the adoption on the Consolidated Statements of Income, see Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 14-16 of this Form 10-Q. For a more detailed discussion of the loan portfolio and the allowance for loan losses, see the segment discussions for RFS on pages 22-29, CS on pages 30-33, IB on pages 18-21 and CB on pages 34-35, and the Allowance for Credit Losses section on pages 78-81 of this Form 10-Q.

12 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Noninterest expense The following table presents the components of noninterest expense.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009 Change

Compensation expense $ 7,276 $ 7,588 (4)% Noncompensation expense: Occupancy expense 869 885 (2) Technology, communications and equipment expense 1,137 1,146 (1) Professional and outside services 1,575 1,515 4 Marketing 583 384 52 Other expense (a)(b) 4,441 1,375 223 Amortization of intangibles 243 275 (12 )

Total noncompensation expense 8,848 5,580 59 Merger costs — 205 NM

Total noninterest expense $ 16,124 $ 13,373 21

(a) The first quarter of 2010 includes $2.9 billion of litigation expense compared with a net benefit of $270 million in the first quarter of 2009.

(b) Includes foreclosed property expense of $303 million and $325 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For additional information regarding foreclosed property, see Note 13 on page 196 of JPMorgan Chase ’s 2009 Annual Report. Total noninterest expense for the first quarter of 2010 was $16.1 billion, up by $2.8 billion, or 21%, from the first quarter of 2009. The increase was due to additions to litigation reserves in Corporate/Private Equity and IB, including those for mortgage-related matters and, to a lesser extent, higher marketing expense in CS. These were offset partially by lower compensation expense and the absence of merger costs in 2010, compared with $205 million in the first quarter of 2009. Compensation expense decreased in the first quarter of 2010 compared with the prior-year period, reflecting lower performance-based compensation expense in IB. This was offset partially by ongoing investments in the businesses, including the RFS sales force. Noncompensation expense increased from the first quarter of 2009, due predominantly to additions to litigation reserves recorded in other expense for Corporate/Private Equity and IB, including those for mortgage-related matters. The increase was also due to higher marketing expense in CS and was partially offset by lower mortgage insurance expense. There were no merger costs recorded in the first quarter of 2010, compared with $205 million recorded in the first quarter of 2009. For information on merger costs, refer to Note 10 on page 119 of this Form 10-Q.

Income tax expense The following table presents the Firm’s income before income tax expense, income tax expense and effective tax rate.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except rate) 2010 2009

Income before income tax expense $ 4,537 $ 3,056 Income tax expense 1,211 915 Effective tax rate 26.7 % 29.9 %

The decrease in the effective tax rate compared with the first quarter of 2009 was primarily the result of tax benefits recognized upon the resolution of tax audits in the first quarter of 2010, increased tax-exempt income, increased business tax credits and increased non-U.S. income not subject to U.S. taxation. The decrease was partially offset by the impact of higher reported pretax income and higher state and local income taxes in the first quarter of 2010. For a further discussion of income taxes, see Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 86-88 of this Form 10-Q.

13 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

EXPLANATION AND RECONCILIATION OF THE FIRM’S USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES The Firm prepares its consolidated financial statements using accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”); these financial statements appear on pages 90-93 of this Form 10-Q. That presentation, which is referred to as “reported basis,” provides the reader with an understanding of the Firm’s results that can be tracked consistently from year to year and enables a comparison of the Firm’s performance with other companies’ U.S. GAAP financial statements. In addition to analyzing the Firm’s results on a reported basis, management reviews the Firm’s results and the results of the lines of business on a “managed” basis, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Firm’s definition of managed basis starts with the reported U.S. GAAP results and includes certain reclassifications to present total net revenue for the Firm (and each of the business segments) on a FTE basis. Accordingly, revenue from tax-exempt securities and investments that receive tax credits is presented in the managed results on a basis comparable to taxable securities and investments. This non-GAAP financial measure allows management to assess the comparability of revenue arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The corresponding income tax impact related to these items is recorded within income tax expense. These adjustments have no impact on net income as reported by the Firm as a whole or by the lines of business. Prior to January 1, 2010, the Firm’s managed-basis presentation also included certain reclassification adjustments that assumed credit card loans securitized by CS remained on the balance sheet. Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new accounting guidance that required the Firm to consolidate its Firm-sponsored credit card securitizations trusts. The income, expense and credit costs associated with these securitization activities are now recorded in the 2010 Consolidated Statements of Income in the same classifications that were previously used to report such items on a managed basis. As a result of the consolidation of the credit card securitization trusts, reported and managed basis relating to credit card securitizations are equivalent for periods beginning after January 1, 2010. For additional information on the new accounting guidance, see Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10-Q. The presentation in 2009 of CS results on a managed basis assumed that credit card loans that had been securitized and sold in accordance with U.S. GAAP remained on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, and that the earnings on the securitized loans were classified in the same manner as the earnings on retained loans recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. JPMorgan Chase used the concept of managed basis to evaluate the credit performance and overall financial performance of the entire managed credit card portfolio. Operations were funded and decisions were made about allocating resources, such as employees and capital, based on managed financial information. In addition, the same underwriting standards and ongoing risk monitoring are used for both loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and securitized loans. Although securitizations result in the sale of credit card receivables to a trust, JPMorgan Chase retains the ongoing customer relationships, as the customers may continue to use their credit cards; accordingly, the customer’s credit performance affects both the securitized loans and the loans retained on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. JPMorgan Chase believed that this managed-basis information was useful to investors, as it enabled them to understand both the credit risks associated with the loans reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the Firm’s retained interests in securitized loans. For a reconciliation of 2009 reported to managed basis results for CS, see CS segment results on pages 30-33 of this Form 10-Q. For information regarding the securitization process, and loans and residual interests sold and securitized, see Note 15 on pages 131-142 of this Form 10-Q. Tangible common equity (“TCE”) represents common stockholders’ equity (i.e., total stockholders’ equity less preferred stock) less identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs) and goodwill, net of related deferred tax liabilities. ROTCE, a non-GAAP financial ratio, measures the Firm’s earnings as a percentage of TCE and is, in management’s view, a meaningful measure to assess the Firm’s use of equity. Management also uses certain non-GAAP financial measures at the business-segment level, because it believes these other non-GAAP financial measures provide information to investors about the underlying operational performance and trends of the particular business segment and, therefore, facilitate a comparison of the business segment with the performance of its competitors.

14 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The following summary table provides a reconciliation from the Firm’s reported U.S. GAAP results to managed basis.

Three months ended March 31, 2010 Fully Reported Credit tax -equivalent Managed (in millions, except per share and ratios) results card adjustments Basis

Revenue Investment banking fees $ 1,461 NA $ — $ 1,461 Principal transactions 4,548 NA — 4,548 Lending - and deposit -related fees 1,646 NA — 1,646 Asset management, administration and commissions 3,265 NA — 3,265 Securities gains 610 NA — 610 Mortgage fees and related income 658 NA — 658 Credit card income 1,361 NA — 1,361 Other income 412 NA 411 823

Noninterest revenue 13,961 NA 411 14,372 Net interest income 13,710 NA 90 13,800

Total net revenue 27,671 NA 501 28,172 Noninterest expense 16,124 NA — 16,124

Pre -provision profit 11,547 NA 501 12,048 Provision for credit losses 7,010 NA — 7,010

Income before income tax expense 4,537 NA 501 5,038 Income tax expense 1,211 NA 501 1,712

Net income $ 3,326 NA $ — $ 3,326

Diluted earnings per share $ 0.74 NA $ — $ 0.74 Return on assets 0.66 % NA NM 0.66% Overhead ratio 58 NA NM 57

Three months ended March 31, 2009 Fully Reported Credit tax -equivalent Managed (in millions, except per share and ratios) results card (a) adjustments Basis

Revenue Investment banking fees $ 1,386 $ — $ — $ 1,386 Principal transactions 2,001 — — 2,001 Lending - and deposit -related fees 1,688 — — 1,688 Asset management, administration and commissions 2,897 — — 2,897 Securities gains 198 — — 198 Mortgage fees and related income 1,601 — — 1,601 Credit card income 1,837 (540) — 1,297 Other income 50 — 337 387

Noninterest revenue 11,658 (540) 337 11,455 Net interest income 13,367 2,004 96 15,467

Total net revenue 25,025 1,464 433 26,922 Noninterest expense 13,373 — — 13,373

Pre -provision profit 11,652 1,464 433 13,549 Provision for credit losses 8,596 1,464 — 10,060

Income before income tax expense 3,056 — 433 3,489 Income tax expense 915 — 433 1,348

Net income $ 2,141 $ — $ — $ 2,141

Diluted earnings per share $ 0.40 $ — $ — $ 0.40 Return on assets 0.42 % NM NM 0.40 % Overhead ratio 53 NM NM 50

(a) See pages 30 -33 of this Form 10 -Q for a discussion of the effect of credit card securitizations on CS results.

Three months ended March 31, 2010 2009 (in millions) Reported Securitized (a) Reported Reported Securitized (a) Managed

Loans — Period -end $ 713,799 NA $ 713,799 $ 708,243 $ 85,220 $ 793,463 Total assets — average 2,038,680 NA 2,038,680 2,067,119 82,782 2,149,901

(a) Loans securitized is defined as loans that were sold to nonconsolidated securitization trusts and were not included in reported loans as of March 31, 2009. For further discussion of the credit card securitizations, see Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10 -Q.

15 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Average tangible common equity

Three months ended (in millions) March 31, 2010 Dec. 31, 2009 Sept. 30, 2009 June 30, 2009 March 31, 2009

Common stockholders ’ equity $ 156,094 $ 156,525 $ 149,468 $ 140,865 $ 136,493 Less: Goodwill 48,542 48,341 48,328 48,273 48,071 Less: Certain identifiable intangible assets 4,307 4,741 4,984 5,218 5,443 Add: Deferred tax liabilities (a) 2,541 2,533 2,531 2,518 2,609

Tangible common equity (TCE) $ 105,786 $ 105,976 $ 98,687 $ 89,892 $ 85,588

(a) Represents deferred tax liabilities related to tax -deductible goodwill and to identifiable intangibles created in non-taxable transactions, which are netted against goodwill and other intangibles when calculating TCE.

Other financial measures The Firm also discloses the allowance for loan losses to total retained loans, excluding home lending purchased credit-impaired loans. For a further discussion of this credit metric, see Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 78-81 of this Form 10-Q.

16 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS The Firm is managed on a line of business basis. The business segment financial results presented reflect the current organization of JPMorgan Chase. There are six major reportable business segments: the Investment Bank, Retail Financial Services, Card Services, Commercial Banking, Treasury & Securities Services and Asset Management, as well as a Corporate/Private Equity segment. The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer served, and reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by management. Results of these lines of business are presented on a managed basis.

Description of business segment reporting methodology Results of the business segments are intended to reflect each segment as if it were essentially a stand-alone business. The management reporting process that derives business segment results allocates income and expense using market-based methodologies. For a further discussion of those methodologies, see Business Segment Results — Description of business segment reporting methodology on pages 53-54 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The Firm continues to assess the assumptions, methodologies and reporting classifications used for segment reporting, and further refinements may be implemented in future periods.

Business segment capital allocation changes Each business segment is allocated capital by taking into consideration stand-alone peer comparisons, economic risk measures and regulatory capital requirements. The amount of capital assigned to each business is referred to as equity. Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm enhanced its line of business equity framework to better align equity assigned to each line of business with the changes anticipated to occur in the business, and in the competitive and regulatory landscape. Equity was assigned to the lines of business based on the Tier 1 common standard, rather than the Tier 1 capital standard. For a further discussion of the changes, see Capital Management — Line of business equity on pages 51-52 of this Form 10-Q.

Segment Results — Managed Basis (a) The following table summarizes the business segment results for the periods indicated.

Three months ended Return March 31, Total net revenue Noninterest expense Net income/(loss) on equity (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 Change 2010 2009 Change 2010 2009 Change 2010 2009

Investment Bank (b) $ 8,319 $ 8,371 (1 )% $ 4,838 $ 4,774 1 % $2,471 $1,606 54 % 25 % 20 % Retail Financial Services 7,776 8,835 (12 ) 4,242 4,171 2 (131) 474 NM (2 ) 8 Card Services 4,447 5,129 (13 ) 1,402 1,346 4 (303) (547 ) 45 (8 ) (15 ) Commercial Banking 1,416 1,402 1 539 553 (3 ) 390 338 15 20 17 Treasury & Securities Services 1,756 1,821 (4 ) 1,325 1,319 — 279 308 (9 ) 17 25 Asset Management 2,131 1,703 25 1,442 1,298 11 392 224 75 24 13 Corporate/Private Equity (b) 2,327 (339 ) NM 2,336 (88 ) NM 228 (262 ) NM NM NM

Total $ 28,172 $ 26,922 5 % $16,124 $13,373 21 % $3,326 $2,141 55 % 8 % 5 %

(a) Represents reported results on a tax -equivalent basis. The managed basis also assumes that credit card loans in Firm -sponsored credit card securitization trusts remained on the balance sheet for 2009. Firm-sponsored credit card securitizations were consolidated at their carrying values on January 1, 2010, under the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs.

(b) In the second quarter of 2009, IB began reporting credit reimbursement from TSS as a component of total net revenue, whereas TSS continues to report its credit reimbursement to IB as a separate line item on its income statement (not part of total net revenue). Corporate/Private Equity includes an adjustment to offset IB ’s inclusion of the credit reimbursement in total net revenue.

17 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

INVESTMENT BANK For a discussion of the business profile of IB, see pages 55-57 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report and page 5 of this Form 10-Q.

Selected income statement data Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Revenue Investment banking fees $ 1,446 $ 1,380 5 % Principal transactions 3,931 3,515 12 Lending - and deposit -related fees 202 138 46 Asset management, administration and commissions 563 692 (19 ) All other income (a) 49 (56 ) NM

Noninterest revenue 6,191 5,669 9 Net interest income (b) 2,128 2,702 (21 )

Total net revenue (c) 8,319 8,371 (1 )

Provision for credit losses (462 ) 1,210 NM

Noninterest expense Compensation expense 2,928 3,330 (12 ) Noncompensation expense 1,910 1,444 32

Total noninterest expense 4,838 4,774 1

Income before income tax expense 3,943 2,387 65 Income tax expense 1,472 781 88

Net income $ 2,471 $ 1,606 54

Financial ratios ROE 25 % 20 % ROA 1.48 0.89 Overhead ratio 58 57 Compensation expense as a percentage of total net revenue 35 40

Revenue by business Investment banking fees: Advisory $ 305 $ 479 (36 ) Equity underwriting 413 308 34 Debt underwriting 728 593 23

Total investment banking fees 1,446 1,380 5 Fixed income markets 5,464 4,889 12 Equity markets 1,462 1,773 (18 ) Credit portfolio (a) (53 ) 329 NM

Total net revenue $ 8,319 $ 8,371 (1 )

Revenue by region (a) Americas $ 4,562 $ 4,316 6 Europe/Middle East/Africa 2,814 3,073 (8 ) Asia/Pacific 943 982 (4 )

Total net revenue $ 8,319 $ 8,371 (1 )

(a) TSS was charged a credit reimbursement related to certain exposures managed within IB credit portfolio on behalf of clients shared with TSS. IB recognizes this credit reimbursement in its credit portfolio business in all other income.

(b) The decrease in net interest income in the first quarter was primarily due to lower loan balances and lower Prime Services spreads.

(c) Total net revenue included tax-equivalent adjustments, predominantly due to income tax credits related to affordable housing and alternative energy investments, as well as tax-exempt income from municipal bond investments of $403 million and $365 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

18 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Quarterly results Net income was $2.5 billion, an increase of $865 million from the prior year. These results reflected strong net revenue, particularly in Fixed Income Markets, and a benefit from the provision for credit losses. Net revenue was $8.3 billion, compared with $8.4 billion in the prior year. Investment banking fees increased by 5% to $1.4 billion, consisting of debt underwriting fees of $728 million (up 23%), equity underwriting fees of $413 million (up 34%), and advisory fees of $305 million (down 36%). Fixed Income Markets revenue was $5.5 billion, compared with $4.9 billion in the prior year, reflecting strong results across most products. Equity Markets revenue was $1.5 billion, compared with $1.8 billion in the prior year, reflecting solid client revenue and strong trading results. Credit Portfolio revenue was a loss of $53 million. The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $462 million, compared with an expense of $1.2 billion in the prior year. The current-quarter provision reflected lower loan balances, driven by repayments and loan sales. The allowance for loan losses to end-of-period loans retained was 4.9%, compared with 7.0% in the prior year. The decline in the allowance ratio was due largely to the high credit quality of the retained loans that were consolidated as assets of the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits in accordance with new consolidation guidance related to VIEs, effective January 1, 2010. Net charge-offs were $697 million, compared with $36 million in the prior year. Nonperforming loans were $2.7 billion, down by $763 million from last quarter, and up by $946 million from the prior year. Noninterest expense was $4.8 billion, flat to the prior year, as lower performance -based compensation expense was largely offset by increased litigation reserves, including those for mortgage-related matters.

19 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Selected metrics Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except headcount and ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Selected balance sheet data (period -end) Loans (a) : Loans retained (b) $ 53,010 $ 66,506 (20 )% Loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value 3,594 10,993 (67 )

Total loans 56,604 77,499 (27 ) Equity 40,000 33,000 21

Selected balance sheet data (average) Total assets $676,122 $733,166 (8) Trading assets — debt and equity instruments 284,085 272,998 4 Trading assets — derivative receivables 66,151 125,021 (47 ) Loans (a) : Loans retained (b) 58,501 70,041 (16 ) Loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value 3,150 12,402 (75 )

Total loans 61,651 82,443 (25 ) Adjusted assets (c) 506,635 589,163 (14 ) Equity 40,000 33,000 21

Headcount 24,977 26,142 (4)

Credit data and quality statistics Net charge -offs $ 697 $ 36 NM Nonperforming assets: Nonperforming loans: Nonperforming loans retained (b)(d) 2,459 1,738 41 Nonperforming loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value 282 57 395

Total nonperforming loans 2,741 1,795 53 Derivative receivables 363 1,010 (64 ) Assets acquired in loan satisfactions 185 236 (22 )

Total nonperforming assets 3,289 3,041 8 Allowance for credit losses: Allowance for loan losses 2,601 4,682 (44 ) Allowance for lending -related commitments 482 295 63

Total allowance for credit losses 3,083 4,977 (38 ) Net charge -off rate (b)(e) 4.83 % 0.21% Allowance for loan losses to period -end loans retained (b)(e) 4.91 7.04 Allowance for loan losses to average loans retained (b)(e) 4.45 6.68 Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans retained (b)(d)(e) 106 269 Nonperforming loans to total period -end loans 4.84 2.32 Nonperforming loans to total average loans 4.45 2.18 Market risk —average trading and credit portfolio VaR — 95% confidence level Trading activities: Fixed income $ 69 $ 158 (56 ) Foreign exchange 13 23 (43 ) Equities 24 97 (75 ) Commodities and other 15 20 (25 ) Diversification (f) (49 ) (108) 55

Total trading VaR (g) 72 190 (62 ) Credit portfolio VaR (h) 19 86 (78 ) Diversification (f) (9 ) (63 ) 86

Total trading and credit portfolio VaR $ 82 $ 213 (62 )

(a) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits. As a result, $15.1 billion of related loans were recorded in loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(b) Loans retained include credit portfolio loans, leveraged leases and other accrual loans, and exclude loans held -for-sale and loans accounted for at fair value.

(c) Adjusted assets, a non -GAAP financial measure, equals total assets minus: (1) securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed less securities sold, not yet purchased; (2) assets of consolidated VIEs; (3) cash and securities segregated and on deposit for regulatory and other purposes; (4) goodwill and intangibles; (5) securities received as collateral; and (6) investments purchased under the Asset -Backed Commercial Paper Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility (“AML Facility”). The amount of

adjusted assets is presented to assist the reader in comparing IB’s asset and capital levels to other investment banks in the securities WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea industry. Asset -to -equity leverage ratios are commonly used as one measure to assess a company ’s capital adequacy. IB believes an

20 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

adjusted asset amount that excludes the assets discussed above, which were considered to have a low risk profile, provides a more meaningful measure of balance sheet leverage in the securities industry.

(d) Allowance for loan losses of $811 million and $767 million were held against these nonperforming loans at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(e) Loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value were excluded when calculating the allowance coverage ratio and net charge -off rate.

(f) Average VaR was less than the sum of the VaRs of the components described above, which is due to portfolio diversification. The diversification effect reflects the fact that the risks were not perfectly correlated. The risk of a portfolio of positions is therefore usually less than the sum of the risks of the positions themselves. For a further discussion of VaR, see pages 81-83 of this Form 10-Q. The risk of a portfolio of positions is usually less than the sum of the risks of the positions themselves.

(g) Trading VaR includes predominantly all trading activities in IB, as well as syndicated lending facilities that the Firm intends to distribute; however, particular risk parameters of certain products are not fully captured, for example, correlation risk. Trading VaR does not include the debit valuation adjustments (“DVA”) taken on derivative and structured liabilities to reflect the credit quality of the Firm. See VaR discussion on pages 81-83 and the DVA Sensitivity table on page 84 of this Form 10-Q for further details. Trading VaR includes the estimated credit spread sensitivity of certain mortgage products.

(h) Includes VaR on derivative credit valuation adjustments ( “CVA”), hedges of the CVA and mark-to-market (“MTM”) hedges of the retained loan portfolio, which were all reported in principal transactions revenue. This VaR does not include the retained loan portfolio. According to Dealogic, for the first three months of 2010, the Firm was ranked #1 in Global Debt, Equity and Equity-Related; #1 in Global Equity and Equity-Related; #3 in Global Long-Term Debt; #1 in Global Syndicated Loans and #5 in Global Announced M&A based on volume. According to Dealogic, the Firm was ranked #1 in Investment Banking fees generated for the first three months of 2010, based on revenue.

Three months ended March 31, 2010 Full -year 2009 Market shares and rankings (a) Market Share Rankings Market Share Rankings

Global investment banking fees (b) 8% #1 9 % #1 Global debt, equity and equity -related 7 1 9 1 Global syndicated loans 9 1 8 1 Global long -term debt (c) 7 3 8 1 Global equity and equity -related (d) 9 1 12 1 Global announced M&A (e) 18 5 25 3 U.S. debt, equity and equity -related 12 2 15 1 U.S. syndicated loans 21 1 22 1 U.S. long -term debt (c) 11 2 14 1 U.S. equity and equity -related (d) 20 1 16 2 U.S. announced M&A (e) 29 3 37 2

(a) Source: Dealogic. Global Investment Banking fees reflects fee rank and share. Remainder of rankings reflect volume rank and share.

(b) Global IB fees exclude money market, short -term debt and shelf deals.

(c) Long -term debt tables include investment -grade, high -yield, supranationals, sovereigns, agencies, covered bonds, asset -backed securities and mortgage -backed securities; and exclude money market, short -term debt, and U.S. municipal securities.

(d) Equity and equity -related rankings include rights offerings and Chinese A -Shares.

(e) Global announced M&A is based on value at announcement; all other rankings are based on proceeds, with full credit to each book manager/equal if joint. Because of joint assignments, market share of all participants will add up to more than 100%. M&A for the first quarter of 2010 and full-year 2009 reflects the removal of any withdrawn transactions. U.S. announced M&A represents any U.S. involvement ranking.

21 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

RETAIL FINANCIAL SERVICES Retail Financial Services (“RFS”) serves consumers and businesses through personal service at bank branches and through ATMs, online banking and telephone banking, as well as through auto dealerships and school financial-aid offices. Customers can use more than 5,100 bank branches (third-largest nationally) and 15,500 ATMs (second-largest nationally), as well as online and mobile banking around the clock. More than 25,300 branch salespeople assist customers with checking and savings accounts, mortgages, home equity and business loans, and investments across the 23-state footprint from New York and Florida to California. Consumers also can obtain loans through more than 15,800 auto dealerships and 2,200 schools and universities nationwide. Prior to January 1, 2010, RFS was reported as: Retail Banking and Consumer Lending. Commencing January 1, 2010, RFS is presenting Consumer Lending for reporting purposes as: (1) Mortgage Banking & Other Consumer Lending, and (2) Real Estate Portfolios. Mortgage Banking & Other Consumer Lending comprises mortgage production and servicing, auto finance, and student and other lending activities. Real Estate Portfolios comprises residential mortgages and home equity loans, including the purchased credit-impaired portfolio acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction. This change is intended solely to provide further clarity around the Real Estate Portfolios. Retail Banking, which includes branch banking and business banking activities, is not affected by these reporting revisions.

Selected income statement data Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Revenue Lending - and deposit -related fees $ 841 $ 948 (11 )% Asset management, administration and commissions 452 435 4 Mortgage fees and related income 655 1,633 (60 ) Credit card income 450 367 23 Other income 354 214 65

Noninterest revenue 2,752 3,597 (23 ) Net interest income 5,024 5,238 (4)

Total net revenue 7,776 8,835 (12 )

Provision for credit losses 3,733 3,877 (4)

Noninterest expense Compensation expense 1,770 1,631 9 Noncompensation expense 2,402 2,457 (2) Amortization of intangibles 70 83 (16 )

Total noninterest expense 4,242 4,171 2

Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit) (199) 787 NM Income tax expense/(benefit) (68 ) 313 NM

Net income/(loss) $ (131) $ 474 NM

Financial ratios ROE (2 )% 8% Overhead ratio 55 47 Overhead ratio excluding core deposit intangibles (a) 54 46

(a) Retail Financial Services uses the overhead ratio (excluding the amortization of core deposit intangibles ( “CDI”)), a non-GAAP financial measure, to evaluate the underlying expense trends of the business. Including CDI amortization expense in the overhead ratio calculation would result in a higher overhead ratio in the earlier years and a lower overhead ratio in later years; this method would therefore result in an improving overhead ratio over time, all things remaining equal. The non-GAAP ratio excludes Retail Banking’s CDI amortization expense related to prior business combination transactions of $70 million and $83 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Quarterly results Retail Financial Services reported a net loss of $131 million, compared with net income of $474 million in the prior year. Net revenue was $7.8 billion, a decrease of $1.1 billion, or 12%, from the prior year. Net interest income was $5.0 billion, down by $214 million, or 4%, reflecting the impact of lower loan and deposit balances, partially offset by a shift to wider-spread deposit products. Noninterest revenue was $2.8 billion, down by $845 million, or 23%, driven by lower mortgage fees and related income.

22 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The provision for credit losses was $3.7 billion, a decrease of $144 million from the prior year. Economic pressure on consumers continued to drive losses for the mortgage and home equity portfolios. The provision included an addition of $1.2 billion to the allowance for loan losses for further estimated deterioration in the Washington Mutual purchased credit-impaired portfolio. The prior-year provision included an addition to the allowance for loan losses of $1.7 billion. Home equity net charge-offs were $1.1 billion (4.59% net charge-off rate), compared with $1.1 billion (3.93% net charge-off rate) in the prior year. Subprime mortgage net charge-offs were $457 million (13.43% net charge-off rate), compared with $364 million (9.91% net charge-off rate) in the prior year. Prime mortgage net charge-offs were $459 million (3.10% net charge- off rate), compared with $312 million (1.95% net charge-off rate) in the prior year. Noninterest expense was $4.2 billion, an increase of $71 million, or 2%, from the prior year.

Selected metrics Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except headcount and ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Selected balance sheet data (period -end) Assets $382,475 $412,505 (7)% Loans: Loans retained 339,002 364,220 (7) Loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value (a) 11,296 12,529 (10 )

Total loans 350,298 376,749 (7) Deposits 362,470 380,140 (5) Equity 28,000 25,000 12

Selected balance sheet data (average) Assets $393,867 $423,472 (7) Loans: Loans retained 342,997 366,925 (7) Loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value (a) 17,055 16,526 3

Total loans 360,052 383,451 (6) Deposits 356,934 370,278 (4) Equity 28,000 25,000 12

Headcount 112,616 100,677 12

Credit data and quality statistics Net charge -offs $ 2,438 $ 2,176 12 Nonperforming loans: Nonperforming loans retained 10,769 7,714 40 Nonperforming loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value 217 264 (18 )

Total nonperforming loans (b)(c)(d) 10,986 7,978 38 Nonperforming assets (b)(c)(d) 12,191 9,846 24 Allowance for loan losses 16,200 10,619 53

Net charge -off rate (e) 2.88 % 2.41% Net charge -off rate excluding purchased credit -impaired loans (e)(f) 3.76 3.16 Allowance for loan losses to ending loans retained (e) 4.78 2.92 Allowance for loan losses to ending loans retained excluding purchased credit-impaired loans (e)(f) 5.16 3.84 Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans retained (b)(e)(f) 124 138 Nonperforming loans to total loans 3.14 2.12 Nonperforming loans to total loans excluding purchased credit -impaired loans (b) 4.05 2.76

(a) Loans at fair value consist of prime mortgages originated with the intent to sell that are accounted for at fair value and classified as trading assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These loans totaled $8.4 billion and $8.9 billion at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Average balances of these loans totaled $14.2 billion and $13.4 billion for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(b) Excludes purchased credit -impaired loans that were acquired as part of the Washington Mutual transaction. These loans are accounted for on a pool basis, and the pools are considered to be performing.

(c) Certain of these loans are classified as trading assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(d) At March 31, 2010 and 2009, nonperforming loans and assets exclude: (1) mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $10.5 billion and $4.2 billion, respectively; (2) real estate owned insured by U.S. government agencies of $707 million and $433 million, respectively; and (3) student loans that are 90 days past due and still accruing, which are insured by U.S. government agencies under the Federal Family Education Loan Program, of $581 million and $433 million, respectively. These amounts are excluded as reimbursement is proceeding normally.

(e) Loans held -for -sale and loans accounted for at fair value were excluded when calculating the allowance coverage ratio and the net charge -off rate.

(f) Excludes the impact of purchased credit -impaired loans that were acquired as part of the Washington Mutual transaction. These loans WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea were accounted for at fair value on the acquisition date, which incorporated management ’s estimate, as of that date, of credit losses over the remaining life of the portfolio. An allowance for loan losses of $2.8 billion was recorded for these loans at March 31, 2010, which has also been excluded from applicable ratios. No allowance for loan losses was recorded for these loans at March 31, 2009. To date, no charge -offs have been recorded for these loans.

23 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

RETAIL BANKING

Selected income statement data Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Noninterest revenue $ 1,702 $ 1,718 (1)% Net interest income 2,635 2,614 1

Total net revenue 4,337 4,332 — Provision for credit losses 191 325 (41 ) Noninterest expense 2,577 2,580 —

Income before income tax expense 1,569 1,427 10 Net income $ 898 $ 863 4

Overhead ratio 59 % 60% Overhead ratio excluding core deposit intangibles (a) 58 58

(a) Retail Banking uses the overhead ratio (excluding the amortization of CDI), a non -GAAP financial measure, to evaluate the underlying expense trends of the business. Including CDI amortization expense in the overhead ratio calculation would result in a higher overhead ratio in the earlier years and a lower overhead ratio in later years; this method would therefore result in an improving overhead ratio over time, all things remaining equal. The non-GAAP ratio excludes Retail Banking’s CDI amortization expense related to prior business combination transactions of $70 million and $83 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Quarterly results Retail Banking reported net income of $898 million, an increase of $35 million, or 4%, compared with the prior year. Net revenue was $4.3 billion, flat compared with the prior year. Net interest income benefited from a shift to wider -spread deposit products, largely offset by a decline in time deposit balances. The decrease in noninterest revenue was driven by declining deposit-related fees, predominantly offset by an increase in income. The provision for credit losses was $191 million, compared with $325 million in the prior year. The prior-year provision reflected a $150 million increase in the allowance for loan losses for Business Banking. Noninterest expense was $2.6 billion, flat compared with the prior year, as efficiencies from the Washington Mutual integration offset increases in sales force and new branch builds.

24 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Selected metrics Three months ended March 31, (in billions, except ratios and where otherwise noted) 2010 2009 Change

Business metrics

Business banking origination volume $ 0.9 $ 0.5 96 % End -of -period loans owned 16.8 18.2 (8 ) End -of -period deposits: Checking $ 123.8 $ 113.9 9 Savings 163.4 152.4 7 Time and other 53.2 86.5 (38 )

Total end -of -period deposits 340.4 352.8 (4 ) Average loans owned $ 16.9 $ 18.4 (8 ) Average deposits: Checking $ 119.7 $ 109.4 9 Savings 158.6 148.2 7 Time and other 55.6 88.2 (37 )

Total average deposits 333.9 345.8 (3 ) Deposit margin 3.02 % 2.85 % Average assets $ 28.9 $ 30.2 (4 )

Credit data and quality statistics (in millions, except ratio) Net charge -offs $ 191 $ 175 9 Net charge -off rate 4.58 % 3.86 % Nonperforming assets $ 872 $ 579 51

Retail branch business metrics Investment sales volume (in millions) $ 5,956 $ 4,398 35

Number of: Branches 5,155 5,186 (1 ) ATMs 15,549 14,159 10 Personal bankers 19,003 15,544 22 Sales specialists 6,315 5,454 16 Active online customers (in thousands) 16,208 12,882 26 Checking accounts (in thousands) 25,830 24,984 3

MORTGAGE BANKING & OTHER CONSUMER LENDING

Selected income statement data Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except ratio) 2010 2009 Change

Noninterest revenue (a) $ 1,018 $ 1,921 (47 )% Net interest income 893 808 11

Total net revenue 1,911 2,729 (30 ) Provision for credit losses 217 405 (46 ) Noninterest expense 1,246 1,137 10

Income before income tax expense 448 1,187 (62 )

Net income (a) $ 257 $ 730 (65 ) Overhead ratio 65 % 42%

(a) Losses related to the repurchase of previously -sold loans are recorded as a reduction of production revenue. These losses totaled $432 million and $220 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The losses resulted in a negative impact on net income of $252 million and $135 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For further discussion, see Repurchase Liability on pages 47 -48 and Note 22 on pages 149-152 of this Form 10-Q, and Note 31 on pages 230-234 of JPMorgan Chase ’s 2009 Annual Report.

Quarterly results Mortgage Banking & Other Consumer Lending reported net income of $257 million, compared with $730 million in the prior year. The decrease was driven by lower noninterest revenue and higher noninterest expense, partially offset by the lower provision for credit losses. Net revenue was $1.9 billion, down by $818 million, or 30%, from the prior year. The decline was driven by lower mortgage fees and related income, partially offset by an increase in net interest income, reflecting the impact of higher auto loan balances and wider auto loan spreads. Mortgage fees and related income decreased due to lower MSR risk management results and lower mortgage production revenue, partially offset by higher mortgage operating income. MSR risk management results were $152 million, compared with $1.0 billion in the prior year. Mortgage production revenue was $1 million, compared with $481 million in the prior year, as a result of an increase in losses from the repurchase of WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea 25 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents previously-sold loans, a decline in new originations and narrower spreads. Mortgage operating revenue, which represents loan servicing revenue net of other changes in fair value of the MSR asset, was $502 million, up by $353 million. The increase was driven by other changes in the fair value of the MSR asset, partially offset by lower servicing revenue as a result of lower third-party loans serviced. The provision for credit losses, predominantly related to the auto and student loan portfolios, was $217 million, compared with $405 million in the prior year. The prior-year provision reflected a $150 million increase in the allowance for loan losses for student loans. Noninterest expense was $1.2 billion, up by $109 million, or 10%, from the prior year, driven by default -related expense, partially offset by a decrease in mortgage insurance expense.

Selected metrics Three months ended March 31, (in billions, except ratios and where otherwise noted) 2010 2009 Change

Business metrics End -of -period loans owned: Auto loans $ 47.4 $ 43.1 10% Mortgage (a) 13.7 8.8 56 Student loans and other 17.4 17.4 —

Total end -of -period loans owned 78.5 69.3 13

Average loans owned: Auto loans $ 46.9 $ 42.5 10 Mortgage (a) 12.5 7.4 69 Student loans and other 18.4 17.6 5

Total average loans owned (b) 77.8 67.5 15

Credit data and quality statistics (in millions, except ratios) Net charge -offs: Auto loans $ 102 $ 174 (41 ) Mortgage 6 5 20 Student loans and other 64 34 88

Total net charge -offs 172 213 (19 )

Net charge -off rate: Auto loans 0.88 % 1.66% Mortgage 0.20 0.29 Student loans and other 1.64 0.92 Total net charge -off rate (b) 0.93 1.34

30+ day delinquency rate (c)(d) 1.47 % 1.56% Nonperforming assets (in millions) (e) $ 1,006 $ 830 21

Origination volume: Mortgage origination volume by channel Retail $ 11.4 $ 13.6 (16 )% Wholesale (f) 0.4 1.6 (75 ) Correspondent (f) 16.0 18.0 (11 ) CNT (negotiated transactions) 3.9 4.5 (13 )

Total mortgage origination volume 31.7 37.7 (16 )

Student loans $ 1.6 $ 1.7 (6) Auto 6.3 5.6 13

26 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Selected metrics Three months ended March 31, (in billions, except ratios and where otherwise noted) 2010 2009 Change

Application volume: Mortgage application volume by channel Retail $ 20.3 $ 32.7 (38 )% Wholesale (f) 0.8 1.8 (56 ) Correspondent (f) 18.2 29.2 (38 )

Total mortgage application volume $ 39.3 $ 63.7 (38 )

Average mortgage loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value (g) : $ 14.5 $ 14.0 4 Average assets 124.8 113.4 10 Third -party mortgage loans serviced (ending) 1,075.0 1,148.8 (6) Third -party mortgage loans serviced (average) 1,076.4 1,155.0 (7) MSR net carrying value (ending) 15.5 10.6 46 Ratio of MSR net carrying value (ending) to third -party mortgage loans serviced (ending) 1.44% 0.92 %

Supplemental mortgage fees and related income details (in millions)

Production revenue: $ 1 $ 481 (100)

Net mortgage servicing revenue: Operating revenue: Loan servicing revenue 1,107 1,222 (9) Other changes in MSR asset fair value (605) (1,073) 44

Total operating revenue 502 149 237 Risk management: Changes in MSR asset fair value due to inputs or assumptions in model (96 ) 1,310 NM Derivative valuation adjustments and other 248 (307) NM

Total risk management 152 1,003 (85 )

Total net mortgage servicing revenue 654 1,152 (43 )

Mortgage fees and related income $ 655 $ 1,633 (60 )

Ratio of annualized loan servicing revenue to third-party mortgage loans serviced (average) 0.42% 0.43 % MSR revenue multiple (h) 3.43x 2.14 x

(a) Predominantly represents prime loans repurchased from Government National Mortgage Association ( “Ginnie Mae ”) pools, which are insured by U.S. government agencies.

(b) Total average loans owned includes loans held-for-sale of $2.9 billion and $3.1 billion for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts are excluded when calculating the net charge -off rate.

(c) Excludes mortgage loans that are insured by U.S. government agencies of $11.2 billion and $4.9 billion at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts are excluded as reimbursement is proceeding normally.

(d) Excludes loans that are 30 days past due and still accruing, which are insured by U.S. government agencies under the Federal Family Education Loan Program, of $1.0 billion and $770 million at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts are excluded as reimbursement is proceeding normally.

(e) At March 31, 2010 and 2009, nonperforming loans and assets exclude: (1) mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $10.5 billion and $4.2 billion, respectively; (2) real estate owned insured by U.S. government agencies of $707 million and $433 million, respectively; and (3) student loans that are 90 days past due and still accruing, which are insured by U.S. government agencies under the Federal Family Education Loan Program, of $581 million and $433 million, respectively. These amounts are excluded as reimbursement is proceeding normally.

(f) Includes rural housing loans sourced through brokers and correspondents, which are underwritten under U.S. Department of Agriculture guidelines. Prior period amounts have been revised to conform with the current period presentation.

(g) Loans at fair value consist of prime mortgages originated with the intent to sell that are accounted for at fair value and classified as trading assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Average balances of these loans totaled $14.2 billion and $13.4 billion for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(h) Represents the ratio of MSR net carrying value (ending) to third -party mortgage loans serviced (ending) divided by the ratio of annualized loan servicing revenue to third-party mortgage loans serviced (average). The increase is driven by higher expected future servicing cash flows resulting from lower assumed prepayments.

REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIOS

Selected income statement data Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Noninterest revenue $ 32 $ (42 ) NM Net interest income 1,496 1,816 (18 )%

Total net revenue 1,528 1,774 (14 )

Provision for credit losses 3,325 3,147 6 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Noninterest expense 419 454 (8) Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit) (2,216) (1,827) (21 )

Net income/(loss) $ (1,286) $ (1,119) (15 )

Overhead ratio 27 % 26%

27 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Quarterly results Real Estate Portfolios reported a net loss of $1.3 billion, compared with a net loss of $1.1 billion in the prior year. The deterioration was driven by lower net revenue and the higher provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower noninterest expense. Net revenue was $1.5 billion, down by $246 million, or 14%, from the prior year. The decrease was predominantly driven by a decline in net interest income as a result of lower loan balances, reflecting portfolio run-off, as well as narrower loan spreads. The provision for credit losses was $3.3 billion, compared with $3.1 billion in the prior year. The current-quarter provision reflected an addition of $1.2 billion to the allowance for loan losses for further estimated deterioration in the Washington Mutual prime and option ARM purchased credit-impaired pools. The prior-year provision was driven by an addition of $1.4 billion to the allowance for loan losses. (For further detail, see RFS discussion of the provision for credit losses above on page 23 of this Form 10-Q.) Noninterest expense was $419 million, down by $35 million, or 8%, from the prior year, reflecting lower foreclosed asset expense.

Selected metrics Three months ended March 31, (in billions) 2010 2009 Change

Loans excluding purchased credit -impaired loans (a) End -of -period loans owned: Home equity $ 97.7 $ 111.7 (13 )% Prime mortgage 46.8 56.6 (17 ) Subprime mortgage 13.2 14.6 (10 ) Option ARMs 8.6 9.0 (4) Other 1.0 0.9 11

Total end -of -period loans owned $ 167.3 $ 192.8 (13 )

Average loans owned: Home equity $ 99.5 $ 113.4 (12 ) Prime mortgage 47.9 58.0 (17 ) Subprime mortgage 13.8 14.9 (7) Option ARMs 8.7 8.8 (1) Other 1.1 0.9 22

Total average loans owned $ 171.0 $ 196.0 (13 )

Purchased credit -impaired loans (a) End -of -period loans owned: Home equity $ 26.0 $ 28.4 (8) Prime mortgage 19.2 21.4 (10 ) Subprime mortgage 5.8 6.6 (12 ) Option ARMs 28.3 31.2 (9)

Total end -of -period loans owned $ 79.3 $ 87.6 (9)

Average loans owned: Home equity $ 26.2 $ 28.4 (8) Prime mortgage 19.5 21.6 (10 ) Subprime mortgage 5.9 6.7 (12 ) Option ARMs 28.6 31.4 (9)

Total average loans owned $ 80.2 $ 88.1 (9)

Total Real Estate Portfolios End -of -period loans owned: Home equity $ 123.7 $ 140.1 (12 ) Prime mortgage 66.0 78.0 (15 ) Subprime mortgage 19.0 21.2 (10 ) Option ARMs 36.9 40.2 (8) Other 1.0 0.9 11

Total end -of -period loans owned $ 246.6 $ 280.4 (12 )

Average loans owned: Home equity $ 125.7 $ 141.8 (11 ) Prime mortgage 67.4 79.6 (15 ) Subprime mortgage 19.7 21.6 (9) Option ARMs 37.3 40.2 (7) Other 1.1 0.9 22

Total average loans owned $ 251.2 $ 284.1 (12 )

Average assets $ 240.2 $ 279.9 (14 ) Home equity origination volume 0.3 0.9 (67 )

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea (a) Purchased credit -impaired loans represent loans acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction for which a deterioration in credit quality occurred between the origination date and JPMorgan Chase’s acquisition date. These loans were initially recorded at fair value and accrete interest income over the estimated lives of the loan as long as cash flows are reasonably estimable, even if the underlying loans are contractually past due.

28 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Included within Real Estate Portfolios are purchased credit-impaired loans that the Firm acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction. For purchased credit-impaired loans, the excess of the undiscounted gross cash flows initially expected to be collected over the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date is accreted into interest income at a level rate of return over the expected life of the loans. This is commonly referred to as the “accretable yield.” The estimate of gross cash flows expected to be collected is updated each reporting period based on updated assumptions. Probable decreases in expected loan principal cash flows require recognition of an allowance for loan losses; probable and significant increases in expected cash flows would first reverse any previously recorded allowance for loan losses with any remaining increases recognized over time through interest income. The net spread between the purchased credit-impaired loans and the related liabilities should be relatively constant over time, except for any basis risk or other residual interest rate risk that remains and changes in the accretable yield percentage (e.g., extended loan liquidation periods). As of March 31, 2010, the weighted-average life of the portfolio is expected to be 6.6 years. For further information, see Note 13, Purchased credit-impaired loans, on page 129 of this Form 10-Q. The loan balances are expected to decline more rapidly in the earlier years as the most troubled loans are liquidated, and more slowly thereafter as the remaining troubled borrowers have limited refinancing opportunities. Similarly, default and servicing expenses are expected to be higher in the earlier years and decline over time as liquidations slow down. To date the impact of the purchased credit-impaired loans on Real Estate Portfolios net income has been modestly negative. This is due to the current net spread of the portfolio, the provision for loan losses recognized subsequent to its acquisition, and the higher level of default and servicing expenses associated with the portfolio. Over time, the Firm expects that this portfolio will contribute positively to income.

Credit data and quality statistics Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Net charge -offs excluding purchased credit -impaired loans (a) : Home equity $ 1,126 $ 1,098 3% Prime mortgage 453 307 48 Subprime mortgage 457 364 26 Option ARMs 23 4 475 Other 16 15 7

Total net charge -offs $ 2,075 $ 1,788 16

Net charge -off rate excluding purchased credit -impaired loans (a) : Home equity 4.59% 3.93% Prime mortgage 3.84 2.15 Subprime mortgage 13.43 9.91 Option ARMs 1.07 0.18 Other 5.90 6.76 Total net charge -off rate excluding purchased credit -impaired loans 4.92 3.70

Net charge -off rate — reported: Home equity 3.63% 3.14% Prime mortgage 2.73 1.56 Subprime mortgage 9.41 6.83 Option ARMs 0.25 0.04 Other 5.90 6.76 Total net charge -off rate — reported 3.35 2.55

30+ day delinquency rate excluding purchased credit-impaired loans (b) 7.28% 5.87% Allowance for loan losses $ 14,127 $ 8,870 59 Nonperforming assets (c) 10,313 8,437 22 Allowance for loan losses to ending loans retained 5.73% 3.16% Allowance for loan losses to ending loans retained excluding purchased credit -impaired loans (a) 6.76 4.60

(a) Excludes the impact of purchased credit -impaired loans that were acquired as part of the Washington Mutual transaction. These loans were accounted for at fair value on the acquisition date, which incorporated management’s estimate, as of that date, of credit losses over the remaining life of the portfolio. An allowance for loan losses of $2.8 billion was recorded for these loans at March 31, 2010, which has also been excluded from applicable ratios. No allowance for loan losses was recorded for these loans at March 31, 2009. To date, no charge -offs have been recorded for these loans.

(b) The delinquency rate for purchased credit -impaired loans was 28.49% and 21.36% at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(c) Excludes purchased credit -impaired loans that were acquired as part of the Washington Mutual transaction. These loans are accounted for on a pool basis, and the pools are considered to be performing.

29 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

CARD SERVICES For a discussion of the business profile of CS, see pages 64-66 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report and Introduction on page 6 of this Form 10-Q. Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Prior to the adoption of the new guidance JPMorgan Chase used the concept of “managed basis” to evaluate the credit performance of its credit card loans, both loans on the balance sheet and loans that had been securitized. For further information, see Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 14-16 of this Form 10-Q. Managed results excluded the impact of credit card securitizations on total net revenue, the provision for credit losses, net charge-offs and loan receivables. Securitization did not change reported net income; however, it did affect the classification of items on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Consolidated Balance Sheets. As a result of the consolidation of the securitization trusts, reported and managed basis are comparable for periods beginning after January 1, 2010.

Selected income statement data-managed basis (a) Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Revenue Credit card income $ 813 $ 844 (4)% All other income (55 ) (197) 72

Noninterest revenue 758 647 17 Net interest income 3,689 4,482 (18 )

Total net revenue 4,447 5,129 (13 )

Provision for credit losses 3,512 4,653 (25 ) Noninterest expense Compensation expense 330 357 (8) Noncompensation expense 949 850 12 Amortization of intangibles 123 139 (12 )

Total noninterest expense 1,402 1,346 4

Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit) (467 ) (870) 46 Income tax expense/(benefit) (164 ) (323) 49

Net income/(loss) $ (303 ) $ (547) 45

Memo: Net securitization income/(loss) NA $ (180) NM

Financial ratios (a) ROE (8 )% (15 )% Overhead ratio 32 26

(a) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon adoption, the Firm recorded a net increase in U.S. GAAP assets of $60.9 billion on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, which comprised: $84.7 billion of loans; $7.4 billion of allowance for loan losses; $4.4 billion of other assets, offset partially by $20.8 billion of previously recognized assets, consisting primarily of retained available -for -sale ( “AFS ”) securities, which were eliminated upon consolidation.

Quarterly results Card Services reported a net loss of $303 million, compared with a net loss of $547 million in the prior year. The improved results were driven by the lower provision for credit losses, partially offset by lower net revenue. End-of-period managed loans were $149.3 billion, a decrease of $26.9 billion, or 15%, from the prior year. Average managed loans were $155.8 billion, a decrease of $27.6 billion, or 15%, from the prior year. Managed net revenue was $4.4 billion, a decrease of $682 million, or 13%, from the prior year. Net interest income was $3.7 billion, down by $793 million, or 18%. The decrease was driven by lower average managed loan balances (including run-off from the Washington Mutual portfolio), the impact of legislative changes, and a decreased level of fees, partially offset by wider loan spreads. Noninterest revenue was $758 million, an increase of $111 million, or 17%. The increase was driven by a prior-year write-down of securitization interests, partially offset by run-off from the Washington Mutual portfolio. The managed provision for credit losses was $3.5 billion, compared with $4.7 billion in the prior year. The decline in the provision for credit losses included a reduction of $1.0 billion to the allowance for loan losses, reflecting lower estimated losses (primarily related to improved delinquency trends) as well as lower levels of outstandings, partially offset by continued high levels of charge-offs. The prior-year provision included an addition of $1.2 billion to the allowance for loan losses. The managed net charge-off rate for the quarter was 11.75%, up from 7.72% in the prior year. The current-quarter net charge-off rate was negatively affected by approximately 60 basis points from a payment-holiday program

30 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents offered in the second quarter of 2009. The 30-day managed delinquency rate was 5.62%, down from 6.16% in the prior year. Excluding the impact of the Washington Mutual transaction, the managed net charge-off rate for the first quarter was 10.54%, and the 30-day delinquency rate was 4.99%. Noninterest expense was $1.4 billion, an increase of $56 million, or 4%, due to higher marketing expense.

Credit Card Legislation In May 2009, the Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (“CARD Act”) was enacted. Management estimates that, as a result of continuing its phased implementation of the CARD Act during 2010, Card Services’ annual net income may be adversely affected by approximately $500 million to $750 million. This estimate is subject to change as certain components of the new legislation are finalized and implemented. The most significant effects of the CARD Act include: (a) the inability to change the pricing of existing balances; (b) the allocation of customer payments above the minimum payment to the existing balance with the highest APR; (c) the requirement that customers opt-in in order to receive, for a fee, overlimit protection that permits an authorized transaction over their credit limit; and (d) the requirement that statements must be mailed or delivered not later than 21 days before the payment due date. In addition, certain rules have not yet been finalized, including those limiting the amount of penalty fees that can be assessed and those that would require Card Services to review customer accounts for potential interest rate reductions in certain circumstances. As a result of the CARD Act, Card Services has implemented certain changes to its business practices to manage its inability to price loans to customers at rates that are commensurate with their risk over time. These changes include: (a) selectively increasing pricing; (b) reducing the volume and duration of low-rate promotional pricing offered to customers; and (c) reducing the amount of credit that is granted to certain new and existing customers.

Selected metrics Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except headcount, ratios and where otherwise noted) 2010 2009 Change

Financial ratios (a) Percentage of average outstandings: Net interest income 9.60% 9.91% Provision for credit losses 9.14 10.29 Noninterest revenue 1.97 1.43 Risk adjusted margin (b) 2.43 1.05 Noninterest expense 3.65 2.98 Pretax income/(loss) (ROO) (c) (1.22) (1.92 ) Net income/(loss) (0.79) (1.21 )

Business metrics Sales volume (in billions) $ 69.4 $ 66.6 4 % New accounts opened (in millions) 2.5 2.2 14 Open accounts (in millions) 88.9 105.7 (16 )

Merchant acquiring business Bank card volume (in billions) $ 108.0 $ 94.4 14 Total transactions (in billions) 4.7 4.1 15

Selected balance sheet data (period -end) Loans: Loans on balance sheets $149,260 $ 90,911 64 Securitized loans (a) NA 85,220 NM

Total loans $149,260 $176,131 (15 )

Equity $ 15,000 $ 15,000 —

Selected balance sheet data (average) Managed assets $156,968 $201,200 (22 ) Loans: Loans on balance sheets $155,790 $ 97,783 59 Securitized loans (a ) NA 85,619 NM

Total average loans $155,790 $183,402 (15 )

Equity $ 15,000 $ 15,000 —

Headcount 22,478 23,759 (5 )

31 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Selected metrics Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Credit quality statistics (a) Net charge -offs $ 4,512 $ 3,493 29 % Net charge -off rate (d) 11.75% 7.72% Delinquency rates (a) 30+ day 5.62% 6.16% 90+ day 3.15 3.22

Allowance for loan losses (a)(e) $ 16,032 $ 8,849 81 Allowance for loan losses to period -end loans (a)(e) 10.74% 9.73%

Key stats — Washington Mutual only Loans $ 17,204 $ 25,908 (34 ) Average loans 18,607 27,578 (33 ) Net interest income (f) 15.06% 16.45 % Risk adjusted margin (b)(f) 2.47 4.42 Net charge -off rate (g) 24.14 14.57 30+ day delinquency rate 10.49 10.89 90+ day delinquency rate 6.32 5.79

Key stats — excluding Washington Mutual Loans $132,056 $150,223 (12 ) Average loans 137,183 155,824 (12 ) Net interest income (f) 8.86% 8.75% Risk adjusted margin (b)(f) 2.43 0.46 Net charge -off rate 10.54 6.86 30+ day delinquency rate 4.99 5.34 90+ day delinquency rate 2.74 2.78

(a) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon adoption, the Firm recorded a net increase in U.S. GAAP assets of $60.9 billion on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, which comprised: $84.7 billion of loans; $7.4 billion of allowance for loan losses; $4.4 billion of other assets, offset partially by $20.8 billion of previously recognized assets, consisting primarily of retained available -for -sale ( “AFS ”) securities, which were eliminated upon consolidation.

(b) Represents total net revenue less provision for credit losses.

(c) Pretax return on average managed outstandings.

(d) Results reflect the impact of purchase accounting adjustments related to the Washington Mutual transaction and the consolidation of the Washington Mutual Master Trust in the second quarter of 2009.

(e) Based on loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(f) As a percentage of average managed outstandings.

(g) Excludes the impact of purchase accounting adjustments related to the Washington Mutual transaction and the consolidation of the Washington Mutual Master Trust in the second quarter of 2009. NA: Not applicable.

32 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Reconciliation from reported basis to managed basis The financial information presented below reconciles reported basis and managed basis to disclose the effect of securitizations.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009 Change

Income statement data Credit card income Reported $ 813 $ 1,384 (41 )% Securitization adjustments (a) NA (540 ) NM

Managed credit card income $ 813 $ 844 (4)

Net interest income Reported 3,689 $ 2,478 49 Securitization adjustments (a) NA 2,004 NM

Managed net interest income $ 3,689 $ 4,482 (18 )

Total net revenue Reported $ 4,447 $ 3,665 21 Securitization adjustments (a) NA 1,464 NM

Managed total net revenue $ 4,447 $ 5,129 (13 )

Provision for credit losses Reported $ 3,512 $ 3,189 10 Securitization adjustments (a) NA 1,464 NM

Managed provision for credit losses $ 3,512 $ 4,653 (25 )

Balance sheet — average balances Total average assets Reported $156,968 $118,418 33 Securitization adjustments (a) NA 82,782 NM

Managed average assets $156,968 $201,200 (22 )

Credit quality statistics Net charge -offs Reported $ 4,512 $ 2,029 122 Securitization adjustments (a) NA 1,464 NM

Managed net charge -offs $ 4,512 $ 3,493 29

Net charge -off rates Reported 11.75 % 8.42 % Securitized (a) NA 6.93 Managed net charge -off rate 11.75 7.72

(a) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Prior to the adoption of the new guidance JPMorgan Chase used the concept of “managed basis” to evaluate the credit performance and overall performance of the underlying credit card loans, both sold and not sold; as the same borrower continues to use the credit card for ongoing charges, a borrower’s credit performance affects both the securitized loans and the loans retained on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Thus, in its 2009 disclosures regarding managed receivables, JPMorgan Chase treated the sold receivables as if they were still on the balance sheet in order to disclose the credit performance (such as net charge-off rates) of the entire managed credit card portfolio. Managed results excluded the impact of credit card securitizations on total net revenue, the provision for credit losses, net charge-offs and loan receivables. Securitization did not change reported net income versus managed earnings; however, it did affect the classification of items on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Consolidated Balance Sheets. For further information, see Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm ’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 14 -16 of this Form 10 -Q.

33 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL BANKING For a discussion of the business profile of CB, see pages 67-68 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report and Introduction on page 6 of this Form 10-Q.

Selected income statement data Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Revenue: Lending - and deposit -related fees $ 277 $ 263 5 % Asset management, administration and commissions 37 34 9 All other income (a) 186 125 49

Noninterest revenue 500 422 18 Net interest income 916 980 (7 )

Total net revenue 1,416 1,402 1

Provision for credit losses 214 293 (27 )

Noninterest expense Compensation expense 206 200 3 Noncompensation expense 324 342 (5 ) Amortization of intangibles 9 11 (18 )

Total noninterest expense 539 553 (3 )

Income before income tax expense 663 556 19 Income tax expense 273 218 25

Net income $ 390 $ 338 15

Revenue by product: Lending $ 658 $ 665 (1 ) Treasury services 638 646 (1 ) Investment banking 105 73 44 Other 15 18 (17 )

Total Commercial Banking revenue $ 1,416 $ 1,402 1

IB revenue, gross (b) $ 311 $ 206 51

Revenue by client segment: Middle Market Banking $ 746 $ 752 (1 ) Commercial Term Lending 229 228 — Mid -Corporate Banking 263 242 9 Real Estate Banking 100 120 (17 ) Other 78 60 30

Total Commercial Banking revenue $ 1,416 $ 1,402 1

Financial ratios ROE 20 % 17 % Overhead ratio 38 39

(a) Revenue from investment banking products sold to CB clients and commercial card revenue is included in all other income.

(b) Represents the total revenue related to investment banking products sold to CB clients.

Quarterly results Net income was $390 million, an increase of $52 million, or 15%, from the prior year. The increase was driven by a decrease in the provision for credit losses, lower noninterest expense and higher net revenue. Net revenue was $1.4 billion, up by $14 million, or 1%, compared with the prior year. Net interest income was $916 million, down by $64 million, or 7%, driven by spread compression on liability products and lower loan balances, largely offset by overall growth in liability balances and wider loan spreads. Noninterest revenue was $500 million, an increase of $78 million, or 18%, reflecting higher lending-related and investment banking fees. Revenue from Middle Market Banking was $746 million, a decrease of $6 million, or 1%, from the prior year. Revenue from Commercial Term Lending was $229 million, an increase of $1 million. Revenue from Mid-Corporate Banking was $263 million, an increase of $21 million, or 9%. Revenue from Real Estate Banking was $100 million, a decrease of $20 million, or 17%.

34 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The provision for credit losses was $214 million, compared with $293 million in the prior year. Net charge-offs were $229 million (0.96% net charge-off rate), compared with $134 million (0.48% net charge-off rate) in the prior year, driven by continued weakness in commercial real estate. The allowance for loan losses to end-of-period loans retained was 3.15%, up from 2.65% in the prior year. Nonperforming loans were $3.0 billion, up by $1.5 billion from the prior year reflecting increases in each client segment. Noninterest expense was $539 million, a decrease of $14 million, or 3%, compared with the prior year, reflecting lower headcount -related expense, lower volume-related expense and lower FDIC insurance premiums, largely offset by higher performance-based compensation.

Selected metrics Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except headcount and ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Selected balance sheet data (period -end): Loans: Loans retained $ 95,435 $110,923 (14 )% Loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value 294 272 8

Total loans 95,729 111,195 (14 ) Equity 8,000 8,000 —

Selected balance sheet data (average): Total assets $133,013 $144,298 (8) Loans: Loans retained 96,317 113,568 (15 ) Loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value 297 297 —

Total loans 96,614 113,865 (15 ) Liability balances (a) 133,142 114,975 16 Equity 8,000 8,000 —

Average loans by client segment: Middle Market Banking $ 33,919 $ 40,728 (17 ) Commercial Term Lending 36,057 36,814 (2) Mid -Corporate Banking 12,258 18,416 (33 ) Real Estate Banking 10,438 13,264 (21 ) Other 3,942 4,643 (15 )

Total Commercial Banking loans $ 96,614 $113,865 (15 )

Headcount 4,701 4,545 3

Credit data and quality statistics: Net charge -offs $ 229 $ 134 71 Nonperforming loans: Nonperforming loans retained (b) 2,947 1,531 92 Nonperforming loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value 49 — NM

Total nonperforming loans 2,996 1,531 96 Nonperforming assets 3,186 1,651 93 Allowance for credit losses: Allowance for loan losses 3,007 2,945 2 Allowance for lending -related commitments 359 240 50

Total allowance for credit losses 3,366 3,185 6

Net charge -off rate 0.96 % 0.48% Allowance for loan losses to period -end loans retained 3.15 2.65 Allowance for loan losses to average loans retained 3.12 2.59 Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans retained 102 192 Nonperforming loans to total period -end loans 3.13 1.38 Nonperforming loans to total average loans 3.10 1.34

(a) Liability balances include deposits, as well as deposits that are swept to on -balance sheet liabilities (e.g., commercial paper, federal funds purchased, time deposits and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements) as part of customer cash management programs.

(b) Allowance for loan losses of $612 million and $352 million were held against nonperforming loans retained at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

35 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

TREASURY & SECURITIES SERVICES For a discussion of the business profile of TSS, see pages 69-70 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report and Introduction on page 6 of this Form 10-Q.

Selected income statement data Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except headcount and ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Revenue Lending - and deposit -related fees $ 311 $ 325 (4)% Asset management, administration and commissions 659 626 5 All other income 176 197 (11 )

Noninterest revenue 1,146 1,148 — Net interest income 610 673 (9)

Total net revenue 1,756 1,821 (4)

Provision for credit losses (39 ) (6) NM Credit reimbursement to IB (a) (30 ) (30 ) —

Noninterest expense Compensation expense 657 629 4 Noncompensation expense 650 671 (3) Amortization of intangibles 18 19 (5)

Total noninterest expense 1,325 1,319 —

Income before income tax expense 440 478 (8) Income tax expense 161 170 (5)

Net income $ 279 $ 308 (9)

Revenue by business Treasury Services $ 882 $ 931 (5) Worldwide Securities Services 874 890 (2)

Total net revenue $ 1,756 $ 1,821 (4)

Financial ratios ROE 17 % 25% Overhead ratio 75 72 Pretax margin ratio (b) 25 26

Selected balance sheet data (period -end) Loans (c) $ 24,066 $ 18,529 30 Equity 6,500 5,000 30

Selected balance sheet data (average) Total assets $ 38,273 $ 38,682 (1) Loans (c) 19,578 20,140 (3) Liability balances (d) 247,905 276,486 (10 ) Equity 6,500 5,000 30

Headcount 27,223 26,998 1

(a) IB credit portfolio group manages certain exposures on behalf of clients shared with TSS. TSS reimburses IB for a portion of the total cost of managing the credit portfolio. IB recognizes this credit reimbursement as a component of noninterest revenue.

(b) Pretax margin represents income before income tax expense divided by total net revenue, which is a measure of pretax performance and another basis by which management evaluates its performance and that of its competitors.

(c) Loan balances include wholesale overdrafts, commercial card and trade finance loans.

(d) Liability balances include deposits, as well as deposits that are swept to on -balance sheet liabilities (e.g., commercial paper, federal funds purchased, time deposits and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements) as part of customer cash management programs.

Quarterly results Net income was $279 million, a decrease of $29 million, or 9%, from the prior year. The results reflected lower net revenue and a benefit from the provision for credit losses. Net revenue was $1.8 billion, a decrease of $65 million, or 4% from the prior year. Worldwide Securities Services net revenue was $874 million, a decrease of $16 million, or 2%. The decrease reflected lower spreads in securities lending, lower liability balances, and the impact of lower volatility on foreign exchange, partially offset by the effects of higher market levels and net inflows on assets under custody. Treasury Services net revenue was $882 million, a decrease of WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea 36 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

$49 million, or 5%. The decrease reflected lower deposit spreads, partially offset by higher trade loan and card product volumes. TSS generated firmwide net revenue of $2.5 billion, including $1.6 billion by Treasury Services; of that amount, $882 million was recorded in Treasury Services, $638 million was recorded in Commercial Banking and $56 million was recorded in other lines of business. The remaining $874 million of net revenue was recorded in Worldwide Securities Services. The provision for credit losses was a benefit of $39 million, up $33 million from the prior year. Noninterest expense was $1.3 billion, flat compared with the prior year.

Selected metrics Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except ratios and where otherwise noted) 2010 2009 Change

TSS firmwide disclosures Treasury Services revenue — reported $ 882 $ 931 (5)% Treasury Services revenue reported in CB 638 646 (1) Treasury Services revenue reported in other lines of business 56 62 (10 )

Treasury Services firmwide revenue (a) 1,576 1,639 (4) Worldwide Securities Services revenue 874 890 (2)

Treasury & Securities Services firmwide revenue (a) $ 2,450 $ 2,529 (3)

Treasury Services firmwide liability balances (average) (b) $305,105 $289,645 5 Treasury & Securities Services firmwide liability balances (average) (b) 381,047 391,461 (3)

TSS firmwide financial ratios Treasury Services firmwide overhead ratio (c) 55 % 53% Treasury & Securities Services firmwide overhead ratio (c) 65 63

Firmwide business metrics Assets under custody (in billions) $ 15,283 $ 13,532 13

Number of: U.S.$ ACH transactions originated (in millions) 949 978 (3) Total U.S.$ clearing volume (in thousands) 28,669 27,186 5 International electronic funds transfer volume (in thousands) (d) 55,754 44,365 26 Wholesale check volume (in millions) 478 568 (16 ) Wholesale cards issued (in thousands) (e) 27,352 23,757 15

Credit data and quality statistics Net charge -offs $ — $ 2 NM Nonperforming loans 14 30 (53 ) Allowance for credit losses: Allowance for loan losses 57 51 12 Allowance for lending -related commitments 76 77 (1)

Total allowance for credit losses 133 128 4

Net charge -off rate —% 0.04% Allowance for loan losses to period -end loans 0.24 0.28 Allowance for loan losses to average loans 0.29 0.25 Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans 407 170 Nonperforming loans to period -end loans 0.06 0.16 Nonperforming loans to average loans 0.07 0.15

(a) TSS firmwide revenue includes foreign exchange (“FX”) revenue recorded in TSS and FX revenue associated with TSS customers who are FX customers of IB. However, some of the FX revenue associated with TSS customers who are FX customers of IB is not included in TS and TSS firmwide revenue. These amounts were $137 million and $154 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(b) Firmwide liability balances include liability balances recorded in CB.

(c) Overhead ratios have been calculated based on firmwide revenue and TSS and TS expense, respectively, including those allocated to certain other lines of business. FX revenue and expense recorded in IB for TSS -related FX activity are not included in this ratio.

(d) International electronic funds transfer includes non -U.S. dollar Automated Clearing House ( “ACH ”) and clearing volume.

(e) Wholesale cards issued and outstanding include U.S. domestic commercial, stored value, prepaid and government electronic benefit card products.

37 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

ASSET MANAGEMENT For a discussion of the business profile of AM, see pages 71-73 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report and Introduction on page 6 of this Form 10-Q.

Selected income statement data Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 Change

Revenue: Asset management, administration and commissions $ 1,508 $ 1,231 23 % All other income 266 69 286

Noninterest revenue 1,774 1,300 36 Net interest income 357 403 (11 )

Total net revenue 2,131 1,703 25

Provision for credit losses 35 33 6

Noninterest expense: Compensation expense 910 800 14 Noncompensation expense 514 479 7 Amortization of intangibles 18 19 (5 )

Total noninterest expense 1,442 1,298 11

Income before income tax expense 654 372 76 Income tax expense 262 148 77

Net income $ 392 $ 224 75

Revenue by client segment Private Bank $ 698 $ 583 20 Institutional 566 460 23 Retail 415 253 64 Private Wealth Management 343 312 10 JPMorgan Securities (a) 109 95 15

Total net revenue $ 2,131 $ 1,703 25

Financial ratios ROE 24 % 13 % Overhead ratio 68 76 Pretax margin ratio (b) 31 22

(a) JPMorgan Securities was formerly known as Private Client Services prior to January 1, 2010.

(b) Pretax margin represents income before income tax expense divided by total net revenue, which is a measure of pretax performance and another basis by which management evaluates its performance and that of its competitors.

Quarterly results Net income was $392 million, an increase of $168 million, or 75%, from the prior year. These results reflected higher net revenue offset partially by higher noninterest expense. Net revenue was $2.1 billion, an increase of $428 million, or 25%, from the prior year. Noninterest revenue was $1.8 billion, up by $474 million, or 36%, due to the effect of higher market levels, higher placement fees, net inflows to products with higher margins, and higher performance fees. Net interest income was $357 million, down by $46 million, or 11%, primarily due to narrower deposit spreads. Revenue from the Private Bank was $698 million, up 20% from the prior year. Revenue from Institutional was $566 million, up 23%. Revenue from Retail was $415 million, up 64%. Revenue from Private Wealth Management was $343 million, up 10%. Revenue from JPMorgan Securities was $109 million, up 15%. The provision for credit losses was $35 million, an increase of $2 million from the prior year. Noninterest expense was $1.4 billion, an increase of $144 million, or 11%, from the prior year, reflecting higher performance -based compensation and higher headcount-related expense.

38 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Business metrics (in millions, except headcount, ratios and Three months ended March 31, ranking data, and where otherwise noted) 2010 2009 Change

Number of: Client advisors 1,987 1,872 6 % Retirement planning services participants (in thousands) 1,651 1,628 1 JPMorgan Securities brokers (a) 390 359 9

% of customer assets in 4 & 5 Star Funds (b) 43 % 42 % 2 % of AUM in 1 st and 2 nd quartiles: (c) 1 year 55 % 54 % 2 3 years 67 % 62 % 8 5 years 77 % 66 % 17

Selected balance sheet data (period -end) Loans $ 37,088 $ 33,944 9 Equity 6,500 7,000 (7 )

Selected balance sheet data (average) Total assets $ 62,525 $ 58,227 7 Loans 36,602 34,585 6 Deposits 80,662 81,749 (1 ) Equity 6,500 7,000 (7 )

Headcount 15,321 15,109 1

Credit data and quality statistics Net charge -offs $ 28 $ 19 47 Nonperforming loans 475 301 58 Allowance for credit losses: Allowance for loan losses 261 215 21 Allowance for lending -related commitments 13 4 225

Total allowance for credit losses 274 219 25

Net charge -off rate 0.31 % 0.22 % Allowance for loan losses to period -end loans 0.70 0.63 Allowance for loan losses to average loans 0.71 0.62 Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans 55 71 Nonperforming loans to period -end loans 1.28 0.89 Nonperforming loans to average loans 1.30 0.87

(a) JPMorgan Securities was formerly known as Bear Stearns Private Client Services prior to January 1, 2010.

(b) Derived from Morningstar for the United States, the United Kingdom, Luxembourg, France, Hong Kong and Taiwan; and Nomura for Japan.

(c) Quartile rankings sourced from Lipper for the United States and Taiwan; Morningstar for the United Kingdom, Luxembourg, France and Hong Kong; and Nomura for Japan.

39 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Assets under supervision Assets under supervision were $1.7 trillion, an increase of $243 billion, or 17%, from the prior year. Assets under management were $1.2 trillion, an increase of $104 billion, or 9%. The increases were due to the effect of higher market levels and inflows in fixed income and equity products offset largely by outflows in liquidity products. Custody, brokerage, administration and deposit balances were $488 billion, up by $139 billion, or 40%, due to the effect of higher market levels on custody and brokerage balances, and custody inflows in the Private Bank.

ASSETS UNDER SUPERVISION (a) (in billions) As of March 31, 2010 2009

Assets by asset class Liquidity $ 521 $ 625 Fixed income 246 180 Equities and multi -asset 355 215 Alternatives 97 95

Total assets under management 1,219 1,115 Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits 488 349

Total assets under supervision $ 1,707 $ 1,464

Assets by client segment

Institutional $ 669 $ 668 Private Bank 184 181 Retail 282 184 Private Wealth Management 70 68 JPMorgan Securities (b) 14 14

Total assets under management $ 1,219 $ 1,115

Institutional $ 670 $ 669 Private Bank 476 375 Retail 371 250 Private Wealth Management 133 120 JPMorgan Securities (b) 57 50

Total assets under supervision $ 1,707 $ 1,464

Assets by geographic region U.S./Canada $ 815 $ 789 International 404 326

Total assets under management $ 1,219 $ 1,115

U.S./Canada $ 1,189 $ 1,066 International 518 398

Total assets under supervision $ 1,707 $ 1,464

Mutual fund assets by asset class Liquidity $ 470 $ 570 Fixed income 76 42 Equities 150 85 Alternatives 9 8

Total mutual fund assets $ 705 $ 705

(a) Excludes assets under management of American Century Companies, Inc., in which the Firm had a 42% ownership at both March 31, 2010 and 2009.

(b) JPMorgan Securities was formerly known as Bear Stearns Private Client Services prior to January 1, 2010.

40 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Assets under management rollforward Three months ended March 31, (in billions) 2010 2009

Beginning balance $ 1,249 $ 1,133 Net asset flows: Liquidity (62 ) 19 Fixed income 16 1 Equities, multi -asset and alternatives 6 (5) Market/performance/other impacts 10 (33 )

Total assets under management $ 1,219 $ 1,115

Assets under supervision rollforward

Beginning balance $ 1,701 $ 1,496 Net asset flows (10 ) 25 Market/performance/other impacts 16 (57 )

Total assets under supervision $ 1,707 $ 1,464

CORPORATE / PRIVATE EQUITY For a discussion of the business profile of Corporate/Private Equity, see pages 74-75 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Selected income statement data Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except headcount) 2010 2009 Change

Revenue Principal transactions $ 547 $ (1,493) NM Securities gains 610 214 185 % All other income 124 (19 ) NM

Noninterest revenue 1,281 (1,298) NM Net interest income 1,076 989 9

Total net revenue 2,357 (309) NM

Provision for credit losses 17 — NM

Noninterest expense Compensation expense 475 641 (26 ) Noncompensation expense (a) 3,041 345 NM Merger costs — 205 NM

Subtotal 3,516 1,191 195 Net expense allocated to other businesses (1,180) (1,279) 8

Total noninterest expense 2,336 (88 ) NM

Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit) 4 (221) NM Income tax expense/(benefit) (b) (224) 41 NM

Net income/(loss) $ 228 $ (262) NM

Total net revenue Private equity $ 115 $ (449) NM Corporate 2,242 140 NM

Total net revenue $ 2,357 $ (309) NM

Net income/(loss) Private equity $ 55 $ (280) NM Corporate (c) 173 18 NM

Total net income/(loss) $ 228 $ (262) NM

Headcount 19,307 22,339 (14 )

(a) The first quarter of 2010 includes a $2.3 billion increase reflecting increased litigation reserves, including those for mortgage-related matters.

(b) The income tax benefit in the first quarter of 2010 includes tax benefits recognized upon the resolution of tax audits.

(c) The 2009 period included merger costs and extraordinary gain related to the Washington Mutual transaction, as well as items related to the Bear Stearns merger, including merger costs, asset management liquidation costs and Bear Stearns Private Client Services (which was renamed to JPMorgan Securities effective January 1, 2010) broker retention expense.

41 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Quarterly results Net income was $228 million, compared with a net loss of $262 million in the prior year. Private Equity reported net income of $55 million, compared with a net loss of $280 million in the prior year. Net revenue was $115 million, an increase of $564 million, reflecting private equity gains of $136 million due primarily to more favorable market conditions and underlying performance on certain portfolio investments compared with losses of $462 million. Noninterest expense was $30 million, an increase of $41 million. Corporate net income was $173 million, compared with $18 million in the prior year. Net revenue was $2.2 billion, reflecting continued elevated levels of net interest income and trading and securities gains from the investment portfolio. Noninterest expense reflected an increase of $2.3 billion for litigation reserves, including those for mortgage-related matters.

Treasury and Chief Investment Office (“CIO”) Selected income statement and balance sheet data Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009 Change

Securities gains (a) $ 610 $ 214 185 % Investment securities portfolio (average) 330,584 265,785 24 Investment securities portfolio (ending) 337,442 316,498 7 Mortgage loans (average) 8,162 7,210 13 Mortgage loans (ending) 8,368 7,162 17

(a) Reflects repositioning of the Corporate investment securities portfolio and excludes gains/losses on securities used to manage risk associated with MSRs. For further information on the investment portfolio, see Note 3 and Note 11 on pages 96-107 and 120-124, respectively, of this Form 10-Q. For further information on CIO VaR and the Firm’s earnings-at-risk, see the Market Risk Management section on pages 81-84 of this Form 10-Q.

Private Equity Selected income statement and balance sheet data Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009 Change

Private equity gains/(losses) Realized gains $ 113 $ 15 NM Unrealized gains/(losses) (a) (75 ) (409) 82 %

Total direct investments 38 (394) NM Third -party fund investments 98 (68 ) NM

Total private equity gains/(losses) (b) $ 136 $ (462) NM

Private equity portfolio information (c)

Direct investments March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Change

Publicly held securities Carrying value $ 890 $ 762 17 % Cost 793 743 7 Quoted public value 982 791 24

Privately held direct securities Carrying value 4,782 5,104 (6 ) Cost 5,795 5,959 (3 )

Third -party fund investments (d) Carrying value 1,603 1,459 10 Cost 2,134 2,079 3

Total private equity portfolio — Carrying value $ 7,275 $ 7,325 (1 ) Total private equity portfolio — Cost $ 8,722 $ 8,781 (1 )

(a) Unrealized gains/(losses) contain reversals of unrealized gains and losses that were recognized in prior periods and have now been realized.

(b) Included in principal transactions revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

(c) For more information on the Firm ’s policies regarding the valuation of the private equity portfolio, see Note 3 on pages 96 -107 of this Form 10 -Q.

(d) Unfunded commitments to third -party equity funds were $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. The carrying value of the private equity portfolio at both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, was $7.3 billion. During the first quarter, the decline in the portfolio from realized gains and distributions and net unrealized losses on markdowns was primarily offset by unrealized gains on third party fund investments. The portfolio represented 6.3% of the Firm’s stockholders’ equity less goodwill at both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea 42 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

Selected Consolidated Balance Sheets data (in millions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Assets Cash and due from banks $ 31,422 $ 26,206 Deposits with banks 59,014 63,230 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements 230,123 195,404 Securities borrowed 126,741 119,630 Trading assets: Debt and equity instruments 346,712 330,918 Derivative receivables 79,416 80,210 Securities 344,376 360,390 Loans 713,799 633,458 Allowance for loan losses (38,186 ) (31,602)

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 675,613 601,856 Accrued interest and accounts receivable 53,991 67,427 Premises and equipment 11,123 11,118 Goodwill 48,359 48,357 Mortgage servicing rights 15,531 15,531 Other intangible assets 4,383 4,621 Other assets 108,992 107,091

Total assets $ 2,135,796 $2,031,989

Liabilities Deposits $ 925,303 $ 938,367 Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements 295,171 261,413 Commercial paper 50,554 41,794 Other borrowed funds 48,981 55,740 Trading liabilities: Debt and equity instruments 78,228 64,946 Derivative payables 62,741 60,125 Accounts payable and other liabilities 154,185 162,696 Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs 93,055 15,225 Long -term debt 262,857 266,318

Total liabilities 1,971,075 1,866,624 Stockholders ’ equity 164,721 165,365

Total liabilities and stockholders ’ equity $ 2,135,796 $2,031,989

Consolidated Balance Sheets overview The following is a discussion of the significant changes in the Consolidated Balance Sheets from December 31, 2009. For a description of the specific line captions discussed below, see pages 76-78 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Deposits with banks; federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements; and securities borrowed The slight decrease in deposits with banks primarily reflected lower interbank lending. The increase in securities purchased under resale agreements was largely due to higher financing volume in IB, resulting from increased client flows offset partially by reduced activity in Corporate Treasury due to tightening of financing spreads. The increase in securities borrowed was primarily driven by the need to cover trading liabilities in IB. For additional information on the Firm’s Liquidity Risk Management, see pages 52-55 of this Form 10-Q.

Trading assets and liabilities – debt and equity instruments The increase in trading assets — debt and equity instruments primarily reflected favorable developments in financial markets, which provided support for improving stock markets, asset prices and credit spreads, as well as an increase in business activity in markets outside of the United States, partially offset by sales of debt securities. The increase in trading liabilities — debt and equity instruments also reflected favorable developments in financial markets, as well as an increase in business activity in markets outside of the United States. For additional information, refer to Note 3 on pages 96-107 of this Form 10-Q.

Trading assets and liabilities – derivative receivables and payables The changes in derivative receivables and payables was primarily due to the effect of lower levels of foreign exchange-rate volatility and tightening credit spreads, partially offset by a decline in interest rate swap rates. For additional information,

43 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents refer to Derivative contracts on pages 63-65, and Note 3 and Note 5 on pages 96-107 and 110-116, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.

Securities The decrease in securities was primarily due to the January 1, 2010, adoption of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs, which resulted in the elimination of retained AFS securities issued by Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts. For additional information related to securities, refer to the Corporate/Private Equity segment on pages 41-42, and Note 3 and Note 11 on pages 96-107 and 120-124, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.

Loans and allowance for loan losses The increase in loans was due to the adoption of new consolidation guidance, which resulted in the consolidation of Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts, Firm-administered multi-seller conduits and certain other consumer securitization entities primarily mortgage-related. Excluding the effect of this adoption, loans decreased driven by the seasonal decline in credit card receivables, continued run-off of the residential real estate portfolios, and repayments and loan sales predominantly in IB. The allowance for loan losses increased by $6.6 billion, due to the addition of $7.5 billion primarily related to the receivables held in Firm- sponsored credit card securitization trusts that were consolidated on January 1, 2010. Excluding the effect of this adoption, the allowance decreased as a result of a $1.2 billion reduction in the wholesale allowance, due predominantly to repayments and loan sales; and a $1.0 billion reduction in the consumer allowance, reflecting lower estimated losses on the credit card portfolio. These items were offset by an addition of $1.2 billion in the consumer allowance, due to further estimated deterioration in the Washington Mutual prime and option ARM purchased credit-impaired pools. For a more detailed discussion of the adoption, see Note 1 on pages 94-95 of this Form 10-Q. For a more detailed discussion of the loan portfolio and the allowance for loan losses, refer to Credit Portfolio on pages 56-81, and Notes 3, 4, 13 and 14 on pages 96-107, 108-109, 125-129 and 130-131, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.

Accrued interest and accounts receivable The decrease in accrued interest and accounts receivable was due to the elimination of retained securitization interests upon the consolidation of Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts on January 1, 2010. For a more detailed discussion of the adoption, see Note 15 on pages 131- 142 of this Form 10-Q.

Mortgage servicing rights MSRs remained unchanged, as increases due to sales in RFS of originated loans for which servicing rights were retained were offset by decreases in the fair value of the MSR asset, related primarily to servicing portfolio run-off, as well as changes to inputs and assumptions in the MSR valuation model. For additional information on MSRs, see Note 16 on pages 144-145 of this Form 10-Q.

Other intangible assets The decrease in other intangible assets primarily reflects amortization expense offset partially by foreign currency translation adjustments related to the Firm’s Canadian credit card operations. For additional information on other intangible assets, see Note 16 on pages 145-146 of this Form 10-Q.

Deposits The decrease in deposits reflected normalization of TSS deposit levels from year-end inflows, offset partially by net inflows from existing customers and new business in CB, RFS and AM. For more information on deposits, refer to the RFS and AM segment discussions on pages 22- 29 and 38-41, respectively; the Liquidity Risk Management discussion on pages 52-55; and Note 17 on page 146 of this Form 10-Q. For more information on wholesale liability balances, including deposits, refer to the CB and TSS segment discussions on pages 34-35 and 36-37, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements The increase in securities sold under repurchase agreements was primarily to facilitate the increase in IB’s securities purchased under resale agreements. For additional information on the Firm’s Liquidity Risk Management, see pages 52-55 of this Form 10-Q.

Commercial paper and other borrowed funds Commercial paper increased, primarily reflecting the Firm’s ongoing efforts to further build liquidity, and growth in the volume of liability balances in sweep accounts in connection with TSS’s cash management product, whereby clients’ excess funds are transferred into commercial paper overnight sweep accounts. Other borrowed funds decreased predominantly due to lower advances from . For additional information on the Firm’s Liquidity Risk Management and other borrowed funds, see pages 52-55, and Note 18 on page 146 of this Form 10-Q.

44 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Accounts payable and other liabilities The decrease in accounts payable and other liabilities primarily reflected lower customer payables in IB’s Prime Services business as customers increased their investment activity, which reduced their credit balances.

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs The increase in these interests was predominantly due to the adoption of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. For additional information on Firm-administered VIEs and loan securitization trusts, see Note 15 on pages 131-142 of this Form 10-Q.

Long-term debt The slight decrease in long-term debt was predominantly due to maturities and redemptions, partially offset by new issuances. For additional information on the Firm’s long-term debt activities, see the Liquidity Risk Management discussion on pages 52-55 of this Form 10-Q.

Stockholders’ equity The decrease in total stockholders’ equity reflected, in part, the impact of the adoption of the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Adoption of the guidance resulted in a reduction in stockholders’ equity of $4.5 billion, driven by the establishment of an allowance for loan losses of $7.5 billion (pretax) primarily related to receivables held in credit card securitization trusts that were consolidated at the adoption date. Also contributing to the decrease were the purchase of the remaining interest in a consolidated subsidiary from noncontrolling shareholders and the declaration of cash dividends on preferred and common stocks. These factors were offset partially by net income for the first quarter of 2010; net issuances under the Firm’s employee stock-based compensation plans; a net increase in accumulated other comprehensive income, due primarily to the narrowing of spreads on commercial and nonagency residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized loan obligations, and increased market values on pass-through agency residential mortgage-backed securities. For a more detailed discussion of the adoption, see Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10-Q. For a further discussion of stockholders’ equity, see the Capital Management section on pages 49- 52, and Note 20 on pages 147-148 of this Form 10-Q.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL CASH OBLIGATIONS JPMorgan Chase is involved with several types of off-balance sheet arrangements, including through special-purpose entities (“SPEs”), which are a type of variable interest entity, and through lending-related financial instruments (e.g., commitments and guarantees). For further discussion of contractual cash obligations, see Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Cash Obligations on pages 78-81 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Special-purpose entities SPEs are the most common type of VIE, used in securitization transactions in order to isolate certain assets and distribute the cash flows from those assets to investors. As a result of new accounting guidance, certain VIEs were consolidated on to the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets effective January 1, 2010. Nevertheless, SPEs continue to be an important part of the financial markets, including the mortgage- and asset- backed securities and commercial paper markets, as they provide market liquidity by facilitating investors’ access to specific portfolios of assets and risks. The Firm holds capital, as deemed appropriate, against all SPE-related transactions and related exposures, such as derivative transactions and lending-related commitments and guarantees. For further information on the Firm’s involvement with SPEs, see Note 1 on pages 94-95 and Note 15 on pages 131-142 of this Form 10-Q; and Note 1 on pages 142-143, Note 15 on pages 198-205 and Note 16 on pages 206-214 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The Firm has no commitments to issue its own stock to support any SPE transaction, and its policies require that transactions with SPEs be conducted at arm’s length and reflect market pricing. Consistent with this policy, no JPMorgan Chase employee is permitted to invest in SPEs with which the Firm is involved where such investment would violate the Firm’s Code of Conduct. These rules prohibit employees from self- dealing and acting on behalf of the Firm in transactions with which they or their family have any significant financial interest.

45 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Implications of a credit rating downgrade to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. For certain liquidity commitments to SPEs, the Firm could be required to provide funding if the short-term credit rating of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., were downgraded below specific levels, primarily “P-1,” “A-1” and “F1” for Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch, respectively. The amounts of these liquidity commitments, to both consolidated and nonconsolidated SPEs, were $32.7 billion and $34.2 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Alternatively, if JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., were downgraded, the Firm could be replaced by another liquidity provider in lieu of providing funding under the liquidity commitment; or, in certain circumstances, the Firm could facilitate the sale or refinancing of the assets in the SPE in order to provide liquidity.

Special-purpose entities revenue The following table summarizes certain revenue information related to consolidated and nonconsolidated VIEs with which the Firm has significant involvement. The revenue reported in the table below primarily represents contractual servicing and credit fee income (i.e., income from acting as administrator, structurer or liquidity provider). It does not include mark-to-market gains and losses from changes in the fair value of trading positions (such as derivative transactions) entered into with VIEs. Those gains and losses are recorded in principal transactions revenue.

Revenue from VIEs and Securitization Entities Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Multi -seller conduits $ 67 $120 Investor intermediation 13 6 Other securitization entities (a) 544 637

Total $624 $763

(a) Excludes servicing revenue from loans sold to and securitized by third parties.

Loan modifications The Firm modifies loans that it services, and that were sold to off-balance sheet SPEs, pursuant to the U.S. Treasury’s Making Home Affordable (“MHA”) programs and the Firm’s other loss mitigation programs. For both the Firm’s on-balance sheet loans and loans serviced for others, approximately 160,000 mortgage modifications had been offered to borrowers during the first quarter of 2010; and, more than 64,000 permanent mortgage modifications were approved during the quarter. The majority of the loans contractually modified to date were modified under the Firm’s other loss mitigation programs. See Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 67-78 of this Form 10-Q for more details on these loan modifications.

Off–balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, guarantees and other commitments JPMorgan Chase uses lending-related financial instruments (e.g., commitments and guarantees) to meet the financing needs of its customers. The contractual amount of these financial instruments represents the maximum possible credit risk should the counterparty draw upon the commitment or the Firm be required to fulfill its obligation under the guarantee, and the counterparty subsequently fail to perform according to the terms of the contract. These commitments and guarantees often expire without being drawn, and even higher proportions expire without a default. As a result, the total contractual amount of these instruments is not, in the Firm’s view, representative of its actual future credit exposure or funding requirements. For further discussion of lending-related commitments and guarantees and the Firm’s accounting for them, see page 65 and Note 22 on pages 149-152 of this Form 10-Q; and page 105 and Note 31 on pages 230-234 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The following table presents, as of March 31, 2010, the amounts by contractual maturity of off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, guarantees and other commitments. The amounts in the table for credit card and home equity lending-related commitments represent the total available credit for these products. The Firm has not experienced, and does not anticipate, that all available lines of credit for these products would be utilized at the same time. The Firm can reduce or cancel these lines of credit by providing the borrower prior notice or, in some cases, without notice as permitted by law. The table excludes certain commitments and guarantees that do not have a contractual maturity date (e.g., loan sale and securitization-related indemnifications). For further discussion, see discussion of repurchase liability below and Note 22 on pages 149 -152 of this Form 10-Q, and Note 31 on pages 230-234 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

46 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Off–balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, guarantees and other commitments

March 31, 2010 Dec. 31, 2009 Due after Due after 1 year 3 years By remaining maturity Due in 1 through through Due after (in millions) year or less 3 years 5 years 5 years Total Total

Lending -related Consumer: Home equity — senior lien $ 344 $ 1,908 $ 5,830 $10,788 $ 18,870 $ 19,246 Home equity — junior lien 688 4,650 11,978 18,337 35,653 37,231 Prime mortgage 1,136 — — — 1,136 1,654 Subprime mortgage — — — — — — Option ARMs — — — — — — Auto loans 6,070 175 5 — 6,250 5,467 Credit card 556,207 — — — 556,207 569,113 All other loans 8,941 293 106 994 10,334 11,229

Total consumer $ 573,386 $ 7,026 $17,919 $30,119 $628,450 $ 643,940

Wholesale: Other unfunded commitments to extend credit (a)(b) 63,914 104,584 19,128 4,627 192,253 192,145 Asset purchase agreements (b) — — — — — 22,685 Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees (a)(c)(d) 26,886 46,388 14,812 2,278 90,364 91,485 Unused advised lines of credit 33,782 4,993 100 202 39,077 35,673 Other letters of credit (a)(d) 3,915 965 342 5 5,227 5,167

Total wholesale 128,497 156,930 34,382 7,112 326,921 347,155

Total lending -related $ 701,883 $163,956 $52,301 $37,231 $955,371 $ 991,095

Other guarantees and commitments Securities lending guarantees (e) $ 171,529 $ — $ — $ — $171,529 $ 170,777 Derivatives qualifying as guarantees (f) 17,621 17,866 11,681 34,678 81,846 87,191 Equity investment commitments (g) 1,423 9 13 955 2,400 2,374 Building purchase commitment (h) 670 — — — 670 670

(a) At March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, represents the contractual amount net of risk participations totaling $1.6 billion and $643 million, respectively, for other unfunded commitments to extend credit; $25.4 billion and $24.6 billion, respectively, for standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees; and $630 million and $690 million, respectively, for other letters of credit. In regulatory filings with the Federal Reserve Board these commitments are shown gross of risk participations.

(b) Upon the adoption of the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs, $24.2 billion of lending -related commitments between the Firm and the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits were eliminated upon consolidation. The decrease in lending-related commitments was partially offset by the addition of $6.5 billion of unfunded commitments directly between the multi -seller conduits and clients. These unfunded commitments of the consolidated conduits are now included as off -balance sheet lending -related commitments of the Firm.

(c) Includes unissued standby letters of credit commitments of $40.0 billion and $38.4 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

(d) At March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, JPMorgan Chase held collateral relating to $32.9 billion and $31.5 billion, respectively, of standby letters of credit; and $1.5 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, of other letters of credit.

(e) Collateral held by the Firm in support of securities lending indemnification agreements totaled $175.2 billion and $173.2 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Securities lending collateral comprises primarily cash and securities issued by governments that are members of the Organisation for Economic Co -operation and Development (“OECD”) and U.S. government agencies.

(f) Represents notional amounts of derivatives qualifying as guarantees.

(g) Includes unfunded commitments to third -party private equity funds of $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Also includes unfunded commitments for other equity investments of $980 million and $897 million at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. These commitments include $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion at March 31,2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, related to investments that are generally fair valued at net asset value as discussed in Note 3 on pages 96-107 of this Form 10 -Q.

(h) For further information refer to Building purchase commitment in Note 22 on page 152 of this Form 10 -Q.

Repurchase liability The Firm primarily conducts its loan sale and securitization activities with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (the “GSEs”). In connection with these and other securitization transactions, the Firm makes certain representations and warranties that the loans sold meet certain requirements (e.g., type of collateral, underwriting standards, lack of material false representation in connection with the loan, primary mortgage insurance is in

force for any mortgage loan with a loan -to -value ratio ( “LTV ”) greater than 80%, use of the GSEs ’ standard legal documentation). The FirmWorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea may be required to repurchase the loans and/or indemnify the GSEs or other purchasers against losses due to material breaches of these representations and warranties. For additional information about the Firm’s loan sale and securitization-related indemnifications, including a description of how the Firm estimates its repurchase liability, see Note 22 on pages 149-152 of this Form 10-Q, and Note 31 on pages 230-234 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The Firm also sells loans in securitization transactions with Ginnie Mae; these loans are typically insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), Rural Housing Administration (“RHA”) and/or guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”). To date, the Firm’s repurchase liability in respect of Ginnie Mae loans has been de minimus.

47 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Although the GSEs or other purchasers may demand repurchase at any time, the majority of repurchase demands occur in the first 24 to 36 months following origination of the mortgage loan. Currently, repurchase demands predominantly relate to the 2006 to 2008 vintages. To date, demands against the 2009 vintage have not been significant. The Firm attributes the comparatively favorable performance of the 2009 vintage to the tightened underwriting and loan qualification standards that were implemented in 2007 and 2008. The repurchase liability is based on a number of variables, such as the Firm’s ability to accurately estimate probable future demands from purchasers, cure identified defects, accurately estimate loss severities and recover amounts from third parties. Estimating the repurchase liability is further complicated by limited and rapidly changing historical data and uncertainty surrounding numerous external factors, including: i) economic factors (e.g., further declines in home prices and changes in borrower behavior may lead to increases in the number of defaults, the severity of losses, or both), and ii) the level of future demands will be determined, in part, by actions taken by third parties, such as the GSEs and mortgage insurers. While the Firm uses the best information available to it in estimating its repurchase liability, the estimation process is inherently uncertain and requires the application of judgment. An assumed simultaneous 10% adverse change in each of the variables noted above would increase the repurchase liability as of March 31, 2010, by approximately $1.7 billion. This estimate is based upon a hypothetical scenario and is intended to provide an indication of the impact on the estimated repurchase liability of significant and simultaneous adverse changes in each of the key underlying assumptions. Actual changes in these assumptions may not occur at the same time or to the same degree, or improvement in one factor may offset deterioration in another. The following table summarizes the total unpaid principal balance of repurchases for the periods indicated. In addition, the Firm recognized $105 million and $56 million of “make-whole” settlements in the first quarter of 2010 and the first quarter of 2009, respectively, in lieu of repurchasing loans.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Ginnie Mae repurchases (a) $2,010 $2,059 GSE/other repurchases 322 148

Total $2,332 $2,207

(a) In substantially all cases, these repurchases represent the Firm ’s voluntary repurchase of certain delinquent loans from loan pools or packages as permitted by Ginnie Mae guidelines (i.e., they do not result from repurchase demands due to breaches of representations and warranties). In certain cases, it is economically advantageous for the Firm to repurchase these delinquent loans as it continues to service them and/or manage the foreclosure process in accordance with applicable requirements of Ginnie Mae, the FHA and/or the VA. Substantially all of the loans continue to be insured/guaranteed and reimbursement is proceeding normally. Accordingly, none of the Firm ’s recorded repurchase liability relates to these Ginnie Mae repurchases. The following table summarizes the change in the repurchase liability for each of the periods presented.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Repurchase liability at beginning of period $ 1,705 $ 1,093 Losses realized upon settlement (246) (714) (a) Provision for repurchase losses 523 283

Repurchase liability at end of period $ 1,982 $ 662

(a) Primarily related to the Firm ’s settlement of claims for certain loans originated and sold by Washington Mutual. The unpaid principal balance of loans related to this settlement are not included in the table above. Nonperforming loans held -for-investment included $270 million of repurchased loans at March 31, 2010, and $218 million at December 31, 2009.

48 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT The following discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s capital management highlights developments since December 31, 2009, and should be read in conjunction with Capital Management on pages 82-85 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The Firm’s capital management objectives are to hold capital sufficient to: • Cover all material risks underlying the Firm ’s business activities;

• Maintain “well -capitalized ” status under regulatory requirements;

• Achieve debt rating targets;

• Remain flexible to take advantage of future opportunities; and

• Build and invest in businesses, even in a highly stressed environment.

Regulatory capital The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well-capitalized standards for the consolidated financial holding company. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Firm’s national banks, including JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Chase Bank USA, N.A. As of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, JPMorgan Chase and all of its banking subsidiaries were well-capitalized and met all capital requirements to which each was subject. The following table presents the risk-based capital ratios for JPMorgan Chase and its significant banking subsidiaries at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

JPMorgan Chase & Co. (c) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (c) Chase Bank USA, N.A. (c) Well - Minimum (in millions, March 31, Dec. 31, March 31, Dec. 31, March 31, Dec. 31, capitalized capital except ratios) 2010 2009 2010 2009 2010 2009 ratios (e) ratios (e)

Regulatory capital: Tier 1 $ 131,350 $ 132,971 $ 96,039 $ 96,372 $ 10,979 $ 15,534 Total 173,332 177,073 135,428 136,646 14,936 19,198 Tier 1 common 103,908 105,284 95,281 95,353 10,979 15,534

Assets: Risk -weighted (a) 1,147,008 (d) 1,198,006 959,013 1,011,995 132,013 114,693 Adjusted average (b) 1,981,060 (d) 1,933,767 1,608,086 1,609,081 144,154 74,087

Capital ratios: Tier 1 capital 11.5 % (d) 11.1% 10.0% 9.5% 8.3% 13.5 % 6.0% 4.0 % Total capital 15.1 14.8 14.1 13.5 11.3 16.7 10.0 8.0 Tier 1 leverage 6.6 6.9 6.0 6.0 7.6 21.0 5.0(f) 3.0 (g) Tier 1 common 9.1 8.8 9.9 9.4 8.3 13.5 NA NA

(a) Includes off -balance sheet risk-weighted assets at March 31, 2010, of $269.0 billion, $263.3 billion and $34 million, and at December 31, 2009, of $367.4 billion, $312.3 billion and $49.9 billion, for JPMorgan Chase, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Chase Bank USA, N.A., respectively. Risk -weighted assets are calculated in accordance with U.S. federal regulatory capital standards.

(b) Adjusted average assets, for purposes of calculating the leverage ratio, include total average assets adjusted for unrealized gains/(losses) on securities, less deductions for disallowed goodwill and other intangible assets, investments in certain subsidiaries, and the total adjusted carrying value of nonfinancial equity investments that are subject to deductions from Tier 1 capital.

(c) Asset and capital amounts for JPMorgan Chase ’s banking subsidiaries reflect intercompany transactions, whereas the respective amounts for JPMorgan Chase reflect the elimination of intercompany transactions.

(d) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new guidance that amended the accounting for the consolidation of VIEs, which resulted in a decrease in the Tier 1 capital ratio of 34 basis points. See Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10 -Q for further information.

(e) As defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC.

(f) Represents requirements for banking subsidiaries pursuant to regulations issued under the FDIC Improvement Act. There is no Tier 1 leverage component in the definition of a well -capitalized .

(g) The minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio for bank holding companies and banks is 3% or 4%, depending on factors specified in regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and OCC.

Note: Rating agencies allow measures of capital to be adjusted upward for deferred tax liabilities, which have resulted from both nontaxable business combinations and from tax-deductible goodwill. The Firm had deferred tax liabilities resulting from nontaxable business combinations totaling $770 million at March 31, 2010, and $812 million at December 31, 2009. Additionally, the Firm had deferred tax liabilities resulting from tax -deductible goodwill of $1.8 billion and $1.7 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

49 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the Firm’s Total stockholders’ equity to Tier 1 common capital, Tier 1 capital and Total qualifying capital is presented in the table below:

Risk-based capital components and assets March 31, December 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Tier 1 capital Tier 1 common capital: Total stockholders ’ equity $ 164,721 $ 165,365 Less: Preferred stock 8,152 8,152

Common stockholders ’ equity 156,569 157,213 Effect of certain items in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) excluded from Tier 1 common equity (745 ) 75

Less: Goodwill (a) 46,585 46,630 Fair value DVA on derivative and structured note liabilities related to the Firm ’s credit quality 947 912 Investments in certain subsidiaries 823 802 Other intangible assets 3,561 3,660

Tier 1 common capital 103,908 105,284

Preferred stock 8,152 8,152 Qualifying hybrid securities and noncontrolling interests (b) 19,290 19,535

Total Tier 1 capital 131,350 132,971

Tier 2 capital Long -term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2 27,445 28,977 Qualifying allowance for credit losses 14,727 15,296 Adjustment for investments in certain subsidiaries and other (190 ) (171)

Total Tier 2 capital 41,982 44,102

Total qualifying capital $ 173,332 $ 177,073

Risk -weighted assets $1,147,008 $1,198,006

Total adjusted average assets $1,981,060 $1,933,767

(a) Goodwill is net of any associated deferred tax liabilities.

(b) Primarily includes trust preferred capital debt securities of certain business trusts. The Firm’s Tier 1 common capital was $103.9 billion at March 31, 2010, compared with $105.3 billion at December 31, 2009, a decrease of $1.4 billion. The decrease was due to the $4.4 billion retained earnings adjustment that resulted from the Firm’s adoption of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs; a $1.1 billion reduction in common stockholders’ equity related to the purchase of the remaining interest in a consolidated subsidiary from noncontrolling shareholders; and dividends on preferred and common stock outstanding. The decrease was partially offset by net income (adjusted for DVA) of $3.3 billion and net issuances of common stock under the Firm’s employee stock-based compensation plans of $1.0 billion. The Firm’s Tier 1 capital was $131.4 billion at March 31, 2010, compared with $133.0 billion at December 31, 2009, a decrease of $1.6 billion. The decrease in Tier 1 capital predominantly reflects the decline in Tier 1 common capital. Additional information regarding the Firm’s capital ratios and the federal regulatory capital standards to which it is subject is presented in Note 29 on pages 228-229 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Basel II The minimum risk-based capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies follow the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. In 2004, the Basel Committee published a revision to the Accord (“Basel II”). The goal of the new Basel II Framework is to provide more risk-sensitive regulatory capital calculations and promote enhanced risk management practices among large, internationally active banking organizations. U.S. banking regulators published a final Basel II rule in December 2007, which will require JPMorgan Chase to implement Basel II at the holding company level, as well as at certain of its key U.S. bank subsidiaries. Prior to full implementation of the new Basel II Framework, JPMorgan Chase will be required to complete a qualification period of four consecutive quarters during which it will need to demonstrate that it meets the requirements of the new rule to the satisfaction of its primary U.S. banking regulators. The U.S. implementation timetable consists of the qualification period, starting no later than April 1, 2010, followed by a minimum transition period of three years. During the transition period, Basel II risk-based capital requirements cannot fall below certain floors based on current (“Basel l”) regulations. JPMorgan Chase is currently in the qualification period and expects to be in compliance with all relevant Basel II rules within the established timelines. In addition, the Firm has adopted, and will continue to adopt, based on various established timelines, Basel II rules in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, as required.

50 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Broker -dealer regulatory capital JPMorgan Chase’s principal U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries are J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (“JPMorgan Securities”) and J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp. JPMorgan Securities and J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp. are each subject to Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Net Capital Rule”). JPMorgan Securities and J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp. are also registered as futures commission merchants and subject to Rule 1.17 under the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp., a subsidiary of JPMorgan Securities, provides clearing and settlement services. JPMorgan Securities and J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp. have elected to compute their minimum net capital requirements in accordance with the “Alternative Net Capital Requirements” of the Net Capital Rule. At March 31, 2010, JPMorgan Securities’ net capital, as defined by the Net Capital Rule, was $9.6 billion, exceeding the minimum requirement by $9.0 billion. J.P. Morgan Clearing Corp’s net capital was $5.5 billion, exceeding the minimum requirement by $4.0 billion. In addition to its net capital requirements, JPMorgan Securities is required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1.0 billion and is also required to notify the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in the event that tentative net capital is less than $5.0 billion, in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of the Net Capital Rule. As of March 31, 2010, JPMorgan Securities had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

Economic risk capital JPMorgan Chase assesses its capital adequacy relative to the risks underlying its business activities, using internal risk-assessment methodologies. The Firm measures economic capital based primarily on four risk factors: credit, market, operational and private equity risk.

Economic risk capital Quarterly Averages (in billions) 1Q10 4Q09 1Q09

Credit risk $ 49.3 $ 48.5 $ 55.0 Market risk 13.8 15.8 15.0 Operational risk 7.4 7.9 9.1 Private equity risk 5.2 4.9 4.6

Economic risk capital 75.7 77.1 83.7 Goodwill 48.6 48.3 48.1 Other (a) 31.8 31.1 4.7

Total common stockholders ’ equity $156.1 $156.5 $136.5

(a) Reflects additional capital required, in the Firm ’s view, to meet its regulatory and debt rating objectives.

Line of business equity Equity for a line of business represents the amount the Firm believes the business would require if it were operating independently, incorporating sufficient capital to address economic risk measures, regulatory capital requirements and capital levels for similarly rated peers. Capital is also allocated to each line of business for, among other things, goodwill and other intangibles associated with acquisitions effected by the line of business. Return on common equity is measured and internal targets for expected returns are established as a key measure of a business segment’s performance. Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm enhanced its line of business equity framework to better align equity assigned to each line of business with the changes anticipated to occur in the business, and in the competitive and regulatory landscape. The lines of business are now capitalized based on the Tier 1 common standard, rather than the Tier 1 Capital standard.

Line of business equity (in billions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Investment Bank $ 40.0 $ 33.0 Retail Financial Services 28.0 25.0 Card Services 15.0 15.0 Commercial Banking 8.0 8.0 Treasury & Securities Services 6.5 5.0 Asset Management 6.5 7.0 Corporate/Private Equity 52.6 64.2

Total common stockholders ’ equity $156.6 $ 157.2

51 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Line of business equity Quarterly Averages (in billions) 1Q10 4Q09 1Q09

Investment Bank $ 40.0 $ 33.0 $ 33.0 Retail Financial Services 28.0 25.0 25.0 Card Services 15.0 15.0 15.0 Commercial Banking 8.0 8.0 8.0 Treasury & Securities Services 6.5 5.0 5.0 Asset Management 6.5 7.0 7.0 Corporate/Private Equity 52.1 63.5 43.5

Total common stockholders ’ equity $156.1 $156.5 $136.5

Capital actions Stock repurchases The Board of Directors has approved a stock repurchase program that authorizes the repurchase of up to $10.0 billion of the Firm’s common shares plus warrants issued in 2008 as part of the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program. During the first quarter of 2010, the Firm did not repurchase any shares of its common stock or the warrants. As of March 31, 2010, under the program $6.2 billion of authorized repurchase capacity remained with respect to the Firm’s common stock, and all of the authorized repurchase capacity remained with respect to the warrants. The Firm has determined that it may, from time to time, enter into written trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to facilitate the repurchase of common stock and warrants in accordance with the repurchase program. A Rule 10b5-1 repurchase plan allows the Firm to repurchase its equity during periods when it would not otherwise be repurchasing common stock — for example, during internal trading “black-out periods.” All purchases under a Rule 10b5-1 plan must be made according to a predefined plan established when the Firm is not aware of material nonpublic information. For additional information regarding repurchases of the Firm’s equity securities, see Part II, Item 2, Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds, on page 171 of this Form 10-Q.

RISK MANAGEMENT Risk is an inherent part of JPMorgan Chase’s business activities. The Firm’s risk management framework and governance structure are intended to provide comprehensive controls and ongoing management of the major risks inherent in its business activities. In addition, this framework recognizes the diversity among the Firm’s core businesses, which helps reduce the impact of volatility in any particular area on the Firm’s operating results as a whole. There are eight major types of risk identified in the business activities of the Firm: liquidity, credit, market, interest rate, operational, legal and reputation, fiduciary, and private equity risk. For further discussion of these risks, see Risk Management on pages 86-126 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report and the information below.

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT The following discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s liquidity risk management framework highlights developments since December 31, 2009, and should be read in conjunction with pages 88-92 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The ability to maintain a sufficient level of liquidity is crucial to financial services companies, particularly their ability to maintain appropriate levels of liquidity during periods of adverse conditions. JPMorgan Chase’s primary sources of liquidity include a diversified deposit base and access to the long-term debt (including trust preferred capital debt securities) and equity capital markets. The Firm’s funding strategy is intended to ensure liquidity and diversity of funding sources to meet actual and contingent liabilities during both normal and stress periods. Consistent with this strategy, JPMorgan Chase maintains large pools of highly liquid unencumbered assets and significant sources of secured funding, and monitors its capacity in the wholesale funding markets across various geographic regions and in various currencies. The Firm also maintains access to secured funding capacity through overnight borrowings from various central banks. Throughout the recent financial crisis, the Firm successfully raised both secured and unsecured funding. Management considers the Firm’s liquidity position to be strong, based on its liquidity metrics as of March 31, 2010. Management believes that its unsecured and secured funding capacity is sufficient to meet its on- and off-balance sheet obligations. As of March 31, 2010, JPMorgan Chase’s long-dated funding, including core liabilities, exceeded illiquid assets.

52 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Funding

Sources of funds The deposits held by the RFS, CB, TSS and AM lines of business are generally stable sources of funding for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. As of March 31, 2010, total deposits for the Firm were $925.3 billion, compared with $938.4 billion at December 31, 2009. A significant portion of the Firm’s deposits are retail deposits (39% at March 31, 2010), which are less sensitive to interest rate changes or market volatility and therefore are considered more stable than market-based (i.e., wholesale) liability balances. At March 31, 2010, the Firm’s deposits exceeded its loans (loans were approximately 77% of deposits at the end of the period, and averaged 83% during the quarter). In addition, through the normal course of business, the Firm benefits from substantial liability balances originated by RFS, CB, TSS and AM. These franchise-generated liability balances include deposits, as well as deposits that are swept to on—balance sheet liabilities (e.g., commercial paper, federal funds purchased, time deposits and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements), as part of customer cash management programs. A significant portion of the Firm’s wholesale liability balances are considered also to be stable and consistent sources of funding due to the nature of the businesses from which they are generated. For further discussions of deposit and liability balance trends, see the discussion of the results for the Firm’s business segments and the Balance sheet analysis on pages 18-41 and 43-45, respectively, of this Form 10-Q. Additional sources of funding include a variety of unsecured short- and long-term instruments, including federal funds purchased, certificates of deposit, time deposits, bank notes, commercial paper, long-term debt, trust preferred capital debt securities, preferred stock and common stock. The Firm’s reliance on short-term unsecured commercial paper funding is limited, and averaged $37.5 billion (including $26.5 billion of deposits that customers chose to sweep into commercial paper liabilities) and $33.7 billion (including $22.6 billion of deposits that customers chose to sweep into commercial paper liabilities) during the three months ended March 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively. Average institutional wholesale commercial paper liabilities were $11.0 billion and $11.1 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Secured sources of funding include securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements, asset securitizations, and borrowings from Federal Home Loan Banks. The Firm also maintains the ability to borrow from the Federal Reserve (including discount-window borrowings) as well as other central banks; however, the Firm does not view such borrowings from the Federal Reserve and other central banks as a primary means of funding. At the parent holding company level, long-term funding is managed to ensure that the parent holding company has, at a minimum, sufficient liquidity to cover its obligations and those of its nonbank subsidiaries within the next 12 months.

Issuance During the first three months of 2010, the Firm issued $10.9 billion of long-term debt, including $5.6 billion of senior notes issued in U.S. markets, $904 million of senior notes issued in non-U.S. markets and $4.4 billion of IB structured notes. In addition, in April 2010, the Firm issued $1.5 billion of trust preferred capital debt securities in the U.S. market. During the first three months of 2010, $14.1 billion of long-term debt matured or were redeemed, including $7.4 billion of IB structured notes. The maturities or redemptions in the first three months of 2010 were partially offset by the issuances during the period.

Replacement capital covenants In connection with the issuance of certain of its trust preferred capital debt securities and its noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, the Firm has entered into Replacement Capital Covenants (“RCCs”). These RCCs grant certain rights to the holders of “covered debt,” as defined in the RCCs, that prohibit the repayment, redemption or purchase of such trust preferred capital debt securities and noncumulative perpetual preferred stock except, with limited exceptions, to the extent that JPMorgan Chase has received, in each such case, specified amounts of proceeds from the sale of certain qualifying securities. Currently, the Firm’s covered debt is its 5.875% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures, Series O, due in 2035. For more information regarding these covenants, reference is made to the respective RCCs (including any supplements thereto) entered into by the Firm in relation to such trust preferred capital debt securities and noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, which are available in filings made by the Firm with the SEC.

Cash flows Cash and due from banks was $31.4 billion and $26.7 billion at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively; these balances increased by $5.2 billion from December 31, 2009, and decreased by $214 million from December 31, 2008. The following discussion highlights the major activities and transactions that affected JPMorgan Chase’s cash flows during the first three months of 2010 and 2009.

53 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Cash flows from operating activities JPMorgan Chase’s operating assets and liabilities support the Firm’s capital markets and lending activities, including the origination or purchase of loans initially designated as held-for-sale. Operating assets and liabilities can vary significantly in the normal course of business due to the amount and timing of cash flows, which are affected by client-driven activities, market conditions and trading strategies. Management believes cash flows from operations, available cash balances and the Firm’s ability to generate cash through short- and long-term borrowings are sufficient to fund the Firm’s operating liquidity needs. For the three months ended March 31, 2010, net cash provided by operating activities was $19.1 billion, primarily driven by a net increase in trading liabilities reflecting favorable developments in financial markets, as well as an increase in business activity in markets outside of the United States, partially offset by sales of debt securities. Also, net cash generated from operating activities was higher than net income, largely as a result of adjustments for non-cash items such as the provision for credit losses, stock-based compensation, and depreciation and amortization. Proceeds from sales and paydowns of loans originated or purchased with an initial intent to sell were higher than cash used to acquire such loans. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, net cash provided by operating activities was $50.8 billion, largely due to a decline in trading activity reflecting the effect of the challenging capital markets environment. In addition, net cash generated from operating activities was higher than net income, largely as a result of noncash adjustments for operating items such as the provision for credit losses, stock-based compensation, and depreciation and amortization. Proceeds from sales and paydowns of loans originated or purchased with an initial intent to sell were slightly higher than cash used to acquire such loans, but the cash flows from these loan activities remained at a significantly reduced level as a result of the continued volatility and stress in the markets.

Cash flows from investing activities The Firm’s investing activities predominantly include originating loans to be held for investment, the AFS securities portfolio and other short- term interest-earning assets. For the three months ended March 31, 2010, net cash of $13.9 billion was used in investing activities. This was primarily due to an increase in securities purchased under resale agreements largely due to higher financing volume in IB resulting from increased client flows, partially offset by a net decrease in the loan portfolio, driven by seasonally lower charge volume on credit cards, continued run-off in the residential real estate portfolios, and repayments and loan sales, predominantly in IB. Proceeds from sales and maturities of AFS securities used in the Firm’s interest rate risk management activities were slightly higher than cash used to acquire such securities. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, net cash of $3.6 billion was provided by investing activities, primarily from a decrease in deposits with banks; a decrease in securities purchased under resale agreements, reflecting a lower volume of excess cash available for short-term investments; a net decrease in the loan portfolio, reflecting declines across all wholesale businesses, the seasonal decline in credit card receivables, and credit card securitization activities; and net maturities of asset-backed commercial paper purchased from money market mutual funds in connection with the AML Facility of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. Largely offsetting these cash proceeds were net purchases of AFS securities to manage the Firm’s exposure to a declining interest rate environment.

Cash flows from financing activities The Firm’s financing activities primarily reflect cash flows related to raising customer deposits, and issuing long-term debt (including trust preferred capital debt securities) as well as preferred and common stock. In the first three months of 2010 net cash provided by financing activities was $285 million, which reflected increased cash proceeds from securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements primarily to facilitate the increase in IB’s securities purchased under resale agreements. Cash was used as TSS deposits declined reflecting the normalization of deposit levels, offset partially by net inflows from existing customers and new business in CB, RFS and AM; for the net repayment of long- term debt and trust preferred capital debt securities as new issuances were more than offset by repayments; and for the payment of cash dividends. In the first three months of 2009, net cash used in financing activities was $54.3 billion reflecting a decline in wholesale deposits in TSS, compared with the elevated level during the latter part of 2008 due to the heightened volatility and credit concerns in the markets at that time. In addition, there was a decline in other borrowings due to net repayments of advances from Federal Home Loan Banks and nonrecourse advances under the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston AML Facility; net repayments of long-term debt (including trust preferred capital debt securities) as proceeds from new issuances (including $13.8 billion of FDIC-guaranteed debt issued under the TLG Program and $4.0 billion of IB structured notes) were more than offset by repayments; and the payment of cash dividends. Cash proceeds resulted from an increase in securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements, partly attributable to favorable pricing and to finance the Firm’s increased AFS securities portfolio.

54 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Credit ratings The cost and availability of financing are influenced by credit ratings. Reductions in these ratings could have an adverse effect on the Firm’s access to liquidity sources, increase the cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements, and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to the Firm. Additionally, the Firm’s funding requirements for VIEs and other third-party commitments may be adversely affected by a decline in credit ratings. For additional information on the impact of a credit-rating downgrade on the funding requirements for VIEs, and on derivatives and collateral agreements, see Special-purpose entities on pages 45-46 and Ratings profile of derivative receivables marked to market (“MTM”) on page 64 and Note 5 on pages 110-116 of this Form 10-Q. Critical factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong capital ratios, strong credit quality and risk management controls, diverse funding sources, and disciplined liquidity monitoring procedures. The credit ratings of the parent holding company and each of the Firm’s significant banking subsidiaries as of March 31, 2010, were as follows.

Short -term debt Senior long -term debt Moody ’s S&P Fitch Moody ’s S&P Fitch

JPMorgan Chase & Co. P -1 A-1 F1+ Aa3 A+ AA - JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. P -1 A-1+ F1+ Aa1 AA - AA - Chase Bank USA, N.A. P -1 A-1+ F1+ Aa1 AA - AA -

Ratings actions affecting the Firm Ratings from Moody’s, S&P and Fitch on JPMorgan Chase and its principal bank subsidiaries remained unchanged at March 31, 2010, from December 31, 2009. At March 31, 2010, Moody’s and S&P’s outlook remained negative, while Fitch’s outlook remained stable. On January 29, 2010, Fitch downgraded 592 hybrid capital instruments issued by banks and other non-bank financial institutions, including those issued by the Firm. This action was in line with Fitch’s revised hybrid ratings methodology. The Firm’s trust preferred capital debt and hybrid preferred securities were downgraded by one notch to A. Moody’s and S&P have recently announced that they will be evaluating the effects of any financial regulatory reform legislation that is enacted in order to determine the extent to which financial institutions, including the Firm, may be negatively impacted. While it is unlikely that any ratings action will take place until the legislation is finally enacted and the agencies complete their assessments, there is no assurance the Firm’s credit ratings will not be downgraded as a result of any such review.

55 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

CREDIT PORTFOLIO The following table presents JPMorgan Chase’s credit portfolio as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. Total managed credit exposure of $1.8 trillion at March 31, 2010, decreased by $40.6 billion from December 31, 2009, reflecting decreases of $29.9 billion in the consumer portfolio and $10.7 billion in the wholesale portfolio. During the first three months of 2010, lending-related commitments decreased by $35.7 billion and managed loans decreased by $4.3 billion. The decrease in lending-related commitments was partially related to the adoption of the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs which resulted in the elimination of $24.2 billion of lending-related wholesale commitments between the Firm and its administrated multi-seller conduits upon consolidation. This decrease in lending-related commitments was partially offset by the addition of $6.5 billion of unfunded commitments between the consolidated multi-seller conduits and their clients. The decrease in managed loans was partially related to, lower customer demand, repayments, and loan sales partially offset by the adoption of the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. While overall portfolio exposure declined, the Firm provided more than $145 billion in new loans and lines of credit to consumer and wholesale clients in the first quarter of 2010, including individuals, small businesses, large corporations, not-for-profit organizations, U.S. states and municipalities, and other financial institutions. In the table below, reported loans include loans retained; loans held-for-sale (which are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, with changes in value recorded in noninterest revenue); and loans accounted for at fair value. Loans retained are presented net of unearned income, unamortized discounts and premiums, and net deferred loan costs. Nonperforming assets include nonaccrual loans and assets acquired in satisfaction of debt (primarily real estate owned). Nonaccrual loans are those for which the accrual of interest has been suspended in accordance with the Firm’s accounting policies. For additional information on these loans, including the Firm’s accounting policies, see Note 13 on pages 125-129 of this Form 10-Q, and Note 13 on pages 192—196 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Credit Nonperforming 90 days or more past due exposure assets (e)(f) and still accruing (f) March 31, Dec. 31, March 31, Dec. 31, March 31, Dec. 31, (in millions) 2010 2009 2010 2009 2010 2009

Total credit portfolio Loans — retained (a) $ 706,841 $ 627,218 $16,719 $17,219 $ 5,511 $4,355 Loans held -for -sale 4,933 4,876 166 234 — — Loans at fair value 2,025 1,364 165 111 — —

Loans — reported (a) 713,799 633,458 17,050 17,564 5,511 4,355 Loans — securitized (a)(b) NA 84,626 NA — NA 2,385

Total managed loans (a) 713,799 718,084 17,050 17,564 5,511 6,740 Derivative receivables 79,416 80,210 363 529 — — Receivables from customers (c) 16,314 15,745 — — — — Interests in purchased receivables (a) 2,579 2,927 — — — —

Total managed credit -related assets (a) 812,108 816,966 17,413 18,093 5,511 6,740 Lending -related commitments (a) 955,371 991,095 NA NA NA NA

Assets acquired in loan satisfactions Real estate owned NA NA 1,510 1,548 NA NA Other NA NA 96 100 NA NA

Total assets acquired in loan satisfactions NA NA 1,606 1,648 NA NA

Total credit portfolio $ 1,767,479 $ 1,808,061 $19,019 $19,741 $ 5,511 $6,740

Net credit derivative hedges notional (d) $ (46,583 ) $ (48,376 ) $ (152) $ (139) NA NA Liquid securities collateral held against derivatives (14,408 ) (15,519 ) NA NA NA NA

56 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Three months ended March 31, Average annual net Net charge -offs charge -off rate (g)(h) (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 2010 2009

Total credit portfolio Loans — reported $7,910 $ 4,396 4.46 % 2.51% Loans — securitized (a)(b) NA 1,464 NA 6.93

Total managed loans (a) $7,910 $ 5,860 4.46 % 2.98%

(a) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon the adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts, its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits and certain other consumer loan securitization entities, primarily mortgage-related. As a result, related assets are now primarily recorded in loans or other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As a result of the consolidation of the credit card securitization trusts, reported and managed basis are comparable for periods beginning after January 1, 2010. For further discussion, see Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10 -Q.

(b) Loans securitized is defined as loans that were sold to nonconsolidated securitization trusts and were not included in reported loans. For further discussion of credit card securitizations, see Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10 -Q.

(c) Represents margin loans to prime and retail brokerage customers, which are included in accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(d) Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold of single -name and portfolio credit derivatives used to manage both performing and non -performing credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. For additional information, see Credit derivatives on pages 64 -65 and Note 5 on pages 110 -116 of this Form 10 -Q.

(e) At March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, nonperforming loans and assets exclude: (1) mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $10.5 billion and $9.0 billion, respectively; (2) real estate owned insured by U.S. government agencies of $707 million and $579 million, respectively; and (3) student loans that are 90 days past due and still accruing, which are insured by U.S. government agencies under the Federal Family Education Loan Program of $581 million and $542 million, respectively. These amounts are excluded as reimbursement is proceeding normally. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance. Under guidance issued by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, credit card loans are charged off by the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days past due or within 60 days from receiving notification about a specified event (e.g., bankruptcy of the borrower), whichever is earlier.

(f) Excludes purchased credit -impaired loans that were acquired as part of the Washington Mutual transaction, which are accounted for on a pool basis. Since each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows, the past due status of the pools, or that of individual loans within the pools, is not meaningful. Because the Firm is recognizing interest income on each pool of loans, they are all considered to be performing.

(g) Net charge -off ratios were calculated using: (1) average retained loans of $718.5 billion and $710.6 billion for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively; (2) average securitized loans of zero and $85.6 billion for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively; and (3) average managed loans of $718.5 billion and $796.2 billion for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(h) Firmwide net charge -off ratios were calculated including average purchased credit-impaired loans of $80.3 billion and $88.3 billion at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Excluding the impact of purchased credit -impaired loans, the total Firm’s managed net charge-off rate would have been 5.03% and 3.36% respectively.

57 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

WHOLESALE CREDIT PORTFOLIO As of March 31, 2010, wholesale exposure (IB, CB, TSS and AM) decreased by $10.7 billion from December 31, 2009. The overall decrease was primarily driven by decreases of $20.2 billion in lending-related commitments, partially offset by an increase of $10.1 billion in loans. The decrease in lending-related commitments and the increase in loans were primarily related to the adoption of the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs which resulted in the elimination of $24.2 billion of lending related commitments between the Firm and its administrated multi- seller conduits upon consolidation. This decrease in lending-related commitments was partially offset by the addition of $6.5 billion of unfunded commitments between the consolidated multi-seller conduits and their clients. Assets of the consolidated conduits included $15.1 billion of wholesale loans. Excluding the effect of the new consolidation guidance, loans and lending-related commitments would have decreased by $5.0 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively.

Credit Nonperforming 90 days past due exposure assets (c) and still accruing March 31, Dec. 31, March 31, Dec. 31, March 31, Dec. 31, (in millions) 2010 2009 2010 2009 2010 2009

Loans — retained $ 210,211 $200,077 $5,895 $6,559 $221 $332 Loans held -for -sale 2,054 2,734 166 234 — — Loans at fair value 2,025 1,364 165 111 — —

Loans — reported 214,290 204,175 6,226 6,904 221 332 Derivative receivables 79,416 80,210 363 529 — — Receivables from customers (a) 16,314 15,745 — — — — Interests in purchased receivables 2,579 2,927 — — — —

Total wholesale credit -related assets 312,599 303,057 6,589 7,433 221 332 Lending -related commitments 326,921 347,155 NA NA NA NA

Total wholesale credit exposure $ 639,520 $650,212 $6,589 $7,433 $221 $332

Net credit derivative hedges notional (b) $ (46,583 ) $ (48,376) $ (152) $ (139) NA NA Liquid securities collateral held against derivatives (14,408 ) (15,519) NA NA NA NA

(a) Represents margin loans to prime and retail brokerage customers, which are included in accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(b) Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold of single -name and portfolio credit derivatives used to manage both performing and nonperforming credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. For additional information, see Credit derivatives on pages 64 -65 and Note 5 on pages 110 -116 of this Form 10 -Q.

(c) Excludes assets acquired in loan satisfactions. For additional information, see the wholesale nonperforming assets by business segment table on page 61 of this Form 10 -Q.

58 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the maturity and ratings profiles of the wholesale portfolio as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. The ratings scale is based on the Firm’s internal risk ratings, which generally correspond to ratings as defined by S&P and Moody’s. Wholesale credit exposure — maturity and ratings profile

Maturity profile (c) Ratings profile Investment - Noninvestment - Due after 1 grade ( “IG ”) grade At March 31, 2010 Due in 1 through year Due after AAA/Aaa to BB+/Ba1 Total % (in billions, except ratios) year or less 5 years 5 years Total BBB -/Baa3 & below Total of IG

Loans 31 % 40 % 29 % 100 % $134 $ 76 $210 64 % Derivative receivables 12 42 46 100 62 18 80 78 Lending-related commitments 39 59 2 100 262 65 327 80

Total excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value 33 % 51 % 16 % 100 % $458 $159 $617 74 % Loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value (a) 4 Receivables from customers 16 Interests in purchased receivables 3

Total exposure $640

Net credit derivative hedges notional (b) 46 % 37 % 17 % 100 % $ (47 ) $ — $ (47 ) 100 %

Maturity profile (c) Ratings profile Investment - Noninvestment - Due after 1 grade ( “IG ”) grade At December 31, 2009 Due in 1 through year Due after AAA/Aaa to BB+/Ba1 Total % (in billions, except ratios) year or less 5 years 5 years Total BBB -/Baa3 & below Total of IG

Loans 29 % 40 % 31 % 100 % $118 $ 82 $200 59 % Derivative receivables 12 42 46 100 61 19 80 76 Lending-related commitments 41 57 2 100 281 66 347 81

Total excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value 34 % 50 % 16 % 100 % $460 $167 $627 73 % Loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value (a) 4 Receivables from customers 16 Interests in purchased receivables 3

Total exposure $650

Net credit derivative hedges notional (b) 49 % 42 % 9 % 100 % $ (48 ) $ — $ (48 ) 100 %

(a) Loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value relate primarily to syndicated loans and loans transferred from the retained portfolio.

(b) Represents the net notional amounts of protection purchased and sold of single -name and portfolio credit derivatives used to manage the credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP.

(c) The maturity profile of loans and lending-related commitments is based on the remaining contractual maturity. The maturity profile of derivative receivables is based on the maturity profile of average exposure. See Derivative Receivables Marked to Market on pages 102- 103 of JPMorgan Chase ’s 2009 Annual Report for further discussion of average exposure.

59 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Wholesale credit exposure — selected industry concentrations The Firm focuses on the management and diversification of its industry concentrations, with particular attention paid to industries with actual or potential credit concerns. Exposures deemed criticized generally represent a ratings profile similar to a rating of “CCC+”/“Caa1” and lower, as defined by S&P and Moody’s, respectively. The total criticized component of the portfolio, excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value, decreased to $29.7 billion at March 31, 2010, from $33.2 billion at year-end 2009. The decrease was primarily related to repayments and loan sales.

March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Total credit exposure Criticized exposure Total credit exposure Criticized exposure % of % of Credit % of criticized Credit % of criticized (in millions, except ratios) exposure (c) portfolio Criticized portfolio exposure (c) portfolio Criticized portfolio

Top 25 industries (a) Real estate $ 65,547 11 % $ 11,483 39% $ 68,509 11 % $11,975 36% Banks and finance companies 56,414 9 1,542 5 54,053 9 2,053 6 Healthcare 35,215 6 324 1 35,605 6 329 1 State and municipal governments 33,726 5 177 1 34,726 5 466 1 Utilities 27,118 4 1,067 3 27,178 4 1,238 4 Consumer products 26,244 4 655 2 27,004 4 515 2 Asset managers 26,102 4 583 2 24,920 4 680 2 Oil and gas 22,814 4 512 2 23,322 4 386 1 Retail and consumer services 20,384 3 776 3 20,673 3 782 2 Insurance 13,960 2 576 2 13,421 2 599 2 Technology 13,058 2 761 2 14,169 2 1,288 4 Machinery and equipment manufacturing 12,489 2 263 1 12,759 2 350 1 Telecom services 12,325 2 195 1 11,265 2 251 1 Business services 11,919 2 277 1 10,667 2 344 1 Securities firms and exchanges 11,389 2 121 — 10,832 2 145 — Chemicals/plastics 11,296 2 559 2 9,870 2 611 2 Metals/mining 11,265 2 637 2 12,547 2 639 2 Media 10,607 2 1,756 6 12,379 2 1,692 5 Central government 10,346 2 — — 9,557 1 — — Building materials/construction 10,327 2 1,252 4 10,448 2 1,399 4 Holding companies 10,235 2 111 — 16,018 3 110 — Transportation 8,931 1 545 2 9,749 1 588 2 Automotive 8,864 1 1,083 4 9,357 1 1,240 4 Agriculture/paper manufacturing 7,306 1 501 2 5,801 1 500 2 Leisure 5,776 1 1,255 4 6,822 1 1,798 5 All other (b) 132,891 22 2,698 9 135,791 22 3,205 10

Subtotal $ 616,548 100 % $ 29,709 100% $627,442 100 % $33,183 100%

Loans held -for -sale and loans at fair value 4,079 1,099 4,098 1,545 Receivables from customers 16,314 15,745 Interest in purchased receivables 2,579 2,927

Total $ 639,520 $ 30,808 $650,212 $34,728

(a) Rankings are based on exposure at March 31, 2010. The industries presented in the table as of December 31, 2009, are based on the same rankings of the exposure at March 31, 2010, not the actual rankings at December 31, 2009.

(b) For more information on exposures to SPEs included in all other, see Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10 -Q.

(c) Credit exposure is net of risk participations and excludes the benefit of credit derivative hedges and collateral held against derivative receivables or loans.

60 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The following table presents additional information on the wholesale real estate industry at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

% of % of net nonperforming Net charge -offs March 31, 2010 Credit % of credit Criticized Nonperforming loans to charge -offs/ to total (in millions, except ratios) exposure portfolio exposure loans total loans (b) (recoveries) loans (b)

Commercial real estate subcategories Multi -family $ 31,876 49 % $ 4,037 $ 1,272 4.12 % $ 57 0.18 % Commercial lessors 18,574 28 4,121 494 3.36 298 2.03 Commercial construction and development 6,024 9 1,354 309 7.06 31 0.71 Other (a) 9,073 14 1,971 783 15.47 11 0.22

Total commercial real estate $ 65,547 100 % $11,483 $ 2,858 5.19 % $397 0.72 %

% of % of net nonperforming Net charge -offs December 31, 2009 Credit % of credit Criticized Nonperforming loans to charge -offs/ to total (in millions, except ratios) exposure portfolio exposure loans total loans (b) (recoveries) loans (b)

Commercial real estate subcategories Multi -family $ 32,073 47 % $ 3,986 $ 1,109 3.57 % $199 0.64 % Commercial lessors (c) 18,689 27 4,194 687 4.53 232 1.53 Commercial construction and development 6,593 10 1,518 313 6.81 105 2.28 Other (a) (c) 11,154 16 2,277 779 12.27 152 2.39

Total commercial real estate $ 68,509 100 % $11,975 $ 2,888 5.05 % $688 1.20 %

(a) Other includes lodging, Real estate investment trusts ( “REITs ”), single family, homebuilders and other real estate.

(b) Ratios were calculated using end -of-period retained loans of $55.0 billion and $57.2 billion for the quarters ended March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

(c) Prior periods have been reclassed to conform to current presentation.

Loans The following table presents wholesale loans and nonperforming assets by business segment as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

March 31, 2010 Assets acquired in loan Loans Nonperforming satisfactions Held -for -sale Real estate Nonperforming (in millions) Retained and fair value Total Loans Derivatives owned Other assets

Investment Bank $ 53,010 $ 3,594 $ 56,604 $2,741 $ 363(b) $185 $ — $3,289 Commercial Banking 95,435 294 95,729 2,996 — 189 1 3,186 Treasury & Securities Services 24,066 — 24,066 14 — — — 14 Asset Management 37,088 — 37,088 475 — 1 22 498 Corporate/Private Equity 612 191 803 — — — — —

Total $ 210,211 $ 4,079 $ 214,290 $6,226 (a) $ 363 $375 $ 23 $6,987

December 31, 2009 Assets acquired in loan Loans Nonperforming satisfactions Held -for -sale Real estate Nonperforming (in millions) Retained and fair value Total Loans Derivatives owned Other assets

Investment Bank $ 45,544 $ 3,567 $ 49,111 $3,504 $ 529(b) $203 $ — $4,236 Commercial Banking 97,108 324 97,432 2,801 — 187 1 2,989 Treasury & Securities Services 18,972 — 18,972 14 — — — 14 Asset Management 37,755 — 37,755 580 — 2 — 582 Corporate/Private Equity 698 207 905 5 — — — 5

Total $ 200,077 $ 4,098 $ 204,175 $6,904 (a) $ 529 $392 $ 1 $7,826

(a) The Firm held allowance for loan losses of $1.6 billion and $2.0 billion related to nonperforming retained loans resulting in allowance coverage ratios of 26% and 31%, at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Wholesale nonperforming loans represent 2.91% and 3.38% of total wholesale loans at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

(b) Nonperforming derivatives represent less than 1.0% of the total derivative receivables net of cash collateral at both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea 61 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

In the normal course of business, the Firm provides loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high-net- worth individuals. Retained wholesale loans were $210.2 billion at March 31, 2010, compared with $200.1 billion at December 31, 2009. The $10.1 billion increase was primarily related to the January 1, 2010, adoption of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon adoption of the new guidance, $15.1 billion of wholesale loans associated with Firm-administered multi-seller conduits were added to the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Excluding the effect of the new guidance adoption, loans decreased by $5.0 billion. Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value relate primarily to syndicated loans and loans transferred from the retained portfolio. Held-for-sale loans and loans carried at fair value were $4.1 billion at both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. The Firm actively manages wholesale credit exposure through sales of loans and lending-related commitments. During the first three months of 2010 the Firm sold $2.6 billion of loans and commitments, recognizing gains of $19 million. In the first three months of 2009, the Firm sold $414 million of loans and commitments, recognizing net losses of $4 million. These results include gains or losses on sales of nonperforming loans, if any, as discussed on pages 62-63 of this Form 10-Q. These activities are not related to the Firm’s securitization activities. For further discussion of securitization activity, see Liquidity Risk Management and Note 15 on pages 52-55 and 131-142 respectively, of this Form 10-Q. Nonperforming wholesale loans were $6.2 billion at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $678 million from December 31, 2009, reflecting loan sales. The following table presents the geographic distribution of wholesale loans and nonperforming loans as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. The geographic distribution of the wholesale portfolio is determined based predominantly on the domicile of the borrower.

Loans and nonperforming loans, U.S. and Non-U.S.

March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Wholesale Nonperforming Nonperforming (in millions) Loans loans Loans loans

U.S. $151,856 $ 5,073 $149,085 $5,844 Non -U.S. 62,434 1,153 55,090 1,060

Ending balance $214,290 $ 6,226 $204,175 $6,904

The following table presents the change in the nonperforming loan portfolio for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.

Nonperforming loan activity

Wholesale Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Beginning balance $6,904 $2,382 Additions 2,717 1,652

Reductions: Paydowns and other 1,595 165 Gross charge -offs 909 206 Returned to performing 59 1 Sales 832 —

Total reductions 3,395 372

Net additions (reductions) (678) 1,280

Ending balance $6,226 $3,662

62 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The following table presents net charge-offs, which are defined as gross charge-offs less recoveries, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009. A nonaccrual loan is charged off to the allowance for loan losses when it is highly certain that a loss has been realized; this determination considers many factors, including the prioritization of the Firm’s claim in bankruptcy, expectations of the workout/restructuring of the loan, and valuation of the borrower’s equity. The amounts in the table below do not include gains from sales of nonperforming loans.

Net charge-offs

Wholesale Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009

Loans — reported Average loans retained $211,599 $238,689 Net charge -offs 959 191 Average annual net charge -off rate 1.84% 0.32%

Derivatives

Derivative contracts In the normal course of business, the Firm uses derivative instruments to meet the needs of customers; to generate revenue through trading activities; to manage exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, currencies and other markets; and to manage the Firm’s credit exposure. For further discussion of these contracts, see Note 5 on pages 110-116 of this Form 10-Q and Notes 5 and 32 on pages 167—175 and 224—235 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The following table summarizes the net derivative receivables MTM for the periods presented.

Derivative receivables marked to market Derivative receivables MTM (in millions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Interest rate (a) $ 38,744 $ 33,733 Credit derivatives (a) 10,088 11,859 Foreign exchange 18,537 21,984 Equity 5,538 6,635 Commodity 6,509 5,999

Total, net of cash collateral 79,416 80,210 Liquid securities collateral held against derivative receivables (14,408) (15,519)

Total, net of all collateral $ 65,008 $ 64,691

(a) In 2010, cash collateral netting reporting was enhanced. Prior periods have been revised to conform to the current presentation. The effect resulted in an increase to interest rate derivative receivables and a corresponding decrease to credit derivative receivables of $7.0 billion as of December 31, 2009. The amounts of derivative receivables reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets were $79.4 billion and $80.2 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. These are the amounts of the MTM or fair value of the derivative contracts after giving effect to legally enforceable master netting agreements, cash collateral held by the Firm and CVA. These amounts reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets represent the cost to the Firm to replace the contracts at current market rates should the counterparty default. However, in management’s view, the appropriate measure of current credit risk should also reflect additional liquid securities held as collateral by the Firm of $14.4 billion and $15.5 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, resulting in total exposure, net of all collateral, of $65.0 billion and $64.7 billion, respectively. The increase from year-end 2009 in derivative receivables MTM of $317 million, net of the above mentioned collateral, was primarily related to decreasing rates on interest rate swaps, partially offset by reduced level of foreign exchange rate volatility and tightening credit spreads. The Firm also holds additional collateral delivered by clients at the initiation of transactions, as well as collateral related to contracts that have a non-daily call frequency and collateral that the Firm has agreed to return but has not yet settled as of the reporting date. Though this collateral does not reduce the balances noted in the table above, it is available as security against potential exposure that could arise should the MTM of the client’s derivative transactions move in the Firm’s favor. As of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the Firm held $21.1 billion and $16.9 billion, respectively, of this additional collateral. The derivative receivables MTM, net of all collateral, also does not include other credit enhancements in the form of letters of credit. The following table summarizes the ratings profile of the Firm’s derivative receivables MTM, net of all collateral, for the dates indicated.

63 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Ratings profile of derivative receivables MTM

March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Rating equivalent Exposure net of % of exposure Exposure net of % of exposure (in millions, except ratios) all collateral net of all collateral all collateral net of all collateral

AAA/Aaa to AA -/Aa3 $26,468 41 % $25,530 40 % A+/A1 to A -/A3 14,232 22 12,432 19 BBB+/Baa1 to BBB -/Baa3 7,909 12 9,343 14 BB+/Ba1 to B -/B3 13,890 21 14,571 23 CCC+/Caa1 and below 2,509 4 2,815 4

Total $65,008 100 % $64,691 100 %

The Firm actively pursues the use of collateral agreements to mitigate counterparty credit risk in derivatives. The percentage of the Firm’s derivatives transactions subject to collateral agreements — excluding foreign exchange spot trades, which are not typically covered by collateral agreements due to their short maturity — was 88% as of March 31, 2010, largely unchanged from 89% at December 31, 2009. The Firm posted $58.5 billion and $56.7 billion of collateral at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Certain derivative and collateral agreements include provisions that require the counterparty and/or the Firm, upon specified downgrades in the respective credit ratings of their legal entities, to post collateral for the benefit of the other party. At March 31, 2010, the impact of a single-notch and six-notch ratings downgrade to JPMorgan Chase & Co., and its subsidiaries, primarily JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., would have required $1.4 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, of additional collateral to be posted by the Firm. Certain derivative contracts also provide for termination of the contract, generally upon a downgrade to a specified rating of either the Firm or the counterparty, at the then-existing MTM value of the derivative contracts.

Credit derivatives For a more detailed discussion of credit derivatives, including types of derivatives, see Note 5, Credit derivatives, on pages 115-116 of this Form 10-Q, and Credit derivatives on pages 103-104 and Note 5, Credit derivatives, on pages 173-175 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The following table presents the Firm’s notional amounts of credit derivatives protection purchased and sold as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. Credit derivative positions

Notional amount Dealer/client Credit portfolio Protection Protection Protection Protection (in billions) purchased (a) sold purchased (a)(b) sold Total

March 31, 2010 $2,806 $2,784 $47 $— $5,637 December 31, 2009 2,997 2,947 49 1 5,994

(a) Included $2.8 trillion and $3.0 trillion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, of notional exposure within protection purchased where the Firm had protection sold with identical underlying reference instruments.

(b) Included $19.7 billion at both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, that represented the notional amount for structured portfolio protection; the Firm retains the first risk of loss on this portfolio.

Dealer/client For a further discussion on dealer/client business related to credit protection, see Dealer/client business on page 104 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. At March 31, 2010, the total notional amount of protection purchased and sold in the dealer/client business decreased by $354 billion from year-end 2009, primarily as a result of industry efforts to reduce offsetting trade activity.

Credit portfolio activities

Use of single-name and portfolio credit derivatives Notional amount of protection purchased and sold (in millions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Credit derivatives used to manage: Loans and lending -related commitments $ 32,599 $ 36,873 Derivative receivables 14,475 11,958

Total protection purchased (a) $ 47,074 $ 48,831 Total protection sold 491 455

Credit derivatives hedges notional $ 46,583 $ 48,376

(a) Included $19.7 billion at both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, that represented the notional amount for structured portfolio protection; the Firm retains the first risk of loss on this portfolio.

64 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The credit derivatives used by JPMorgan Chase for credit portfolio management activities do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP; these derivatives are reported at fair value, with gains and losses recognized in principal transactions revenue. In contrast, the loans and lending-related commitments being risk-managed are accounted for on an accrual basis. This asymmetry in accounting treatment, between loans and lending-related commitments and the credit derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities, causes earnings volatility that is not representative, in the Firm’s view, of the true changes in value of the Firm’s overall credit exposure. The MTM value related to the Firm’s credit derivatives used for managing credit exposure, as well as the MTM value related to the CVA (which reflects the credit quality of derivatives counterparty exposure), are included in the gains and losses realized on credit derivatives disclosed in the table below. These results can vary from period to period due to market conditions that affect specific positions in the portfolio. For a discussion of CVA related to derivative contracts, see Derivative receivables MTM on pages 102—103 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Hedges of lending -related commitments (a) $(120 ) $ (552) CVA and hedges of CVA (a) (1) 123

Net gains/(losses) $(121 ) $ (429)

(a) These hedges do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP.

Lending-related commitments JPMorgan Chase uses lending-related financial instruments, such as commitments and guarantees, to meet the financing needs of its customers. The contractual amount of these financial instruments represents the maximum possible credit risk should the counterparties draw down on these commitments or the Firm fulfills its obligation under these guarantees, and the counterparties subsequently fail to perform according to the terms of these contracts. Wholesale lending-related commitments were $326.9 billion at March 31, 2010, compared with $347.2 billion at December 31, 2009. The decrease in lending-related commitments reflected the adoption of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon adoption of the new consolidation guidance, $24.2 billion of lending-related commitments between the Firm and its administered, multi-seller conduits were eliminated in consolidation. This decrease in lending-related commitments was partially offset by the addition of $6.5 billion of unfunded commitments between the consolidated multi-seller conduits and their clients. In the Firm’s view, the total contractual amount of these wholesale lending-related commitments is not representative of the Firm’s actual credit risk exposure or funding requirements. In determining the amount of credit risk exposure the Firm has to wholesale lending-related commitments, which is used as the basis for allocating credit risk capital to these commitments, the Firm has established a “loan-equivalent” amount for each commitment; this amount represents the portion of the unused commitment or other contingent exposure that is expected, based on average portfolio historical experience, to become drawn upon in an event of a default by an obligor. The loan-equivalent amounts of the Firm’s lending-related commitments were $178.1 billion and $179.8 billion as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Country Exposure The Firm’s wholesale portfolio includes country risk exposures to both developed and emerging markets. The Firm has a comprehensive internal process for measuring and managing its country exposure. The Firm seeks to diversify its country exposures, including its credit-related lending, trading and investment activities, whether cross-border or locally funded. In addition to monitoring country exposures, the Firm uses stress tests to measure and manage the risk of extreme loss associated with sovereign crises. Several European countries, including Greece, Portugal, Spain, Italy and Ireland, have recently been subject to significantly weakening credit and the Firm is closely monitoring its exposures to these countries. The Firm’s aggregate exposures to these five countries is modest relative to the Firm’s overall risk exposures and a substantial portion of its exposure to these countries is secured by cash and securities collateral or is hedged. As a result, the Firm currently believes its exposures to these five countries is manageable. The table below presents the Firm’s exposure to its top ten emerging markets countries. There is no common definition of emerging markets, but the Firm generally includes in its definition those countries whose sovereign debt ratings are equivalent to “A+” or lower. As noted above, exposures to these emerging markets countries include all credit-related lending, trading and investment activities, whether cross-border or locally funded. The selection of countries is based solely on the Firm’s largest total exposures by country and does not represent its view of any actual or potentially adverse credit conditions. Exposure is reported based on the country where the assets of the obligor, counterparty or guarantor are located. Exposure amounts are adjusted for collateral and for credit enhancements (e.g., guarantees and letters of credit) provided by third parties; outstandings supported by a guarantor located outside the country or backed by collateral held outside the country are assigned to the country of the enhancement provider. In addition, the effect of credit derivative hedges and other short credit or equity trading positions are reflected in the table below. Total exposure includes exposure to both government and private-sector entities in a country.

65 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Top 10 emerging markets country exposure

At March 31, 2010 Cross -border Total (in billions) Lending (a) Trading (b) Other (c) Total Local (d) Exposure

South Korea $ 3.1 $1.8 $1.4 $6.3 $4.5 $ 10.8 India 1.9 3.5 1.2 6.6 1.3 7.9 Brazil 2.3 0.1 1.0 3.4 3.6 7.0 China 3.0 0.7 1.0 4.7 — 4.7 Mexico 1.5 1.4 0.4 3.3 — 3.3 Hong Kong 1.3 0.6 1.3 3.2 — 3.2 Taiwan 0.3 0.7 0.4 1.4 1.6 3.0 Malaysia 0.5 2.0 0.3 2.8 — 2.8 Chile 0.9 0.8 0.5 2.2 — 2.2 Turkey 0.7 1.3 0.1 2.1 — 2.1

At December 31, 2009 Cross -border Total (in billions) Lending (a) Trading (b) Other (c) Total Local (d) exposure

South Korea $ 2.7 $ 1.7 $1.3 $ 5.7 $3.3 $9.0 India 1.5 2.7 1.1 5.3 0.3 5.6 Brazil 1.8 (0.5) 1.0 2.3 2.2 4.5 China 1.8 0.4 0.8 3.0 — 3.0 Taiwan 0.1 0.8 0.3 1.2 1.8 3.0 Hong Kong 1.1 0.2 1.3 2.6 — 2.6 Mexico 1.2 0.8 0.4 2.4 — 2.4 Chile 0.8 0.6 0.5 1.9 — 1.9 Malaysia 0.1 1.3 0.3 1.7 0.2 1.9 South Africa 0.4 0.8 0.5 1.7 — 1.7

(a) Lending includes loans and accrued interest receivable, interest -bearing deposits with banks, acceptances, other monetary assets, issued letters of credit net of participations, and undrawn commitments to extend credit.

(b) Trading includes: (1) issuer exposure on cross -border debt and equity instruments, held both in trading and investment accounts and adjusted for the impact of issuer hedges, including credit derivatives; and (2) counterparty exposure on derivative and foreign exchange contracts, as well as security financing trades (resale agreements and securities borrowed).

(c) Other represents mainly local exposure funded cross-border, including capital investments in local entities.

(d) Local exposure is defined as exposure to a country denominated in local currency and booked locally. Any exposure not meeting these criteria is defined as cross -border exposure.

66 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

CONSUMER CREDIT PORTFOLIO JPMorgan Chase’s consumer portfolio consists primarily of residential mortgages, home equity loans, credit cards, auto loans, student loans and business banking loans. Included within the portfolio are home equity loans and lines of credit secured by junior liens, mortgage loans with interest-only payment options to predominantly prime borrowers, as well as certain payment-option loans acquired from Washington Mutual that may result in negative amortization. The Firm’s primary focus is on serving the prime consumer credit market. A substantial portion of the consumer loans acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction were identified as credit-impaired based on an analysis of high-risk characteristics, including product type, LTV ratios, FICO scores and delinquency status. These purchased credit-impaired loans are accounted for on a pool basis, and the pools are considered to be performing. At the time of the acquisition, these loans were recorded at fair value, including an estimate of losses that were expected to be incurred over the estimated remaining lives of the loan pools. Therefore, no allowance for loan losses was recorded for these loans as of the transaction date. In the first quarter of 2010, management concluded that it was probable that higher expected future credit losses for certain pools of the purchased credit-impaired portfolio would result in a decrease in expected future principal cash flows for these pools. An additional allowance for loan losses of $1.2 billion was recorded in the first quarter of 2010, bringing the total allowance for loan losses on the purchased credit-impaired portfolio to $2.8 billion. The credit performance of the consumer portfolio across the entire product spectrum has stabilized, but remains under stress, as high unemployment and weak overall economic conditions continue to put pressure on the number of loans charged off, and weak housing prices continue to negatively impact the severity of loss recognized on real estate loans that default. Delinquencies and nonperforming loans remain elevated, but the delinquency trend is showing continued stability or improvement, with initial signs of improvement in early stage delinquencies (30 — 89 days delinquent) across most products. The elevated level of these credit quality metrics are due, in part, to loss mitigation activities currently being undertaken and previous foreclosure moratorium programs, which ended in early 2009. These moratoriums halted stages of the foreclosure process while the U.S. Treasury developed its homeowner assistance program (i.e., MHA) and the Firm enhanced its foreclosure- prevention programs. Due to a high volume of loss mitigation activities and foreclosures after the moratoriums, processing timelines were elongated driving elevated levels of late-stage delinquencies (150+ days delinquent). Losses related to these loans continued to be recognized in accordance with the Firm’s normal charge-off practices, but some delinquent loans that would have otherwise been foreclosed upon remain in the mortgage and home equity loan portfolios. Since mid-2007, the Firm has taken actions to reduce risk exposure to consumer loans by tightening both underwriting and loan qualification standards for both real estate and non-real estate lending products. For residential real estate lending, tighter income verification, more conservative collateral valuation, reduced LTV maximums, and higher FICO and custom risk score requirements are just some of the actions taken to date to mitigate risk related to new originations. The Firm believes that these actions have better aligned loan pricing with the underlying credit risk of the loans. In addition, originations of subprime mortgage loans, stated income and broker-originated mortgage and home equity loans have been eliminated entirely. The Firm has never originated option ARMs. The tightening of underwriting criteria for auto loans has resulted in the reduction of both extended-term and high LTV financing. As a further action to reduce risk associated with lending-related commitments, the Firm has reduced or canceled certain lines of credit as permitted by law. For example, the Firm may reduce or close home equity lines of credit when there are significant decreases in the value of the underlying property or when there has been a demonstrable decline in the creditworthiness of the borrower. Similarly, certain inactive credit card lines have been closed and a number of active credit card lines have been reduced. The following tables present managed consumer credit-related information (including RFS, CS and residential real estate loans reported in the Corporate/Private Equity segment) for the dates indicated. For further information about the Firm’s nonaccrual and charge-off accounting policies, see Note 13 on pages 125-129 of this Form 10-Q.

67 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Consumer credit-related information

90 days or more past due Credit exposure Nonperforming loans (j)(k) and still accruing (k) March 31, December 31, March 31, December 31, March 31, December 31, (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 2010 2009 2010 2009

Consumer loans — excluding purchased credit-impaired loans and loans held-for-sale Home equity — senior lien (a) $ 26,477 $ 27,376 $ 489 $ 477 $ — $ — Home equity — junior lien (b) 71,165 74,049 938 1,188 — — Prime mortgage (c) 68,210 66,892 4,579 4,355 — — Subprime mortgage (c) 13,219 12,526 3,331 3,248 — — Option ARMs (c) 8,644 8,536 348 312 — — Auto loans (c)(d) 47,381 46,031 174 177 — — Credit card — reported (c)(e)(f) 149,260 78,786 3 3 4,709 3,481 All other loans (c) 32,951 31,700 962 900 581 542

Total consumer loans 417,307 345,896 10,824 10,660 5,290 4,023

Consumer loans — purchased credit-impaired Home equity 26,012 26,520 NA NA NA NA Prime mortgage 19,203 19,693 NA NA NA NA Subprime mortgage 5,848 5,993 NA NA NA NA Option ARMs 28,260 29,039 NA NA NA NA

Total consumer loans — purchased credit-impaired 79,323 81,245 NA NA NA NA

Total consumer loans — retained 496,630 427,141 10,824 10,660 5,290 4,023

Loans held -for -sale 2,879 2,142 — — — —

Total consumer loans — reported 499,509 429,283 10,824 10,660 5,290 4,023

Credit card — securitized (c)(g) NA 84,626 NA — NA 2,385

Total consumer loans — managed (c) 499,509 513,909 10,824 10,660 5,290 6,408

Total consumer loans — managed — excluding purchased credit-impaired loans (c) 420,186 432,664 10,824 10,660 5,290 6,408

Consumer lending -related commitments: Home equity — senior lien (a)(h) 18,870 19,246 Home equity — junior lien (b)(h) 35,653 37,231 Prime mortgage 1,136 1,654 Subprime mortgage — — Option ARMs — — Auto loans 6,250 5,467 Credit card (h) 556,207 569,113 All other loans 10,334 11,229

Total lending -related commitments 628,450 643,940

Total consumer credit portfolio $ 1,127,959 $1,157,849

Memo: Credit card — managed (c) $ 149,260 $ 163,412 $ 3 $ 3 $ 4,709 $5,866

Three months ended March 31, Average annual Net charge -offs net charge -off rate (l) (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 2010 2009

Consumer loans — excluding purchased credit -impaired loans Home equity — senior lien (a) $ 69 $ 34 1.04 % 0.47 % Home equity — junior lien (b) 1,057 1,064 5.90 5.14 Prime mortgage (c) 462 312 2.74 1.76 Subprime mortgage (c) 457 364 13.43 9.91 Option ARMs (c) 23 4 1.07 0.18 Auto loans (c) 102 174 0.88 1.66 Credit card — reported (c) 4,512 2,029 11.75 8.42 All other loans (c) 269 224 3.23 2.64

Total consumer loans — excluding purchased credit -impaired WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea loans (i) 6,951 4,205 6.61 4.44

Total consumer loans — reported 6,951 4,205 5.56 3.61

Credit card — securitized (c)(g) NA 1,464 NA 6.93

Total consumer loans — managed (c) 6,951 5,669 5.56 4.12

Total consumer loans — managed — excluding purchased credit - impaired loans (c)(i) 6,951 5,669 6.61 4.90

Memo: Credit card — managed (c) $ 4,512 $ 3,493 11.75 % 7.72 %

(a) Represents loans where JPMorgan Chase holds the first security interest on the property.

(b) Represents loans where JPMorgan Chase holds a security interest that is subordinate in rank to other liens.

68 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

(c) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon the adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts and certain other consumer loan securitization entities, primarily mortgage-related. As a result, related receivables are now recorded as loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As a result of the consolidation of the securitization trusts, reported and managed basis are comparable for periods beginning after January 1, 2010. For further discussion, see Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm ’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 14-16 of this Form 10 -Q.

(d) Excluded operating lease -related assets of $3.1 billion and $2.9 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

(e) Includes $1.0 billion of loans at December 31, 2009, held by the Washington Mutual Master Trust, which were consolidated onto the Firm ’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value during the second quarter of 2009. Such loans had been fully repaid or charged off as of March 31, 2010. See Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10 -Q.

(f) Includes billed finance charges and fees net of an allowance for uncollectible amounts.

(g) Loans securitized is defined as loans that were sold to nonconsolidated securitization trusts and were not included in reported loans. For a further discussion of credit card securitizations, see CS on pages 30 -33 of this Form 10 -Q.

(h) The credit card and home equity lending-related commitments represent the total available lines of credit for these products. The Firm has not experienced, and does not anticipate, that all available lines of credit would be utilized at the same time. For credit card commitments and home equity commitments (if certain conditions are met), the Firm can reduce or cancel these lines of credit by providing the borrower prior notice or, in some cases, without notice as permitted by law.

(i) Charge -offs are not recorded on purchased credit -impaired loans until actual losses exceed estimated losses that were recorded as purchase accounting adjustments at the time of acquisition. To date, no charge -offs have been recorded for these loans.

(j) At March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, nonperforming loans exclude: (1) mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $10.5 billion and $9.0 billion, respectively; and (2) student loans that are 90 days past due and still accruing, which are insured by U.S. government agencies under the Federal Family Education Loan Program of $581 million and $542 million, respectively. These amounts are excluded as reimbursement is proceeding normally. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance. Under guidance issued by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, credit card loans are charged off by the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days past due or within 60 days from receiving notification about a specified event (e.g., bankruptcy of the borrower), whichever is earlier.

(k) Excludes purchased credit -impaired loans that were acquired as part of the Washington Mutual transaction, which are accounted for on a pool basis. Since each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows, the past due status of the pools, or that of individual loans within the pools, is not meaningful. Because the Firm is recognizing interest income on each pool of loans, they are all considered to be performing.

(l) Average consumer loans held -for-sale and loans at fair value were $2.9 billion and $3.1 billion for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts were excluded when calculating the net charge -off rates. The following table presents consumer nonperforming assets by business segment as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

Consumer nonperforming assets

March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Assets acquired in Assets acquired in loan satisfactions loan satisfactions Nonperforming Real estate Nonperforming Nonperforming Real estate Nonperforming (in millions) loans owned Other assets loans owned Other assets

Retail Financial Services (a)(b) $ 10,769 $ 1,132 $ 73 $11,974 $ 10,611 $1,154 $99 $ 11,864 Card Services (a) 3 — — 3 3 — — 3 Corporate/Private Equity 52 3 — 55 46 2 — 48

Total $ 10,824 $ 1,135 $ 73 $12,032 $ 10,660 $1,156 $99 $ 11,915

(a) At March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, nonperforming loans and assets excluded: (1) mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $10.5 billion and $9.0 billion, respectively; (2) real estate owned insured by U.S. government agencies of $707 million and $579 million, respectively; and (3) student loans that are 90 days past due and still accruing, which are insured by U.S. government agencies under the Federal Family Education Loan Program of $581 million and $542 million, respectively. These amounts are excluded as reimbursement is proceeding normally. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance. Under guidance issued by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, credit card loans are charged off by the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days past due or within 60 days from receiving notification about a specified event (e.g., bankruptcy of the borrower), whichever is earlier.

(b) Excludes purchased credit -impaired loans that were acquired as part of the Washington Mutual transaction, which are accounted for on a pool basis. Since each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows, the past due status of the pools, or that of individual loans within the pools, is not meaningful. Because the Firm is recognizing interest income on each pool of loans, they are all considered to be performing.

69 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new guidance that amended the accounting for consolidation of VIEs. Upon adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts and certain other consumer loan securitization entities. The following table summarizes the impact on consumer loans at adoption.

Reported loans

(in millions) January 1, 2010

Prime mortgage $ 1,477 Subprime mortgage 1,758 Option ARMs 381 Auto loans 218 Student loans 1,008 Credit card (a) 84,663

Total increase in consumer loans $ 89,505

(a) Represents the impact of adoption of the new consolidation standard related to VIEs on reported loans for Firm -sponsored credit cards securitization trusts. As a result of the consolidation of the securitization trusts, reported and managed basis are comparable for periods beginning after January 1, 2010. For further discussion, see Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 14 -16 of this Form 10 -Q.

Portfolio analysis The following discussion relates to the specific loan and lending-related categories within the consumer portfolio. Purchased credit-impaired loans are excluded from individual loan product discussions and are addressed separately below. Home equity: Home equity loans at March 31, 2010, were $97.7 billion, a decrease of $3.7 billion from year-end 2009. The decrease primarily reflected lower loan originations, coupled with loan paydowns and charge-offs. Senior lien nonperforming loans increased from year-end due to the elongated processing timelines for foreclosures, while the level of junior lien nonperforming loans decreased. Junior lien net charge-offs have leveled from the prior year, but frequency and severity of losses remains elevated. Mortgage: Mortgage loans at March 31, 2010, which include prime mortgages, subprime mortgages, option adjustable-rate mortgages acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction (“option ARMs”) and mortgage loans held-for-sale, were $90.6 billion, representing a $2.3 billion increase from year-end 2009. The increase is due to the addition of loans to the balance sheet as a result of the adoption of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Net charge-offs have increased from the prior year across all segments of the mortgage portfolio due to both higher frequency and an increase in the severity of losses. Prime mortgages of $68.8 billion increased $1.5 billion from December 31, 2009, due to the addition of loans as a result of the adoption of the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Early-stage delinquencies continued to show improvement; however, late-stage delinquencies remain elevated as a result of ongoing trial modification activity and foreclosure processing delays, driving an increase in nonperforming loans. Subprime mortgages of $13.2 billion increased $693 million from December 31, 2009, due to the addition of loans as a result of the adoption of the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs, partially offset by paydowns and charge-offs on delinquent loans. Option ARMs of $8.6 billion were $108 million higher than December 31, 2009, due to the addition of loans as a result of the adoption of the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs, partially offset by paydowns in the portfolio. The option ARM portfolio represents less than 5% of the non-purchased credit-impaired real estate loans and is primarily comprised of loans with low LTV ratios and high borrower FICOs. Accordingly, the Firm currently expects substantially lower losses on this portfolio when compared with the purchased credit-impaired option ARM portfolio. As of March 31, 2010, approximately 69% of option ARM borrowers elected to make an interest-only or minimum payment. The cumulative amount of unpaid interest added to the unpaid principal balance due to negative amortization of option ARMs was $70 million and $78 million at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Assuming market interest rates, the Firm would expect the following balance of current loans to experience a payment recast: $1.1 billion in 2010, $364 million in 2011 and $671 million in 2012. New originations of option ARMs were discontinued by Washington Mutual prior to the date of JPMorgan Chase’s acquisition of the banking operations of Washington Mutual. The Firm has not originated, and does not originate, option ARMs. Auto loans: As of March 31, 2010, auto loans were $47.4 billion, an increase of $1.4 billion from year-end 2009. Delinquent loans were lower than the prior year, while provision expense decreased due to favorable loss severities as a result of higher used-car prices nationwide. The auto loan portfolio reflects a high concentration of prime quality credits.

70 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Credit card: Credit card receivables (which includes receivables in its Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trust not reported on the balance sheet prior to January 1, 2010) were $149.3 billion at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $14.2 billion from year-end 2009, reflecting seasonally lower charge volume and a higher level of charge-offs. The 30-day delinquency rate decreased to 5.62% at March 31, 2010, from 6.28% at December 31, 2009, while the net charge-off rate increased to 11.75% for the first quarter of 2010, from 7.72% for the first quarter of 2009. The current-quarter net charge-off rate was negatively affected by approximately 60 basis points from a payment-holiday program offered in the second quarter of 2009. Charge-offs were also negatively impacted by the current weak economic environment, especially in metropolitan statistical areas (“MSAs”) experiencing the greatest housing price depreciation and highest unemployment, and the credit performance of loans acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction. The delinquency trend is showing improvement, especially within early stage delinquencies. Provision expense reflected a $1.0 billion decrease in the allowance for loan losses in the first quarter of 2010, reflecting lower estimated losses primarily related to the improvement in the delinquent loan trend. The credit card portfolio continues to reflect a well-seasoned, largely rewards-based portfolio that has good U.S. geographic diversification. Credit card receivables, excluding the Washington Mutual portfolio, were $132.1 billion at March 31, 2010, compared with $143.8 billion at December 31, 2009. The 30-day delinquency rate was 4.99% at March 31, 2010, down from 5.52% at December 31, 2009; the net charge-off rate, excluding the Washington Mutual portfolio, increased to 10.54% for the first quarter of 2010 from 6.86% in the first quarter of 2009. Credit card receivables of the Washington Mutual portfolio were $17.2 billion at March 31, 2010, compared with $19.7 billion at December 31, 2009. The Washington Mutual portfolio’s 30-day delinquency rate was 10.49% at March 31, 2010, compared with 12.72% at December 31, 2009, excluding the impact at December 31, 2009, of the consolidation of the Washington Mutual Master Trust in the second quarter of 2009 as a result of certain actions taken at that time. The first quarter of 2010 net charge-off rate was 24.14% compared with 14.57% in the first quarter of 2009, excluding the impact of the purchase accounting adjustments related to the Washington Mutual transaction and the consolidation of the Washington Mutual Master Trust in the second quarter of 2009. All other: All other loans primarily include business banking loans (which are highly collateralized loans, often with personal loan guarantees), student loans, and other secured and unsecured consumer loans. As of March 31, 2010, other loans, including loans held-for-sale, were $35.2 billion, an increase of $1.6 billion from year-end 2009, primarily due to the addition of student loans as a result of the adoption of the new consolidation guidance related to the VIEs. Purchased credit-impaired: Purchased credit-impaired loans were $79.3 billion at March 31, 2010, compared with $81.2 billion at December 31, 2009. This portfolio represents loans acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction that were recorded at fair value at the time of acquisition. The fair value of these loans included an estimate of credit losses expected to be realized over the remaining lives of the loans, and therefore no allowance for loan losses was recorded for these loans as of the acquisition date. The Firm regularly updates the amount of expected loan principal and interest cash flows to be collected for these loans. Probable decreases in expected loan principal cash flows trigger the recognition of impairment through the provision for loan losses. Probable and significant increases in expected loan principal cash flows would first result in the reversal of any allowance for loan losses. Any remaining increase in the expected principal cash flows would be recognized prospectively in interest income over the remaining lives of the underlying loans. Management concluded during the first quarter of 2010 that it was probable that higher expected principal credit losses for the prime mortgage and option ARM purchased credit-impaired pools would result in a decrease in expected cash flows. As a result, $676 million and $554 million was added during the quarter to the allowance for loan losses for the prime mortgage and option ARM pools, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, the total allowance for loan losses for the prime mortgage and option ARM purchased credit-impaired pools was $1.8 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively. The credit performance of the other pools has generally been consistent with the estimate of losses at the acquisition date. Accordingly, no impairment for these other pools has been recognized.

Concentrations of credit risk — consumer loans other than purchased credit-impaired loans Following is tabular information and, where appropriate, supplemental discussions about certain concentrations of credit risk for the Firm’s consumer loans, other than purchased credit-impaired loans, including: • Geographic distribution of loans, including certain residential real estate loans with high LTV ratios; and

• Loans that are 30+ days past due.

71 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The following tables present the geographic distribution of managed consumer credit outstandings by product as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, excluding purchased credit-impaired loans.

Consumer loans by geographic region

Total Total March 31, Home Home Total All consumer consumer 2010 equity — equity — Prime Subprime Option home loan Card other loans — Card loans — loans — (in billions) senior lien junior lien mortgage mortgage ARMs portfolio Auto reported loans reported securitized (b) managed

California $ 3.6 $ 16.2 $ 18.4 $ 2.0 $3.9 $ 44.1 $ 4.4 $ 20.3 $ 2.1 $ 70.9 NA $ 70.9 New York 3.3 12.0 8.7 1.6 0.8 26.4 3.8 11.6 4.6 46.4 NA 46.4 Texas 4.0 2.6 1.4 0.4 0.2 8.6 4.5 11.1 4.0 28.2 NA 28.2 Florida 1.2 3.9 4.9 1.9 0.9 12.8 1.8 9.0 1.1 24.7 NA 24.7 Illinois 1.8 4.6 3.0 0.6 0.3 10.3 2.5 8.1 2.6 23.5 NA 23.5 Ohio 2.2 1.8 0.4 0.3 — 4.7 3.1 5.9 2.9 16.6 NA 16.6 New Jersey 0.7 3.7 1.8 0.7 0.3 7.2 1.8 6.0 1.1 16.1 NA 16.1 Michigan 1.3 1.8 0.9 0.4 — 4.4 2.2 4.8 2.4 13.8 NA 13.8 Arizona 1.6 3.4 1.3 0.3 0.1 6.7 1.5 3.4 1.7 13.3 NA 13.3 Pennsylvania 0.2 1.1 0.4 0.4 0.1 2.2 2.1 5.5 0.9 10.7 NA 10.7 Washington 0.8 2.4 1.8 0.3 0.4 5.7 0.7 2.8 0.2 9.4 NA 9.4 Colorado 0.4 1.6 1.6 0.3 0.2 4.1 1.0 3.4 0.9 9.4 NA 9.4 All other (a) 5.4 16.1 24.2 4.0 1.4 51.1 18.0 57.4 10.7 137.2 NA 137.2

Total $ 26.5 $ 71.2 $ 68.8 $13.2 $8.6 $188.3 $47.4 $149.3 $ 35.2 $420.2 NA $ 420.2

Total Total December 31, Home Home Total All consumer consumer 2009 equity — equity — Prime Subprime Option home loan Card other loans — Card loans — loans — (in billions) senior lien junior lien mortgage mortgage ARMs portfolio Auto reported loans reported securitized (b) managed

California $ 3.6 $ 16.9 $ 18.7 $ 1.7 $ 3.8 $ 44.7 $ 4.4 $11.0 $ 1.8 $ 61.9 $11.4 $ 73.3 New York 3.4 12.4 8.7 1.5 0.9 26.9 3.8 6.0 4.2 40.9 6.7 47.6 Texas 4.2 2.7 1.4 0.4 0.2 8.9 4.3 5.6 3.8 22.6 6.5 29.1 Florida 1.2 4.1 4.9 1.9 0.7 12.8 1.8 5.2 0.9 20.7 4.8 25.5 Illinois 1.8 4.8 2.9 0.6 0.4 10.5 2.4 3.9 2.4 19.2 4.9 24.1 Ohio 2.3 1.9 0.4 0.3 — 4.9 3.2 3.1 2.9 14.1 3.4 17.5 New Jersey 0.8 3.8 1.9 0.6 0.3 7.4 1.8 3.0 0.9 13.1 3.6 16.7 Michigan 1.3 1.9 0.9 0.3 — 4.4 2.1 2.4 2.5 11.4 2.9 14.3 Arizona 1.6 3.6 1.3 0.3 0.1 6.9 1.5 1.7 1.6 11.7 2.1 13.8 Pennsylvania 0.2 1.2 0.5 0.4 0.1 2.4 2.0 2.8 0.8 8.0 3.2 11.2 Washington 0.9 2.4 1.7 0.3 0.4 5.7 0.6 1.5 0.4 8.2 1.5 9.7 Colorado 0.4 1.7 1.6 0.2 0.2 4.1 1.0 1.6 0.8 7.5 2.1 9.6 All other (a) 5.7 16.6 22.4 4.0 1.4 50.1 17.1 31.0 10.6 108.8 31.5 140.3

Total $ 27.4 $ 74.0 $ 67.3 $ 12.5 $ 8.5 $189.7 $46.0 $78.8 $33.6 $348.1 $84.6 $ 432.7

(a) Includes prime mortgage loans repurchased from Ginnie Mae pools, which are insured by U.S. government agencies, of $12.2 billion and $10.4 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current period presentation.

(b) Loans securitized is defined as loans that were sold to nonconsolidated securitization trusts and were not included in reported loans at December 31, 2009. For further discussion of credit card securitizations see Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10 -Q.

72 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The following table presents the geographic distribution of certain residential real estate loans with current estimated LTV ratios in excess of 100% as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, excluding purchased credit-impaired loans acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction. The estimated collateral values used to calculate the current estimated LTV ratios in the following table were derived from a nationally recognized home price index measured at the MSA level. Because home price indices can have wide variability and such derived real estate values do not represent actual appraised loan-level collateral values, the resulting ratios are necessarily imprecise and should therefore be viewed as estimates.

Geographic distribution of residential real estate loans with current estimated LTVs > 100% (a)

March 31, 2010 Home equity — Subprime % of total (in billions, except ratios) junior lien (c) Prime mortgage (d) mortgage Total loans (e)

California $ 7.0 $ 6.7 $1.0 $14.7 40 % New York 1.6 0.3 0.2 2.1 9 Arizona 2.4 0.8 0.2 3.4 68 Florida 2.6 2.7 1.1 6.4 60 Michigan 1.2 0.5 0.2 1.9 61 All other 6.8 1.6 1.2 9.6 15

Total LTV >100% $21.6 $12.6 $3.9 $38.1 27 %

As a percentage of total loans 30 % 22% 30% 27% Total portfolio average LTV at origination 74 70 78 Total portfolio average current estimated LTV (b) 92 84 93

December 31, 2009 Home equity — Subprime % of total (in billions, except ratios) junior lien (c) Prime mortgage (d) mortgage Total loans (e)

California $ 6.7 $ 5.7 $1.0 $13.4 36 % New York 1.7 0.3 0.2 2.2 10 Arizona 2.4 0.7 0.2 3.3 63 Florida 2.5 2.5 1.2 6.2 57 Michigan 1.3 0.4 0.2 1.9 61 All other 6.9 1.6 1.3 9.8 15

Total LTV >100% $21.5 $11.2 $4.1 $36.8 26 %

As a percentage of total loans 29 % 20% 33% 26% Total portfolio average LTV at origination 74 71 79 Total portfolio average current estimated LTV (b) 90 81 95

(a) Home equity -junior lien, prime mortgage and subprime mortgage loans with current estimated LTVs greater than 80% up to and including 100% were $17.1 billion, $14.2 billion and $3.5 billion, and $17.9 billion, $15.0 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

(b) The average current estimated LTV ratio reflects the outstanding balance at the balance sheet date, divided by the estimated current property value. Current property values are estimated based on home valuation models utilizing nationally recognized home price index valuation estimates.

(c) Represents combined LTV, which considers all available lien positions related to the property. All other products are presented without consideration of subordinate liens on the property. Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current period presentation.

(d) Excludes mortgage loans insured by the U.S. government agencies of $6.1 billion and $5.0 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current period presentation.

(e) Represents total loans of the product types noted in this table by geographic location, excluding mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies. The consumer credit portfolio is geographically diverse. The greatest concentration of loans is in California. Excluding mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies, California represents 17% of total managed consumer loans and 25% of total residential real estate loans at both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. Of the total managed consumer loan portfolio, excluding mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies, $169.1 billion, or 41%, is concentrated in California, New York, Arizona, Florida and Michigan at March 31, 2010, compared with $174.5 billion, or 41%, at December 31, 2009. Declining home prices have had a significant impact on the collateral value underlying the Firm’s residential real estate loan portfolio. In general, the delinquency rate for loans with high LTV ratios is greater than the delinquency rate for loans in which the borrower has equity in the collateral. While a large portion of the loans with estimated LTV ratios greater than 100% continue to pay and are current, the continued willingness and ability of these borrowers to pay is currently uncertain. Nonperforming loans in the residential real estate portfolio totaled $9.7 billion, of which 73% was greater than 150 days past due at March 31, 2010. In the aggregate, the unpaid principal balance of these loans has been charged down by approximately 35% to estimated collateral value.

73 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Consumer 30+ day delinquency information

30+ day delinquent loans 30+ day delinquency rate March 31, December 31, March 31, December 31, (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009 2010 2009

Consumer loans — excluding purchased credit -impaired loans (a) Home equity — senior lien $ 729 $ 833 2.75 % 3.04 % Home equity — junior lien 1,991 2,515 2.80 3.40 Prime mortgage 5,528(d) 5,532 (d) 8.04 (f) 8.21 (f) Subprime mortgage 3,893 4,232 29.45 33.79 Option ARMs 477 438 5.52 5.13 Auto loans 511 750 1.08 1.63 Credit card — reported (b) 8,392 6,093 5.62 7.73 All other loans 1,374(e) 1,306 (e) 3.90 3.91

Total consumer loans — excluding purchased credit -impaired loans — reported $22,895 $21,699 5.45 % 6.23 %

Credit card — securitized (b)(c) NA 4,174 NA 4.93

Total consumer loans — excluding purchased credit -impaired loans — managed (b) $22,895 $25,873 5.45 % 5.98 %

Memo: Credit card — managed (b) $ 8,392 $10,267 5.62 % 6.28 %

(a) The delinquency rate for purchased credit-impaired loans, which is based on the unpaid principal balance, was 28.49% and 27.79% at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

(b) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon the adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts and certain other consumer loan securitization entities, primarily mortgage-related. As a result, related assets are now recorded as loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As a result of the consolidation of the credit card securitization trusts, reported and managed basis are comparable for periods beginning after January 1, 2010. For further discussion, see Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 14-16 of this Form 10 -Q.

(c) Loans securitized is defined as loans that were sold to nonconsolidated securitization trusts and were not included in reported loans at December 31, 2009. For a further discussion of credit card securitizations, see CS on pages 30 -33 of this Form 10 -Q.

(d) Excludes 30+ day delinquent mortgage loans that are insured by U.S. government agencies of $11.2 billion and $9.7 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. These amounts are excluded as reimbursement is proceeding normally.

(e) Excludes 30+ day delinquent loans that are 30 days or more past due and still accruing, which are insured by U.S. government agencies under the Federal Family Education Loan Program, of $1.0 billion and $942 million at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. These amounts are excluded as reimbursement is proceeding normally.

(f) The denominator for the calculation of the 30+ day delinquency rate includes: (1) residential real estate loans reported in the Corporate/Private Equity segment; and (2) mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies. The 30+ day delinquency rate excluding these loan balances was 11.28% and 11.24% at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Consumer 30+ day delinquencies have decreased to 5.45% of the consumer loan portfolio at March 31, 2010, compared with 5.98% at December 31, 2009, driven predominantly by a decrease in Card Services delinquencies of $1.9 billion as well as a decrease in residential real estate delinquencies of $932 million. While early stage delinquencies (30-89 days delinquent) in the residential real estate portfolios has shown improvement since December 31, 2009, late stage delinquencies (150+ days delinquent) remained elevated primarily due to the impacts of trial loan modifications and foreclosure processing delays. Losses related to these loans continue to be recognized in accordance with the Firm’s normal charge-off practices; as such, these loans are reflected at their estimated collateral value.

Concentrations of credit risk — purchased credit-impaired loans The following table presents the current estimated LTV ratio, as well as the ratio of the carrying value of the underlying loans to the current estimated collateral value, for purchased credit-impaired loans. Because such loans were initially measured at fair value, the ratio of the carrying value to the current estimated collateral value will be lower than the current estimated LTV ratio, which is based on the unpaid principal balance. The estimated collateral values used to calculate these ratios were derived from a nationally recognized home price index measured at the MSA level. Because home price indices can have wide variability and such derived real estate values do not represent actual appraised loan-level collateral values, the resulting ratios are necessarily imprecise and should therefore be viewed as estimates.

74 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

LTV ratios and ratios of carrying values to current estimated collateral values — purchased credit-impaired

Ratio of carrying value March 31, 2010 Unpaid principal Current estimated Carrying to current estimated (in billions, except ratios) balance (a) LTV ratio (b) value (d) collateral value

Option ARMs $36.2 119 % $28.3 90%(e) Home equity 31.6 120 (c) 26.0 99 Prime mortgage 21.3 111 19.2 91 (e) Subprime mortgage 8.8 113 5.8 75

Ratio of carrying value December 31, 2009 Unpaid principal Current estimated Carrying to current estimated (in billions, except ratios) balance (a) LTV ratio (b) value (d) collateral value

Option ARMs $37.4 113 % $ 29.0 86 % (e) Home equity 32.9 115 (c) 26.5 93 Prime mortgage 22.0 106 19.7 90 (e) Subprime mortgage 9.0 110 6.0 73

(a) Represents the contractual amount of principal owed at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

(b) Represents the aggregate unpaid principal balance of loans divided by the estimated current property value. Current property values are estimated based on home valuation models utilizing nationally recognized home price index valuation estimates.

(c) Represents current estimated combined LTV, which considers all available lien positions related to the property. All other products are presented without consideration of subordinate liens on the property. Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current period presentation.

(d) Carrying values include the effect of fair value adjustments that were applied to the consumer purchased credit -impaired portfolio at the date of acquisition.

(e) As of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the ratios of the carrying value to current estimated collateral value are net of the allowance for loan losses of $1.8 billion and $1.1 billion for the prime mortgage pool, respectively, and $1.0 billion and $491 million for the option ARM pool, respectively. Purchased credit-impaired loans in the states of California and Florida represented 54% and 11%, respectively, of total purchased credit- impaired loans at both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. The current estimated LTV ratios were 125% and 145% for California and Florida loans, respectively, at March 31, 2010, compared with 118% and 136%, respectively, at December 31, 2009. Loan concentrations in California and Florida, as well as the continued pressure on housing prices in those states, have contributed negatively to both the current estimated LTV ratio and the ratio of carrying value to current collateral value for loans in the purchased credit-impaired portfolio. While the carrying value of the purchased credit-impaired loans is marginally below the current estimated collateral value of the loans, the ultimate performance of this portfolio is highly dependent on the borrowers’ behavior and ongoing ability and willingness to continue to make payments on homes with negative equity as well as the cost of alternative housing. Option ARM and prime purchased credit-impaired pools: Approximately 49% of option ARM borrowers elected to make an interest-only or minimum payment at March 31, 2010. The cumulative amount of unpaid interest that has been added to the unpaid principal balance of option ARMs was $1.8 billion and $1.9 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Assuming market interest rates, the Firm would expect the following balance of current option ARM loans to experience a payment recast: $3.1 billion in 2010, $3.5 billion in 2011 and $4.9 billion in 2012. While the option ARM and prime purchased credit-impaired pools have begun to show some signs of stabilization, they have not shown improvement as expected in the Firm’s cash flow modeling of the pools. As a result, management concluded during the first quarter of 2010 that it was probable that higher expected principal credit losses for the prime mortgage and option ARM purchased credit-impaired pools would result in a decrease in expected cash flows. As a result, $676 million and $554 million was added during the quarter to the allowance for loan losses for the prime mortgage and option ARM pools, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, the total allowance for loan losses for the prime mortgage and option ARM purchased credit-impaired pools was $1.8 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively. Other purchased credit-impaired pools: The credit performance of the home equity and subprime purchased credit-impaired pools has generally been consistent with the estimate of losses at the acquisition date. Accordingly, no impairment for these pools has been recognized.

75 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The following table provides a summary of lifetime principal loss estimates included in both the nonaccretable difference and the allowance for loan losses. Principal charge-offs will not be recorded on these portfolios until the nonaccretable difference has been fully depleted.

Lifetime loss estimates (a) LTD liquidation losses (b)(c) March 31, December 31, March 31, December 31, (in millions) 2010 2009 2010 2009

Option ARMs $11,350 $10,650 $ 2,121 $1,744 Home equity 13,138 13,138 6,935 6,060 Prime mortgage 5,020 4,240 950 794 Subprime mortgage 3,842 3,842 910 796

Total $33,350 $31,870 $10,916 $9,394

(a) Includes the original nonaccretable difference established in purchase accounting of $30.5 billion for principal losses only. The remaining nonaccretable difference for principal losses only is $19.6 billion and $21.1 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. All increases in principal losses subsequent to the purchase date are reflected in the allowance for loan losses.

(b) Realization of loss upon loan resolution.

(c) If charge -offs were reported comparable to the non -purchased credit -impaired portfolio, life -to -date ( “LTD ”) principal charge -offs would have been $19.0 billion and $16.7 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Loan modification activities For additional information about consumer loan modification activities, including consumer loan modifications accounted for as troubled debt restructurings, see Note 13 on pages 125-129 of this Form 10-Q, and Note 13 on pages 192-196 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. Residential real estate loans: For both the Firm’s on-balance sheet loans and loans serviced for others, more than 750,000 mortgage modifications have been offered to borrowers since the beginning of 2009. Of these, 127,000 have achieved permanent modification as of March 31, 2010. The Firm is participating in the U.S. Treasury’s MHA programs while continuing to expand its other loss-mitigation efforts for financially distressed borrowers who do not qualify for the U.S. Treasury’s programs. The MHA programs include the Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”) and the Second Lien Modification Program (“2MP”); these programs mandate standard modification terms across the industry and provide incentives to borrowers, servicers and investors who participate. All of the Firm’s loan modification activities are intended to minimize economic loss to the Firm, while providing the borrower with an alternative to foreclosure and an affordable loan payment. In July 2009, following the introduction of MHA, the Firm began to offer modifications under standard programs; prior to that time, residential real estate loan modifications were evaluated and offered on a case-by-case basis rather than being based on a standardized framework comparable to HAMP. The Firm completed its first permanent modifications under HAMP in September 2009. HAMP, as well as the Firm’s other loss-mitigation programs, generally provide various concessions to financially troubled borrowers, including, but not limited to, term or payment extensions, interest rate reductions, and deferral of principal payments that would have otherwise been required under the terms of the original agreement. To date, the Firm has provided minimal principal forgiveness concessions. In addition, JPMorgan Chase announced in March 2010 that it would be joining 2MP with implementation occurring in phases beginning in May 2010. The 2MP program will offer homeowners a way to modify their second mortgages to make them more affordable when their first mortgage has been modified under HAMP. For amortizing second lien loans modified under 2MP, the interest rate will be reduced to 1%; the interest rate on interest-only second lien loans will be reduced to 2%. After five years, the interest rate on these modified second lien loans will reset to the then-current interest rate on the HAMP-modified first lien. When the Firm modifies home equity lines of credit in troubled debt restructurings, future lending commitments related to the modified loans are canceled as part of the terms of the modification. Except for loans modified under 2MP where the borrower is current, borrowers must make at least three payments under the revised contractual terms during a trial modification and be successfully re-underwritten with income verification before a loan can be permanently modified. For the 16,600 on-balance sheet loans modified under HAMP and the Firm’s other loss-mitigation programs since July 1, 2009, 66% of permanent loan modifications of loans have included interest rate reductions, 42% have included term or payment extensions and 10% have included principal deferment. The sum of the percentages of the types of loan modifications exceeds 100% because, in some cases, the modification of an individual loan includes more than one type of concession. The ultimate success of these modification programs and their impact on reducing credit losses remains uncertain given the short period of time since modification. The primary indicator used by management to monitor the success of these programs is the rate at which the modified loans default. Modification redefault rates are affected by a number of factors, including the type of loan modified, the borrower’s overall ability and willingness to repay the modified loan, the LTV ratio of the property and other macroeconomic factors. Performance metrics for modifications of serviced loans completed since July 1, 2009 (a number of which were completed very recently), show a redefault rate of 15-20%. It is likely that this redefault rate will rise over time as the modified loans season, but the level at which these rates will peak is unknown. The majority of the loans contractually modified to date have been modified under the Firm’s other loss mitigation programs. The following table presents information as of March 31, 2010, relating to restructured on-balance sheet residential real estate loans for which concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. Modifications of purchased credit-impaired loans continue to be accounted for and reported as purchased credit-impaired loans, and the impact of the modification is incorporated into the Firm’s quarterly assessment of whether a probable and/or significant change in estimated future cash flows has occurred. Modifications of loans other than purchased credit impaired are generally accounted for and reported as troubled debt restructurings. WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea 76 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Restructured residential real estate loans

March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Nonperforming Nonperforming On -balance on -balance On -balance on -balance (in millions) sheet loans sheet loans (c) sheet loans sheet loans (c)

| | | | Restructured residential real estate loans — excluding purchased credit-impaired loans (a) Home equity — senior lien $ 183 $ 48 $ 168 $ 30 Home equity — junior lien 271 44 222 43 Prime mortgage 1,011 401 634 243 Subprime mortgage 2,255 818 1,998 598 Option ARMs 30 13 8 6

Total restructured residential real estate loans — excluding purchased credit-impaired loans $3,750 $1,324 $3,030 $920

Restructured purchased credit -impaired loans (b) Home equity $ 407 NA $ 453 NA Prime mortgage 1,897 NA 1,526 NA Subprime mortgage 2,599 NA 1,954 NA Option ARMs 3,651 NA 2,972 NA

Total restructured purchased credit -impaired loans $8,554 NA $6,905 NA

(a) Amounts represent the carrying value of restructured residential real estate loans.

(b) Amounts represent the unpaid principal balance of restructured purchased credit -impaired loans.

(c) Nonperforming loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring may be returned to accrual status when repayment is reasonably assured and the borrower has made a minimum of six payments under the new terms. Excluding purchased credit-impaired loans, 26% of restructured residential real estate loans are greater than 30 days delinquent, which is within the Firm’s expectations. Credit card loans: JPMorgan Chase has also modified the terms of credit card loan agreements with borrowers who have experienced financial difficulty. Such modifications typically include reducing the interest rate on the card and, in most cases, involve placing the customer on a fixed payment plan not exceeding 60 months; in substantially all cases, the Firm cancels the customer’s available line of credit on the credit card. Also in substantially all cases, if the cardholder does not comply with the modified payment terms, the credit card loan agreement reverts back to its original payment and interest rate terms. The remaining outstanding balance is then reported in the appropriate delinquency category based upon the original aging, and is subject to the Firm’s standard charge-off and nonaccrual policies. Based on the Firm’s historical experience, the Firm expects that a significant portion of the borrowers will not ultimately comply with the modified payment terms.

77 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Real estate owned (“REO”) As part of the residential real estate foreclosure process, loans are written down to the fair value of the underlying real estate asset, less costs to sell, at acquisition. In those instances where the Firm gains title, ownership and possession of individual properties at the completion of the foreclosure process, these REO assets are managed for prompt sale and disposition at the best possible economic value. Any further gains or losses on REO assets are recorded as part of other income. Operating expense, such as real estate taxes and maintenance, are charged to other expense. REO assets remained relatively unchanged compared with December 31, 2009. It is anticipated that REO assets will increase over the next several quarters, as loans moving through the foreclosure process are expected to increase.

Portfolio transfers The Firm regularly evaluates market conditions and overall economic returns and makes an initial determination as to whether new originations will be held-for-investment or sold within the foreseeable future. The Firm also periodically evaluates the expected economic returns of previously originated loans under prevailing market conditions to determine whether their designation as held-for-sale or held-for-investment continues to be appropriate. When the Firm determines that a change in this designation is appropriate, the loans are transferred to the appropriate classification. Since the second half of 2007, all new prime mortgage originations that cannot be sold to U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises have been designated as held-for-investment. Prime mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell are accounted for at fair value and classified as trading assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES JPMorgan Chase’s allowance for loan losses covers the wholesale (risk-rated) and consumer (primarily scored) loan portfolios and represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the Firm’s loan portfolio. Management also computes an allowance for wholesale lending-related commitments using a methodology similar to that used for the wholesale loans. Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgment about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Assumptions about unemployment rates, housing prices and overall economic conditions could have a significant impact on the Firm’s assessment of loan quality. Subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of then-prevailing factors, may result in significant changes in the allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments in future periods. At least quarterly, the allowance for credit losses is reviewed by the Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of the Firm, and discussed with the Risk Policy and Audit Committees of the Board of Directors of the Firm. As of March 31, 2010, JPMorgan Chase deemed the allowance for credit losses to be appropriate (i.e., sufficient to absorb losses inherent in the portfolio, including those not yet identifiable). For a further discussion of the allowance for credit losses, see Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 86-88 and Note 14 on pages 130-131 of this Form 10-Q, and Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 115, Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 127—131, and Note 14 on pages 196—198 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The allowance for credit losses was $39.1 billion at March 31, 2010, an increase of $6.6 billion from $32.5 billion at year- end 2009. The increase was primarily due to the Firm’s adoption of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. As a result of the consolidation of certain securitization entities the Firm established an allowance for loan losses of $7.5 billion, primarily related to the receivables that had been held in such securitization trusts. The consumer allowance for loan losses increased by $307 million from December 31, 2009. The increase reflected a $1.2 billion allowance increase in RFS, related to further estimated deterioration in the Washington Mutual prime and option ARM purchased credit-impaired pools. The increase was partially offset by a $1.0 billion reduction in the allowance in CS, reflecting lower estimated losses primarily related to improved delinquency trends as well as lower levels of outstandings. The wholesale allowance for loan losses was down by $1.2 billion from December 31, 2009. The decrease was primarily due to repayments and loan sales. The allowance for lending-related commitments for both wholesale and consumer, which is reported in other liabilities, was $940 million at March 31, 2010, relatively unchanged from the December 31, 2009, balance of $939 million. The credit ratios in the table below are based on retained loan balances, which exclude loans held-for-sale and loans accounted for at fair value. As of March 31, 2010 and 2009, wholesale retained loans were $210.2 billion and $230.5 billion, respectively; and consumer retained loans were $496.6 billion and $462.3 billion, respectively. For the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, average wholesale retained loans were $211.6 billion and $238.7 billion, respectively; and average consumer retained loans were $506.9 billion and $471.9 billion, respectively. Excluding held-for-sale loans, loans carried at fair value, and purchased credit-impaired consumer loans, the allowance for loan losses represented 5.64% of loans at March 31, 2010, compared with 5.51% at December 31, 2009.

78 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Summary of changes in the allowance for credit losses

Three months ended March 31, 2010 2009 (in millions) Wholesale Consumer Total Wholesale Consumer Total

Allowance for loan losses Beginning balance at January 1, $7,145 $24,457 $31,602 $6,545 $16,619 $ 23,164 Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles (a) 14 7,480 7,494 — — — Gross charge -offs (a) 1,014 7,437 8,451 206 4,433 4,639 Gross (recoveries) (a) (55 ) (486) (541) (15 ) (228 ) (243 )

Net charge -offs (a) 959 6,951 7,910 191 4,205 4,396 Provision for loan losses (a) (257) 7,248 6,991 1,551 7,066 8,617 Other (1 ) 10 9 (1 ) (3 ) (4 )

Ending balance at March 31 $5,942 $32,244 $38,186 $7,904 $19,477 $ 27,381

Components: Asset -specific (b)(c) $1,557 $ 1,010 $ 2,567 $1,213 $ 546 $ 1,759 Formula -based (a)(d) 4,385 28,423 32,808 6,691 18,931 25,622 Purchased credit -impaired — 2,811 2,811 — — —

Total allowance for loan losses $5,942 $32,244 $38,186 $7,904 $19,477 $ 27,381

Allowance for lending -related commitments Beginning balance at January 1, $ 927 $ 12 $ 939 $ 634 $ 25 $ 659 Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles (a) (18 ) — (18) — — — Provision for lending-related commitments (a) 21 (2) 19 (21 ) — (21 ) Other — — — 3 (3 ) —

Ending balance at March 31 $ 930 $ 10 $ 940 616 $ 22 $ 638

Components: Asset -specific $ 296 $ — $ 296 65 $ — $ 65 Formula -based 634 10 644 551 22 573

Total allowance for lending -related commitments $ 930 $ 10 $ 940 $ 616 $ 22 $ 638

Total allowance for credit losses $6,872 $32,254 $39,126 $8,520 $19,499 $ 28,019

Credit ratios Allowance for loan losses to retained loans 2.83 % 6.49 % 5.40% 3.43 % 4.21 % 3.95 Allowance for loan losses to retained nonperforming loans (e) 101 298 228 219 252 241 Allowance for loan losses to retained nonperforming loans excluding credit card 101 150 133 219 137 163 Net charge -off rates (f) 1.84 5.56 4.46 0.32 3.61 2.51 Credit ratios excluding home lending purchased credit-impaired loans Allowance for loan losses to retained loans (g) 2.83 7.05 5.64 3.43 5.20 4.53 Allowance for loan losses to retained nonperforming loans (e)(g) 101 272 212 219 252 241 Allowance for loan losses to retained nonperforming loans excluding credit card (e)(g) 101 124 116 219 137 163

(a) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon the adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts, its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits and certain other consumer loan securitization entities, primarily mortgage-related. As a result $7.4 billion, $14 million and $127 million of allowance for loan losses were recorded on-balance sheet associated with the Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts, Firm-administered multi-seller conduits, and certain other consumer loan securitization entities, primarily mortgage-related, respectively. For further discussion, see Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10 -Q.

(b) Relates to risk -rated loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status and loans that have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring.

(c) The asset -specific consumer allowance for loan losses includes $754 million and $380 million related to residential real estate loans restructured in troubled debt restructurings at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Prior period amounts have been reclassified from formula -based to conform with the current period presentation.

(d) Includes all of the Firm ’s allowance for loan losses on credit card loans, including those for which the Firm has modified the terms of the loans for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty.

(e) The Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance. Under guidance issued by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, credit card loans are charged off by the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days past due or within 60 days from receiving notification about a specified event (e.g., bankruptcy of the borrower), whichever is earlier. The allowance for loan losses on credit card loans was $16.0 billion and $8.8 billion as WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea of March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(f) Charge -offs are not recorded on purchased credit -impaired loans until actual losses exceed estimated losses recorded as purchase accounting adjustments at the time of acquisition. To date, no charge -offs have been recorded for any of these loans.

(g) Excludes the impact of purchased credit -impaired loans acquired as part of the Washington Mutual transaction. The allowance for loan losses on purchased credit -impaired loans was $2.8 billion and zero as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For more information on home lending purchased credit-impaired loans, see pages 71 and 74-75 and Note 13 on pages 125-129 of this Form 10- Q and pages 116-117 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

79 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The calculation of the allowance for loan losses to total retained loans, excluding home lending purchased credit-impaired loans, is presented below.

March 31, (in millions, except ratios) 2010 2009

Allowance for loan losses $ 38,186 $ 27,381 Less: Allowance for purchased credit -impaired loans 2,811 —

Adjusted allowance for loan losses $ 35,375 $ 27,381

Total loans retained $ 706,841 $ 692,828 Less: Firmwide purchased credit -impaired loans 79,430 87,782

Adjusted loans $ 627,411 $ 605,046 Allowance for loan losses to ending loans excluding purchased credit -impaired loans 5.64 % 4.53 %

The following table presents the allowance for credit losses by business segment at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

Allowance for credit losses March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Lending -related Lending -related (in millions) Loan losses commitments Total Loan losses commitments Total

Investment Bank (a) $ 2,601 $ 482 $ 3,083 $ 3,756 $ 485 $ 4,241 Commercial Banking 3,007 359 3,366 3,025 349 3,374 Treasury & Securities Services 57 76 133 88 84 172 Asset Management 261 13 274 269 9 278 Corporate/Private Equity 16 — 16 7 — 7

Total Wholesale 5,942 930 6,872 7,145 927 8,072

Retail Financial Services (a) 16,200 10 16,210 14,776 12 14,788 Card Services (a) 16,032 — 16,032 9,672 — 9,672 Corporate/Private Equity 12 — 12 9 — 9

Total Consumer 32,244 10 32,254 24,457 12 24,469

Total $ 38,186 $ 940 $39,126 $ 31,602 $ 939 $32,541

(a) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon the adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts, its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits and certain other consumer loan securitization entities, primarily mortgage-related. As a result, related receivables are now recorded in loans on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As a result, $7.4 billion, $14 million and $127 million of allowance for loan losses were recorded on -balance sheet associated with the Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts, Firm-administered multi-seller conduits, and certain other consumer loan securitization entities, primarily mortgage-related, respectively. For further discussion, see Note 15 on pages 131-142 of this Form 10 -Q.

80 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Provision for credit losses The provision for credit losses was $7.0 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2010, down by $3.1 billion or 30% from the prior-year managed provision. The total consumer-managed provision for credit losses was $7.2 billion, compared with $8.5 billion in the prior year, reflecting a lower addition to the allowance for credit losses, partially offset by a higher provision related to net charge-offs across most consumer portfolios. The wholesale provision for credit losses was a benefit of $236 million, compared with an expense of $1.5 billion, reflecting a reduction in the allowance for loan losses due to repayments and loan sales, partially offset by a higher provision related to net charge-offs.

Provision for lending - Total provision Provision for loan losses related commitments for credit losses Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009 2010 2009 2010 2009

Investment Bank (a) $ (477 ) $ 1,274 $ 15 $ (64 ) $ (462) $ 1,210 Commercial Banking 204 263 10 30 214 293 Treasury & Securities Services (31 ) (20 ) (8 ) 14 (39 ) (6) Asset Management 31 34 4 (1 ) 35 33 Corporate/Private Equity 16 — — — 16 —

Total wholesale (257 ) 1,551 21 (21 ) (236) 1,530 Retail Financial Services (a) 3,735 3,877 (2 ) — 3,733 3,877 Card Services — reported (a) 3,512 3,189 — — 3,512 3,189 Corporate/Private Equity 1 — — — 1 —

Total consumer 7,248 7,066 (2 ) — 7,246 7,066

Total provision for credit losses — reported 6,991 8,617 19 (21 ) 7,010 8,596 Credit card — securitized (a)(b) NA 1,464 NA — NA 1,464

Total provision for credit losses — managed (a) $ 6,991 $ 10,081 $ 19 $ (21 ) $ 7,010 $ 10,060

(a) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon the adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts, its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits and certain other consumer loan securitization entities, primarily mortgage-related. As a result of the consolidation of the credit card securitization trusts, reported and managed basis are comparable for periods beginning after January 1, 2010. For further discussion, see Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm ’s Use of Non -GAAP Financial Measures on pages 14 -16 of this Form 10 -Q.

(b) Loans securitized is defined as loans that were sold to nonconsolidated securitization trusts and were not included in reported loans. For further discussion of credit card securitizations, see Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10 -Q.

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT For discussion of the Firm’s market risk management organization, major market risk drivers and classification of risks, see pages 118-124 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Value-at-risk (“VaR”) JPMorgan Chase’s primary statistical risk measure, VaR, estimates the potential loss from adverse market moves in a normal market environment and provides a consistent cross-business measure of risk profiles and levels of diversification. VaR is used for comparing risks across businesses, for monitoring limits and as an input to economic-capital calculations. Each business day, as part of its risk management activities, the Firm undertakes a comprehensive VaR calculation that includes the majority of its market risks. These VaR results are reported to senior management. To calculate VaR, the Firm uses historical simulation, based on a one-day time horizon and an expected tail-loss methodology, which measures risk across instruments and portfolios in a consistent and comparable way. The simulation is based on data for the previous 12 months. This approach assumes that historical changes in market values are representative of future changes; this assumption may not always be accurate, particularly when there is volatility in the market environment. For certain products, such as syndicated lending facilities and some mortgage- related securities for which price-based time series are not readily available, market-based data are used in conjunction with sensitivity factors to estimate the risk. It is likely that using an actual price-based time series for these products, if available, would impact the VaR results presented. In addition, certain risk parameters, such as correlation risk among certain instruments, are not fully captured in VaR. The following section describes JPMorgan Chase’s VaR measure using a 95% confidence level.

81 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

95% Confidence Level VaR

Total IB trading VaR by risk type, credit portfolio VaR and other VaR

Three months ended March 31, 2010 2009 At March 31, (in millions) Avg. Min Max Avg. Min Max 2010 2009

IB VaR by risk type: Fixed income $ 69 $ 43 $ 84 $ 158 $ 143 $ 179 $ 56 $ 153 Foreign exchange 13 7 20 23 12 39 15 14 Equities 24 10 52 97 40 156 20 94 Commodities and other 15 11 23 20 14 30 14 17 Diversification benefit to IB trading VaR (49 ) (a) NM (b) NM (b) (108 ) (a) NM (b) NM (b) (43 ) (a) (95 ) (a)

IB trading VaR $ 72 $ 43 $ 102 $ 190 $ 162 $ 236 $ 62 $ 183 Credit portfolio VaR 19 15 25 86 74 106 20 106 Diversification benefit to IB trading and credit portfolio VaR (9 ) (a) NM (b) NM (b) (63 ) (a) NM (b) NM (b) (8 ) (a) (80 ) (a)

Total IB trading and credit portfolio VaR $ 82 $ 53 $ 116 $ 213 $ 180 $ 256 $ 74 $ 209

Consumer Lending VaR 25 15 38 108 83 151 25 96 Chief Investment Office (CIO) VaR 70 59 80 121 111 126 77 125 Diversification benefit to total other VaR (13 ) (a) NM (b) NM (b) (61 ) (a) NM (b) NM (b) (16 ) (a) (59 ) (a)

Total other VaR $ 82 $ 70 $ 100 $ 168 $ 147 $ 202 $ 86 $ 162

Diversification benefit to total IB and other VaR (66 ) (a) NM (b) NM (b) (93 ) (a) NM (b) NM (b) (83 ) (a) (94 ) (a)

Total IB and other VaR $ 98 $ 67 $ 137 $ 288 $ 249 $ 328 $ 77 $ 277

(a) Average and period -end VaRs were less than the sum of the VaRs of the components described above, which is due to portfolio diversification. The diversification effect reflects the fact that the risks were not perfectly correlated. The risk of a portfolio of positions is therefore usually less than the sum of the risks of the positions themselves.

(b) Designated as not meaningful ( “NM ”), because the minimum and maximum may occur on different days for different risk components, and hence it is not meaningful to compute a portfolio -diversification effect.

VaR Measurement The Firm’s IB trading and other VaR measure above includes substantially all trading activities in the Investment Bank, as well as syndicated lending facilities that the Firm intends to distribute. Credit portfolio VaR includes VaR on derivative credit valuation adjustments, hedges of the credit valuation adjustment and MTM hedges of the retained loan portfolio, which are all reported in principal transactions revenue. Credit portfolio VaR does not include the retained loan portfolio, which is not marked to market. In addition, IB and other VaR measure includes certain positions used as part of the Firm’s risk management function within the CIO and in the Consumer Lending businesses. The CIO VaR includes positions, primarily in debt securities and credit products, used to manage the Firm’s risk concentrations, including interest rate and credit risks arising from the Firm’s ongoing business activities. The Consumer Lending VaR includes the Firm’s mortgage pipeline and warehouse loans, MSRs and all related hedges. The VaR measure excludes the DVA taken on certain structured liabilities and derivatives to reflect the credit quality of the Firm. It also excludes certain activities such as Private Equity and principal investing (e.g., mezzanine financing, tax-oriented investments, etc.), as well as structural interest rate risk management positions, capital management positions, and longer-term investments managed by the CIO. These longer-term positions are managed through the Firm’s earnings at risk and other cash flow monitoring processes rather than by using a VaR measure. Principal investing activities and Private Equity positions are managed using stress and scenario analysis.

First-quarter 2010 VaR results Total average IB and other VaR for the first quarter of 2010 was $98 million, compared with $288 million in the first quarter of 2009. The decrease in average VaR was driven by a decline in the impact of the market volatility experienced in early 2009, as well as a reduction in exposures primarily driven by IB. IB’s average total trading and credit portfolio VaR for the first quarter of 2010 was $82 million, compared with $213 million for the same period of the prior year. The

82 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents decrease in IB trading VaR was driven by a decline in the impact of market volatility as well as a reduction in exposures primarily in the fixed income and equities risk components. CIO VaR averaged $70 million for the first quarter of 2010, compared with $121 million for the same period of the prior year. Consumer Lending VaR averaged $25 million for the first quarter of 2010, compared with $108 million for the same period of the prior year. Decreases were again driven by the decline in market volatility. Average IB and other VaR diversification benefit was 40% of the sum for the first quarter of 2010, compared with 24% of the sum for the first quarter of 2009. The Firm experienced a gain in diversification benefit as the market crisis receded, markets started to recover and positions changed such that correlations decreased. In general, over the course of the year, VaR exposures can vary significantly as positions change, market volatility fluctuates and diversification benefits change.

VaR back-testing To evaluate the soundness of its VaR model the Firm conducts daily back-testing of VaR against the Firm’s market risk-related revenue, which is defined as: the change in value of principal transactions revenue for IB and CIO; trading-related net interest income for IB, CIO and Consumer Lending; IB brokerage commissions, underwriting fees or other revenue; revenue from syndicated lending facilities that the Firm intends to distribute; and mortgage fees and related income for the Firm’s mortgage pipeline and warehouse loans, MSRs, and all related hedges. The daily firmwide market risk-related revenue excludes gains and losses from DVA and from longer-term corporate investments and Private Equity losses. The following histogram illustrates the daily market risk-related gains and losses for IB, CIO and Consumer Lending positions for the first three months of 2010. The chart shows that the Firm posted market risk-related gains on all 64 days in this period, with 9 days exceeding $180 million. There were no losses sustained during the three months ended March 31, 2010.

Daily IB & Other Market Risk-Related Gains (95% Confidence Level VaR) Three Months Ended March 31, 2010

83 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The following table provides information about the gross sensitivity of DVA to a one-basis-point increase in JPMorgan Chase’s credit spreads. This sensitivity represents the impact from a one-basis-point parallel shift in JPMorgan Chase’s entire credit curve. As credit curves do not typically move in a parallel fashion, the sensitivity multiplied by the change in spreads at a single maturity point may not be representative of the actual revenue recognized.

Debit valuation adjustment sensitivity

Change in revenue based upon a 1-basis-point increase (in millions) in JPMorgan Chase credit spread

March 31, 2010 $34 December 31, 2009 39

Economic value stress testing While VaR reflects the risk of loss due to adverse changes in normal markets, stress testing captures the Firm’s exposure to unlikely but plausible events in abnormal markets. The Firm conducts economic-value stress tests using multiple scenarios that assume credit spreads widen significantly, equity prices decline and significant changes in interest rates across the major currencies. Other scenarios focus on the risks predominant in individual business segments and include scenarios that focus on the potential for adverse movements in complex portfolios. Scenarios were updated more frequently in 2009 and, in some cases, redefined to reflect the significant market volatility which began in late 2008. Along with VaR, stress testing is important in measuring and controlling risk. Stress testing enhances the understanding of the Firm’s risk profile and loss potential, and stress losses are monitored against limits. Stress testing is also utilized in one-off approvals and cross-business risk measurement, as well as an input to economic capital allocation. Stress-test results, trends and explanations based on current market risk positions are reported to the Firm’s senior management and to the lines of business to help them better measure and manage risks and to understand event risk—sensitive positions.

Earnings-at-risk stress testing The VaR and stress-test measures described above illustrate the total economic sensitivity of the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets to changes in market variables. The effect of interest-rate exposure on net income for the Firm’s core nontrading business activities is also important. For further discussion on the effect of interest rate exposure, see page 123 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The Firm conducts simulations of changes in net interest income from its nontrading activities under a variety of interest rate scenarios. Earnings-at-risk tests measure the potential change in the Firm’s net interest income, and the corresponding impact to the Firm’s pretax earnings, over the following 12 months. These tests highlight exposures to various rate-sensitive factors, such as the rates themselves (e.g., the prime lending rate), pricing strategies on deposits, optionality and changes in product mix. The tests include forecasted balance sheet changes, such as asset sales and securitizations, as well as prepayment and reinvestment behavior. Immediate changes in interest rates present a limited view of risk, and so a number of alternative scenarios are also reviewed. These scenarios include the implied forward curve, nonparallel rate shifts and severe interest rate shocks on selected key rates. These scenarios are intended to provide a comprehensive view of JPMorgan Chase’s earnings at risk over a wide range of outcomes. JPMorgan Chase’s 12-month pretax earnings sensitivity profiles as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, were as follows.

Immediate change in rates (in millions) +200bp +100bp -100bp -200bp

March 31, 2010 $ (968) $ (319) NM (a) NM (a) December 31, 2009 $ (1,594) $ (554) NM (a) NM (a)

(a) Down 100 - and 200-basis-point parallel shocks result in a Fed Funds target rate of zero and negative three- and six-month treasury rates. The earnings -at -risk results of such a low -probability scenario are not meaningful. The change in earnings at risk from December 31, 2009, resulted from potentially higher levels of deposit balances and reduced levels of fixed- rate assets. The Firm’s risk to rising rates was largely the result of increased funding costs on assets, which would be partially offset by widening deposit margins, which are currently compressed due to very low short-term interest rates. Additionally, another interest rate scenario, involving a steeper yield curve, with long-term rates rising 100 basis points and short-term rates staying at current levels, would result in a 12-month pretax earnings benefit of $633 million. The increase in earnings under this scenario is due to reinvestment of maturing assets at the higher long-term rates, with funding costs remaining unchanged.

84 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

PRIVATE EQUITY RISK MANAGEMENT For a discussion of Private Equity Risk Management, see page 124 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. At both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the carrying value of the Private Equity portfolio was $7.3 billion, of which $890 million and $762 million, respectively, represented positions traded in the public markets.

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT For a discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s Operational Risk Management, see page 125 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

REPUTATION AND FIDUCIARY RISK MANAGEMENT For a discussion of the Firm’s Reputation and Fiduciary Risk Management, see page 126 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Supervision and Regulation section on pages 1-4 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Form 10-K.

Dividends At March 31, 2010, JPMorgan Chase’s bank subsidiaries could pay, in the aggregate, $4.2 billion in dividends to their respective bank holding companies without the prior approval of their relevant banking regulators.

85 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES USED BY THE FIRM JPMorgan Chase’s accounting policies and use of estimates are integral to understanding its reported results. The Firm’s most complex accounting estimates require management’s judgment to ascertain the value of assets and liabilities. The Firm has established detailed policies and control procedures intended to ensure that valuation methods, including any judgments made as part of such methods, are well-controlled, independently reviewed and applied consistently from period to period. In addition, the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. The Firm believes its estimates for determining the value of its assets and liabilities are appropriate. The following is a brief description of the Firm’s critical accounting estimates involving significant valuation judgments.

Allowance for credit losses JPMorgan Chase’s allowance for credit losses covers the retained wholesale and consumer loan portfolios, as well as the Firm’s portfolio of lending-related commitments. The allowance for loan losses is intended to adjust the value of the Firm’s loan assets to reflect probable credit losses as of the balance sheet date. For a further discussion of the methodologies used in establishing the Firm’s allowance for credit losses, see Note 14 on pages 196 -198 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The methodology for calculating the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for lending-related commitments involves significant judgment. For a further description of these judgments, see Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 127-128 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report; for amounts recorded as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, see Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 78-81 and Note 14 on page 130-131 of this Form 10-Q. As noted on page 127 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report, many factors can affect estimates of loss, including volatility of loss given default, probability of default and rating migrations. The Firm uses a risk-rating system to determine the credit quality of its wholesale loans. The Firm’s wholesale allowance is sensitive to the risk rating assigned to a loan. As of March 31, 2010, assuming a one-notch downgrade in the Firm’s internal risk ratings for its entire wholesale portfolio, the allowance for loan losses for the wholesale portfolio would increase by approximately $1.6 billion. This sensitivity analysis is hypothetical and is intended to provide an indication of the impact of risk rating on the estimate of the allowance for loan losses for wholesale loans. In the Firm’s view, the likelihood of a one-notch downgrade for all wholesale loans within a short timeframe is remote and it is not intended to imply management’s expectation of future deterioration in risk ratings. Given the process the Firm follows in determining the risk ratings of its loans, management believes the risk ratings currently assigned to wholesale loans are appropriate. The allowance for credit losses for the consumer portfolio is sensitive to changes in the economic environment, delinquency status, FICO scores, the realizable value of collateral, borrower behavior and other risk factors. The credit performance of the consumer portfolio across the entire consumer credit product spectrum has stabilized, but remains under stress, as high unemployment and weak overall economic conditions continue to result in a high level of delinquencies, while continued weak housing prices continue to result in elevated loss severities. Significant judgment is required to estimate the ultimate duration and severity of the current economic downturn, as well as its impact on housing prices and the labor market. While the allowance for credit losses is highly sensitive to both home prices and unemployment rates, in the current market it is difficult to estimate how potential changes in one or both of these factors might impact the allowance for credit losses. For example, while both factors are important determinants of overall allowance levels, changes in one factor or the other may not occur at the same rate, or changes may be directionally inconsistent such that improvement in one factor may offset deterioration in the other. In addition, changes in these factors would not necessarily be consistent across geographies or product types. Finally, it is difficult to predict the extent to which changes in both or either of these factors would ultimately impact the frequency or severity of losses, and overall loss rates are a function of both the frequency and severity of individual loan losses.

Fair value of financial instruments, MSRs and commodities inventory JPMorgan Chase carries a portion of its assets and liabilities at fair value. The majority of such assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, including loans accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value that are only subject to fair value adjustments under certain circumstances.

86 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Assets measured at fair value The following table includes the Firm’s assets measured at fair value and the portion of such assets that are classified within level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Total at Total at (in billions) fair value Level 3 total fair value Level 3 total

Trading debt and equity instruments (a) $ 346.7 $ 36.4 $ 330.9 $ 35.2 Derivative receivables — gross 1,502.7 43.7 1,565.5 46.7 Netting adjustment (1,423.3) — (1,485.3 ) —

Derivative receivables — net 79.4 43.7 (d) 80.2 46.7(d) AFS securities 344.4 12.9 360.4 13.2 Loans 2.0 1.1 1.4 1.0 MSRs 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 Private equity investments 7.3 6.4 7.3 6.6 Other (b) 38.6 4.4 44.4 9.5

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis 833.9 120.4 840.1 127.7 Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis (c) 5.5 1.5 8.2 2.7

Total assets measured at fair value $ 839.4 $ 121.9 (e) $ 848.3 $ 130.4 (e) Total Firm assets $ 2,135.8 $ 2,032.0

Level 3 assets as a percentage of total Firm assets 6 % 6% Level 3 assets as a percentage of total Firm assets at fair value 15 15

(a) Includes physical commodities carried at the lower of cost or fair value.

(b) Includes certain securities purchased under resale agreements, securities borrowed, assets within accrued interest and other investments.

(c) Predominantly includes delinquent mortgage and home equity loans, where impairment is based on the fair value of the underlying collateral, and leveraged lending loans carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at the lower of cost or fair value.

(d) Derivative receivable and derivative payable balances, and the related cash collateral received and paid, are presented net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets where there is a legally enforceable master netting agreement in place with counterparties. For purposes of the table above, the Firm does not reduce derivative receivable and derivative payable balances for netting adjustments, either within or across the levels of the fair value hierarchy, as such an adjustment is not relevant to a presentation that is based on the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability. Therefore, the derivative balances reported in the fair value hierarchy levels are gross of any counterparty netting adjustments. However, if the Firm were to net such balances within level 3, the reduction in the level 3 derivative receivable and payable balances would be $15.6 billion and $16.0 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, exclusive of the netting benefit associated with cash collateral which would further reduce the level 3 balances.

(e) Included in the table above at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, are $76.9 billion and $80.0 billion, respectively, of level 3 assets, consisting of recurring and nonrecurring assets carried by IB.

Valuation For instruments classified within level 3 of the hierarchy, judgments used to estimate fair value may be significant. In arriving at an estimate of fair value for an instrument within level 3, management must first determine the appropriate model to use. Second, due to the lack of observability of significant inputs, management must assess all relevant empirical data in deriving valuation inputs — including, but not limited to, yield curves, interest rates, volatilities, equity or debt prices, foreign exchange rates and credit curves. In addition to market information, models also incorporate transaction details, such as maturity. Finally, management judgment must be applied to assess the appropriate level of valuation adjustments to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Firm’s creditworthiness, constraints on liquidity and unobservable parameters, where relevant. The judgments made are typically affected by the type of product and its specific contractual terms, and the level of liquidity for the product or within the market as a whole. For further discussion of changes in level 3 assets, see Note 3 on pages 96-107 of this Form 10-Q. Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs can affect the amount of revenue or loss recorded for a particular position. Furthermore, while the Firm believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those of other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. For a detailed discussion of the determination of fair value for individual financial instruments, see Note 3 on pages 148-152 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. In addition, for a further discussion of the significant judgments and estimates involved in the determination of the Firm’s mortgage-related exposures, see “Mortgage-related exposures carried at fair value” in Note 3 on pages 161-162 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

87 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Purchased credit-impaired loans In connection with the Washington Mutual transaction, JPMorgan Chase acquired certain loans with evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and for which it was probable, at acquisition, that the Firm would be unable to collect all contractually required payments receivable. These purchased credit-impaired loans are accounted for on a pool basis, and the pools are considered to be performing. At the time of the acquisition, these loans were recorded at fair value, including an estimate of losses that were expected to be incurred over the estimated remaining lives of the loan pools. Many of the assumptions and estimates underlying the estimation of the initial fair value and the ongoing updates to management’s expectation of future cash flows are both significant and subjective, particularly considering the current economic environment. The level of future home price declines, the duration and severity of the current economic downturn, the impact of various government programs and actions, uncertainties about borrower behavior, and the lack of market liquidity and transparency are factors that have influenced, and may continue to affect, these assumptions and estimates. In accounting for these loans on an ongoing basis, probable decreases in expected loan principal cash flows trigger the recognition of impairment, while probable and significant increases in expected principal cash flows would first reverse any previously recorded allowance for loan losses. Any remaining increases would be recognized prospectively as yield adjustments. The impact of (i) prepayments, (ii) changes in variable interest rates, and (iii) any other changes in the timing of expected cash flows would be recognized prospectively as yield adjustments. The process to determine which changes in cash flows trigger the recognition of impairment and which changes in cash flows should be recognized as yield adjustments requires the application of judgment. As of March 31, 2010, a 1% decrease in expected future principal cash payments for the entire portfolio of purchased credit-impaired loans would result in the recognition of an allowance for loan losses for these loans of approximately $750 million. For additional information on purchased credit-impaired loans, including the significant assumptions, estimates and judgment involved see Purchased credit-impaired loans on pages 129-130 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report and Note 13 on page 129 of this Form 10-Q.

Goodwill impairment Management applies significant judgment when testing goodwill for impairment. For a description of the significant valuation judgments associated with goodwill impairment, see Goodwill impairment on page 130 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. During the first quarter, the Firm updated the discounted cash flow valuations of its consumer lending businesses in RFS and Card Services, which continue to have elevated risk for goodwill impairment due to their exposure to U.S. consumer credit risk. Based on these updated valuations as well as a review of the current conditions and prior projections for its other businesses, the Firm concluded that goodwill allocated to all of its reporting units was not impaired at March 31, 2010. However, prolonged weakness or deterioration in economic market conditions, or additional regulatory or legislative changes, may result in declines in projected business performance beyond management’s expectations. This could cause the estimated fair values of the Firm’s reporting units or their associated goodwill to decline, which may affect goodwill impairment assessments and conclusions in future periods. For additional information on goodwill, see Note 16 on pages 143-146 of this Form 10-Q.

Income taxes For a description of the significant assumptions, judgments and interpretations associated with the accounting for income taxes, see Income taxes on page 131 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

88 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING DEVELOPMENTS Accounting for transfers of financial assets and consolidation of variable interest entities Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm implemented new accounting guidance that amends the accounting for the transfers of financial assets and the consolidation of VIEs. Upon adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts, Firm- administered multi-seller conduits and certain mortgage and other consumer loan securitization entities. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) deferred the requirements of the new consolidation guidance for VIEs for certain investment funds, including mutual funds, private equity funds and hedge funds until the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) complete a joint consolidation project that would provide consistent accounting guidance for these funds. For additional information about the impact of the adoption of the new consolidation guidance on January 1, 2010, see Note 15 on pages 131-142 of this Form 10-Q.

Fair value measurements and disclosures In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance that requires new disclosures, and clarifies existing disclosure requirements, about fair value measurements. The clarifications and the requirement to separately disclose transfers of instruments between level 1 and level 2 of the fair value hierarchy are effective for interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, the Firm adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2010. For additional information about the impact of the adoption of the new fair value measurements guidance on January 1, 2010, see Note 3 on pages 96-107 of this Form 10-Q. In addition, a new requirement to provide purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the level 3 rollforward on a gross basis is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. Early adoption of the guidance is permitted.

Subsequent events In May 2009, the FASB issued guidance that established general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. The guidance was effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. In February 2010, the FASB amended the guidance by eliminating the requirement for SEC filers to disclose the date through which it evaluated subsequent events. The Firm adopted the amended guidance in the first quarter of 2010. The application of the guidance had no effect on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets or results of operations.

Accounting for certain embedded credit derivatives In March 2010, the FASB issued guidance clarifying the circumstances in which a credit derivative embedded in a beneficial interest in securitized financial assets is required to be separately accounted for as a derivative instrument. The guidance is effective for the first fiscal quarter beginning after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted. Upon adoption, the new guidance permits the election of the fair value option for any beneficial interest in securitized financial assets. Adoption of the new guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets or results of operations.

Accounting for modifications of purchased credit-impaired loans that are part of a pool In April 2010, the FASB issued guidance that amends the accounting for modifications of purchased credit-impaired loans accounted for within a pool. The guidance clarifies that modified purchased credit-impaired loans should not be removed from a pool even if the modification would otherwise be considered a troubled debt restructuring. Additionally, the guidance clarifies that the impact of modifications should be included in evaluating whether a pool of loans is impaired. The guidance is effective for modifications of purchased credit-impaired loans occurring in interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after July 15, 2010, and is to be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance is consistent with the Firm’s current accounting practice and, therefore, will have no impact on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets or results of operations.

89 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

JPMORGAN CHASE & CO. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)

Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except per share data) 2010 2009

Revenue Investment banking fees $ 1,461 $ 1,386 Principal transactions 4,548 2,001 Lending - and deposit -related fees 1,646 1,688 Asset management, administration and commissions 3,265 2,897 Securities gains (a) 610 198 Mortgage fees and related income 658 1,601 Credit card income 1,361 1,837 Other income 412 50

Noninterest revenue 13,961 11,658

Interest income 16,845 17,926 Interest expense 3,135 4,559

Net interest income 13,710 13,367

Total net revenue 27,671 25,025

Provision for credit losses 7,010 8,596

Noninterest expense Compensation expense 7,276 7,588 Occupancy expense 869 885 Technology, communications and equipment expense 1,137 1,146 Professional and outside services 1,575 1,515 Marketing 583 384 Other expense 4,441 1,375 Amortization of intangibles 243 275 Merger costs — 205

Total noninterest expense 16,124 13,373

Income before income tax expense 4,537 3,056 Income tax expense 1,211 915

Net income $ 3,326 $ 2,141

Net income applicable to common stockholders $ 2,974 $ 1,519

Net income per common share data Basic earnings per share $ 0.75 $ 0.40 Diluted earnings per share 0.74 0.40 Weighted -average basic shares 3,970.5 3,755.7 Weighted -average diluted shares 3,994.7 3,758.7 Cash dividends declared per common share $ 0.05 $ 0.05

(a) Securities gains for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, included credit losses of $100 million and $5 million, respectively, consisting of $94 million and $5 million, respectively, of total other-than-temporary impairment losses, net of $(6) million and zero, respectively, of other -than -temporary impairment losses recorded in/(reclassified from) other comprehensive income.

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) are an integral part of these statements.

90 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

JPMORGAN CHASE & CO. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

March 31, December 31, (in millions, except share data) 2010 2009

Assets Cash and due from banks $ 31,422 $ 26,206 Deposits with banks 59,014 63,230 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (included $18,806 and $20,536 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 230,123 195,404 Securities borrowed (included $8,676 and $7,032 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 126,741 119,630 Trading assets (included assets pledged of $48,428 and $38,315 at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) (a) 426,128 411,128 Securities (included $344,353 and $360,365 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, and assets pledged of $100,131 and $100,931 at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 344,376 360,390 Loans (included $2,025 and $1,364 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) (a) 713,799 633,458 Allowance for loan losses (38,186 ) (31,602)

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 675,613 601,856 Accrued interest and accounts receivable (included zero and $5,012 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 53,991 67,427 Premises and equipment 11,123 11,118 Goodwill 48,359 48,357 Mortgage servicing rights 15,531 15,531 Other intangible assets 4,383 4,621 Other assets (included $18,427 and $19,165 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) (a) 108,992 107,091

Total assets (a) $2,135,796 $2,031,989

Liabilities Deposits (included $4,808 and $4,455 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) $ 925,303 $ 938,367 Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements (included $3,823 and $3,396 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 295,171 261,413 Commercial paper 50,554 41,794 Other borrowed funds (included $6,158 and $5,637 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 48,981 55,740 Trading liabilities 140,969 125,071 Accounts payable and other liabilities (included the allowance for lending -related commitments of $940 and $939, respectively, at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, and $329 and $357 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 154,185 162,696 Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities (included $2,591 and $1,410 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) (a) 93,055 15,225 Long -term debt (included $46,781 and $48,972 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 262,857 266,318

Total liabilities (a) 1,971,075 1,866,624

Commitments and contingencies (see Note 21 of this Form 10 -Q) Stockholders ’ equity Preferred stock ($1 par value; authorized 200,000,000 shares at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009; issued 2,538,107 shares at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009) 8,152 8,152 Common stock ($1 par value; authorized 9,000,000,000 shares at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009; issued 4,104,933,895 shares at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009) 4,105 4,105 Capital surplus 96,450 97,982 Retained earnings 61,043 62,481 Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) 761 (91 ) Shares held in RSU Trust, at cost (1,524,785 and 1,526,944 shares at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) (68 ) (68 ) Treasury stock, at cost (129,577,403 and 162,974,783 shares at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) (5,722 ) (7,196)

Total stockholders ’ equity 164,721 165,365

Total liabilities and stockholders ’ equity $2,135,796 $2,031,989

(a) The following table presents information on assets and liabilities related to VIEs that are consolidated by the Firm at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. The difference between total VIE assets and liabilities represents the Firm ’s interests in those entities, which were eliminated in consolidation.

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

Assets Trading assets $ 7,464 $ 6,347 Loans 114,878 13,004 All other assets 6,348 5,043

Total assets $128,690 $ 24,394

Liabilities Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities $ 93,055 $ 15,225 All other liabilities 2,671 2,197

Total liabilities $ 95,726 $ 17,422

The assets of the consolidated VIEs are used to settle the liabilities of those entities. The Firm provides limited program-wide credit enhancement of $2.4 billion related to its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits. For further discussion, see Note 15 on pages 131-142 of this Form 10 -Q.

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) are an integral part of these statements.

91 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

JPMORGAN CHASE & CO. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (UNAUDITED)

Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except per share data) 2010 2009

Preferred stock Balance at January 1 $ 8,152 $ 31,939 Accretion of preferred stock discount on issuance to the U.S. Treasury — 54

Balance at March 31 8,152 31,993

Common stock Balance at January 1 and March 31 4,105 3,942

Capital surplus Balance at January 1 97,982 92,143 Shares issued and commitments to issue common stock for employee stock-based compensation awards and related tax effects (471) (674) Other (1,061) —

Balance at March 31 96,450 91,469

Retained earnings Balance at January 1 62,481 54,013 Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (4,391) — Net income 3,326 2,141 Dividend declared: Preferred stock (162) (425) Common stock ($0.05 per share in each period) (211) (242)

Balance at March 31 61,043 55,487

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) Balance at January 1 (91 ) (5,687) Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle (129) — Other comprehensive income 981 1,197

Balance at March 31 761 (4,490)

Shares held in RSU Trust Balance at January 1 (68 ) (217) Reissuance from RSU Trust — 131

Balance at March 31 (68 ) (86 )

Treasury stock, at cost Balance at January 1 (7,196) (9,249) Reissuance from treasury stock 1,474 1,147 Share repurchases related to employee stock -based compensation awards — (19 )

Balance at March 31 (5,722) (8,121)

Total stockholders ’ equity $164,721 $170,194

Comprehensive income Net income $ 3,326 $ 2,141 Other comprehensive income 981 1,197

Comprehensive income $ 4,307 $ 3,338

The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) are an integral part of these statements.

92 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

JPMORGAN CHASE & CO. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Operating activities Net income $ 3,326 $ 2,141 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Provision for credit losses 7,010 8,596 Depreciation and amortization 955 411 Amortization of intangibles 243 275 Deferred tax benefit (40 ) (1,206) Investment securities gains (610) (198) Stock -based compensation 941 788 Originations and purchases of loans held -for -sale (6,503) (5,669) Proceeds from sales, securitizations and paydowns of loans held -for -sale 7,806 5,824 Net change in: Trading assets (4,235) 90,281 Securities borrowed (7,099) (3,935) Accrued interest and accounts receivable 16,645 8,720 Other assets (4,746) 3,671 Trading liabilities 15,027 (32,739) Accounts payable and other liabilities (8,237) (21,097) Other operating adjustments (1,351) (5,107)

Net cash provided by operating activities 19,132 50,756

Investing activities Net change in: Deposits with banks 4,282 48,237 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (34,703 ) 45,652 Held -to -maturity securities: Proceeds 2 3 Available -for -sale securities: Proceeds from maturities 37,323 27,159 Proceeds from sales 20,945 24,245 Purchases (57,647 ) (177,418 ) Proceeds from sales and securitizations of loans held -for -investment 1,428 4,660 Other changes in loans, net 13,997 25,780 Net cash used in business acquisitions or dispositions (4 ) (91 ) Net maturities of asset -backed commercial paper guaranteed by the FRBB — 5,211 All other investing activities, net 515 188

Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities (13,862 ) 3,626

Financing activities Net change in: Deposits (19,927 ) (112,287 ) Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements 33,749 87,324 Commercial paper and other borrowed funds 2,083 (25,019) Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities (11,657 ) (872) Proceeds from long -term debt and trust preferred capital debt securities 10,852 17,750 Payments of long -term debt and trust preferred capital debt securities (14,110 ) (18,684) Excess tax benefits related to stock -based compensation 12 — Dividends paid (253) (1,832) All other financing activities, net (464) (689)

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities 285 (54,309)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and due from banks (339) (287)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks 5,216 (214) Cash and due from banks at the beginning of the year 26,206 26,895

Cash and due from banks at the end of the period $ 31,422 $ 26,681

Cash interest paid $ 2,850 $ 5,530 Cash income taxes paid 2,228 718

Note: Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new guidance that amended the accounting for the transfer of financial assets and the consolidation of VIEs. Upon adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated noncash assets and liabilities of $87.7 billion and $92.2 billion, respectively. WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea The Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited) are an integral part of these statements.

93 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

See Glossary of Terms on pages 156-159 of this Form 10-Q for definitions of terms used throughout the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Unaudited)

NOTE 1 — BASIS OF PRESENTATION JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“JPMorgan Chase” or the “Firm”), a financial holding company incorporated under Delaware law in 1968, is a leading global financial services firm and one of the largest banking institutions in the United States of America (“U.S.”), with operations worldwide. The Firm is a leader in investment banking, financial services for consumers and businesses, financial transaction processing and asset management. For a discussion of the Firm’s business segment information, see Note 23 on pages 152-154 of this Form 10-Q. The accounting and financial reporting policies of JPMorgan Chase and its subsidiaries conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). Additionally, where applicable, the policies conform to the accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by bank regulatory authorities. The unaudited consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expense, and the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could be different from these estimates. In the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments have been included for a fair statement of this interim financial information. These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in JPMorgan Chase’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “2009 Annual Report”). Certain amounts in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

Consolidation The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of JPMorgan Chase and other entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The Firm determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (“VIE”).

Voting Interest Entities Voting interest entities are entities that have sufficient equity and provide the equity investors voting rights that enable them to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations. For these types of entities, the Firm’s determination of whether it has a controlling interest is primarily based on the amount of voting equity interests held. Entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest, through ownership of the majority of the entities’ voting equity interests or through other contractual rights that give the Firm control, are consolidated by the Firm. Investments in companies that are considered to be voting interest entities in which the Firm has significant influence over operating and financing decisions (but does not own a majority of the voting equity interests) are accounted for in accordance with the equity method of accounting (which requires the Firm to recognize its proportionate share of the entity’s net earnings), or at fair value if the fair value option was elected at the inception of the Firm’s investment. These investments are generally included in other assets, with income or loss included in other income. Firm-sponsored asset management funds are generally structured as limited partnerships or limited liability companies and are typically considered voting interest entities. For the significant majority of these entities, for which the Firm is the general partner or managing member of the limited partnership or limited liability company (“LLC”), the non-affiliated partners or members have the substantive ability to remove the Firm as the general partner or managing member without cause (i.e., kick-out rights), based on a simple unaffiliated majority vote, or the non- affiliated partners or members have substantive participating rights. Accordingly, the Firm does not consolidate these funds. In limited cases where the non-affiliated partners or members do not have substantive kick-out or participating rights, the Firm consolidates the underlying funds. Private equity investments, which are recorded in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, include investments in buyouts, growth equity and venture opportunities. These investments are accounted for under investment company guidelines and accordingly, irrespective of the percentage of equity ownership interests held, are carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value.

94 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Variable Interest Entities Variable interest entities (“VIEs”) are entities that, by design, either (1) lack sufficient equity to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, or (2) have equity investors that do not have the ability to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations through voting rights, or do not have the obligation to absorb the expected losses, or do not have the right to receive the residual returns of the entity. The most common type of VIE is a special purpose entity (“SPE”). SPEs are commonly used in securitization transactions in order to isolate certain assets and distribute the cash flows from those assets to investors. SPEs are an important part of the financial markets, including the mortgage- and asset-backed securities and commercial paper markets, as they provide market liquidity by facilitating investors’ access to specific portfolios of assets and risks. SPEs may be organized as trusts, partnerships or corporations and are typically established for a single, discrete purpose. SPEs are not typically operating entities and usually have a limited life and no employees. The basic SPE structure involves a company selling assets to the SPE; the SPE funds the purchase of those assets by issuing securities to investors. The legal documents that govern the transaction specify how the cash earned on the assets must be allocated to the SPE’s investors and other parties that have rights to those cash flows. SPEs are generally structured to insulate investors from claims on the SPE’s assets by creditors of other entities, including the creditors of the seller of the assets. On January 1, 2010, the Firm implemented new consolidation accounting guidance related to VIEs. The new guidance eliminates the concept of qualified special purpose entities (“QSPEs”) that were previously exempt from consolidation, and introduces a new framework for determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is required to consolidate the assets and liabilities of the VIE. Under the new guidance, the primary beneficiary is the party that has both (1) the power to direct the activities of a entity that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance; and (2) through its interests in the VIE, the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. To assess whether the Firm has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, the Firm considers all facts and circumstances, including its role in establishing the VIE and its ongoing rights and responsibilities. This assessment includes first, identifying the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance; and second, identifying which party, if any, has power over those activities. In general, the parties that make the most significant decisions affecting the VIE (such as asset managers, collateral managers, servicers, or owners of call options or liquidation rights over the VIE’s assets) or have the right to unilaterally remove those decision-makers are deemed to have the power to direct the activities of a VIE. To assess whether the Firm has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE, the Firm considers all of its economic interests, including debt and equity investments, servicing fees, and derivative or other arrangements deemed to be variable interests in the VIE. This assessment requires that the Firm apply judgment in determining whether these interests, in the aggregate, are considered potentially significant to the VIE. Factors considered in assessing significance include: the design of the VIE, including its capitalization structure; subordination of interests; payment priority; relative share of interests held across various classes within the VIE’s capital structure; and the reasons why the interests are held by the Firm. The Firm performs on-going reassessments of: 1) whether any entities previously evaluated under the majority voting-interest framework have become VIEs, based on certain events, and therefore subject to the VIE consolidation framework, and 2) whether changes in the facts and circumstances regarding the Firm’s involvement with a VIE cause the Firm’s consolidation conclusion regarding the VIE to change. For further details regarding the Firm’s application of the new accounting guidance in the current quarter, see Note 15 on pages 131-142 of this Form 10-Q. For a description of the accounting guidance applied to periods ending prior to January 1, 2010, see Note 1 on page 142 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. In addition, in February 2010 the FASB issued an amendment which defers the requirements of the new consolidation accounting guidance for certain investment funds, including mutual funds, private equity funds and hedge funds. For funds to which the amendment applies, the consolidation guidance will be deferred until the completion of the FASB and IASB joint consolidation project. For the funds to which deferral of the new consolidation guidance applies, the Firm continues to apply other existing authoritative guidance to determine whether such funds should be consolidated. Assets held for clients in an agency or fiduciary capacity by the Firm are not assets of JPMorgan Chase and are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

95 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

NOTE 2 — BUSINESS CHANGES AND DEVELOPMENTS

Purchase of remaining interest in J.P. Morgan On January 4, 2010, JPMorgan Chase purchased the remaining interest in J.P. Morgan Cazenove, an investment banking business partnership formed in 2005.

RBS Sempra transaction On February 16, 2010, JPMorgan Chase announced that it will acquire RBS Sempra Commodities’ global oil, global metals and European power and gas businesses. The transaction is expected to close mid 2010, pending regulatory approvals.

Subsequent Events U.K. Bonus Payroll Tax The U.K. Bonus Payroll Tax on certain performance bonuses awarded to employees operating in the U.K. was enacted into law on April 8, 2010. The impact of the tax will be reflected in compensation expense in the second quarter of 2010. The impact of this legislation is in the process of being quantified, and is expected to be material.

NOTE 3 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT For a further discussion of the Firm’s valuation methodologies for assets, liabilities and lending-related commitments measured at fair value and the fair value hierarchy, see Note 3 on pages 148-165 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. During the first three months of 2010, no changes were made to the Firm’s valuation models that had, or are expected to have, a material impact on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets or results of operations.

96 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The following table presents the assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, by major product category and by the fair value hierarchy.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Fair value hierarchy Netting Total March 31, 2010 (in millions) Level 1 (j) Level 2 (j) Level 3 adjustments fair value

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements $ — $ 18,806 $ — $ — $ 18,806 Securities borrowed — 8,676 — — 8,676

Trading assets: Debt instruments: Mortgage -backed securities: U.S. government agencies (a) 23,758 7,781 215 — 31,754 Residential — nonagency (b) — 2,534 841 — 3,375 Commercial — nonagency (b) — 764 1,673 — 2,437

Total mortgage -backed securities 23,758 11,079 2,729 — 37,566 U.S. Treasury and government agencies (a) 20,735 9,897 — — 30,632 Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities 1 5,972 1,975 — 7,948 Certificates of deposit, bankers ’ acceptances and commercial paper — 2,914 — — 2,914 Non —U.S. government debt securities 35,320 39,354 713 — 75,387 Corporate debt securities — 48,417 4,947 — 53,364 Loans (c) — 13,408 15,776 — 29,184 Asset -backed securities — 1,375 8,078 — 9,453

Total debt instruments 79,814 132,416 34,218 — 246,448 Equity securities 80,620 3,488 1,716 — 85,824 Physical commodities (d) 10,196 295 — — 10,491 Other 9 3,515 425 — 3,949

Total debt and equity instruments (e) 170,639 139,714 36,359 — 346,712 Derivative receivables: Interest rate 838 1,131,415 5,178 (1,098,687) 38,744 Credit (f) — 119,853 28,070 (137,835 ) 10,088 Foreign exchange 1,052 125,776 2,519 (110,810 ) 18,537 Equity 22 44,790 6,728 (46,002) 5,538 Commodity 256 34,980 1,252 (29,979) 6,509

Total derivative receivables (g) 2,168 1,456,814 43,747 (1,423,313) 79,416

Total trading assets 172,807 1,596,528 80,106 (1,423,313) 426,128

Available -for -sale securities: Mortgage -backed securities: U.S. government agencies (a) 155,969 4,161 — — 160,130 Residential — nonagency (b) — 21,461 7 — 21,468 Commercial — nonagency (b) — 5,338 — — 5,338

Total mortgage -backed securities 155,969 30,960 7 — 186,936 U.S. Treasury and government agencies (a) 7,859 16,873 — — 24,732 Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities 36 7,506 254 — 7,796 Certificates of deposit — 4,207 — — 4,207 Non —U.S. government debt securities 8,323 12,837 — — 21,160 Corporate debt securities 1 67,176 — — 67,177 Asset -backed securities: Credit card receivables — 10,323 — — 10,323 Collateralized loan obligations — 139 12,036 — 12,175 Other — 6,646 535 — 7,181 Equity securities 2,413 151 102 — 2,666

Total available -for -sale securities 174,601 156,818 12,934 — 344,353

Loans — 885 1,140 — 2,025 Mortgage servicing rights — — 15,531 — 15,531

Other assets: Private equity investments (h) 106 784 6,385 — 7,275 All other 6,743 57 4,352 — 11,152

Total other assets 6,849 841 10,737 — 18,427

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea basis (i) $354,257 $1,782,554 $120,448 $ (1,423,313) $ 833,946

97 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Fair value hierarchy Netting Total March 31, 2010 (in millions) Level 1 (j) Level 2 (j) Level 3 adjustments fair value

Deposits $ — $ 4,368 $ 440 $ — $ 4,808 Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements — 3,823 — — 3,823 Other borrowed funds — 5,706 452 — 6,158

Trading liabilities: Debt and equity instruments (e) 56,279 21,917 32 — 78,228 Derivative payables: Interest rate 837 1,099,327 2,714 (1,079,284) 23,594 Credit (f) — 123,799 18,884 (136,175) 6,508 Foreign exchange 1,077 128,316 2,190 (111,895) 19,688 Equity 41 45,098 8,019 (42,922) 10,236 Commodity 210 33,527 1,533 (32,555) 2,715

Total derivative payables (g) 2,165 1,430,067 33,340 (1,402,831) 62,741

Total trading liabilities 58,444 1,451,984 33,372 (1,402,831) 140,969

Accounts payable and other liabilities — 1 328 — 329 Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs — 774 1,817 — 2,591 Long -term debt — 29,263 17,518 — 46,781

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis $58,444 $1,495,919 $53,927 $(1,402,831 ) $205,459

98 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Fair value hierarchy Netting Total December 31, 2009 (in millions) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 adjustments fair value

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements $ — $ 20,536 $ — $ — $ 20,536 Securities borrowed — 7,032 — — 7,032 Trading assets: Debt instruments: Mortgage -backed securities: U.S. government agencies (a) 33,092 8,373 260 — 41,725 Residential — nonagency (b) — 2,284 1,115 — 3,399 Commercial — nonagency (b) — 537 1,770 — 2,307

Total mortgage -backed securities 33,092 11,194 3,145 — 47,431 U.S. Treasury and government agencies (a) 13,701 9,559 — — 23,260 Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities — 5,681 1,971 — 7,652 Certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper — 5,419 — — 5,419 Non —U.S. government debt securities 25,684 32,487 734 — 58,905 Corporate debt securities — 48,754 5,241 — 53,995 Loans (c) — 18,330 13,218 — 31,548 Asset -backed securities — 1,428 7,975 — 9,403

Total debt instruments 72,477 132,852 32,284 — 237,613 Equity securities 75,053 3,450 1,956 — 80,459 Physical commodities (d) 9,450 586 — — 10,036 Other — 1,884 926 — 2,810

Total debt and equity instruments (e) 156,980 138,772 35,166 — 330,918

Derivative receivables (g) 2,344 1,516,490 46,684 (1,485,308) 80,210

Total trading assets 159,324 1,655,262 81,850 (1,485,308) 411,128

Available -for -sale securities: Mortgage -backed securities: U.S. government agencies (a) 158,957 8,941 — — 167,898 Residential — nonagency (b) — 14,773 25 — 14,798 Commercial — nonagency (b) — 4,590 — — 4,590

Total mortgage -backed securities 158,957 28,304 25 — 187,286 U.S. Treasury and government agencies (a) 405 29,592 — — 29,997 Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities — 6,188 349 — 6,537 Certificates of deposit — 2,650 — — 2,650 Non —U.S. government debt securities 5,506 18,997 — — 24,503 Corporate debt securities 1 62,007 — — 62,008 Asset -backed securities: Credit card receivables — 25,742 — — 25,742 Collateralized loan obligations — 5 12,144 — 12,149 Other — 6,206 588 — 6,794 Equity securities 2,466 146 87 — 2,699

Total available -for -sale securities 167,335 179,837 13,193 — 360,365

Loans — 374 990 — 1,364 Mortgage servicing rights — — 15,531 — 15,531 Other assets: Private equity investments (h) 165 597 6,563 — 7,325 All other (k) 7,241 90 9,521 — 16,852

Total other assets 7,406 687 16,084 — 24,177

Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis (i) $334,065 $1,863,728 $127,648 $ (1,485,308) $ 840,133

99 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Fair value hierarchy Netting Total December 31, 2009 (in millions) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 adjustments fair value

Deposits $ — $ 3,979 $ 476 $ — $ 4,455 Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements — 3,396 — — 3,396 Other borrowed funds — 5,095 542 — 5,637

Trading liabilities: Debt and equity instruments (e) 50,577 14,359 10 — 64,946 Derivative payables (f)(g) 2,038 1,481,813 35,332 (1,459,058) 60,125

Total trading liabilities 52,615 1,496,172 35,342 (1,459,058) 125,071

Accounts payable and other liabilities — 2 355 — 357 Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs — 785 625 — 1,410 Long -term debt — 30,685 18,287 — 48,972

Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis $52,615 $1,540,114 $55,627 $(1,459,058 ) $189,298

(a) Includes total U.S. government -sponsored enterprise obligations of $168.0 billion and $195.8 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, which were predominantly mortgage -related.

(b) For further discussion of residential and commercial MBS, see the “Mortgage-related exposures carried at fair value” section of Note 3 on pages 161 —162 of JPMorgan Chase ’s 2009 Annual Report.

(c) Included within trading loans at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, are $17.0 billion and $20.7 billion of residential first -lien mortgages and $4.1 billion and $2.7 billion of commercial first-lien mortgages. Residential mortgage loans include conforming mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell to U.S. government agencies of $6.9 billion and $11.1 billion, respectively, and reverse mortgages of $4.1 billion and $4.5 billion, respectively. For further discussion of residential and commercial loans carried at fair value or the lower of cost or fair value, see the “Mortgage-related exposures carried at fair value” section of Note 3 on pages 161-162 of JPMorgan Chase ’s 2009 Annual Report.

(d) Physical commodities inventories are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value.

(e) Balances reflect the reduction of securities owned (long positions) by the amount of securities sold but not yet purchased (short positions) when the long and short positions have identical Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures ( “CUSIPs ”).

(f) The level 3 amounts for derivative receivables and derivative payables related to credit primarily include structured credit derivative instruments. For further information on the classification of instruments within the valuation hierarchy, see Note 3 on pages 148-152 of JPMorgan Chase ’s 2009 Annual Report.

(g) As permitted under U.S. GAAP, the Firm has elected to net derivative receivables and derivative payables and the related cash collateral received and paid when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists. For purposes of the tables above, the Firm does not reduce derivative receivables and derivative payables balances for this netting adjustment, either within or across the levels of the fair value hierarchy, as such netting is not relevant to a presentation based on the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability. Therefore, the balances reported in the fair value hierarchy table are gross of any counterparty netting adjustments. However, if the Firm were to net such balances within level 3, the reduction in the level 3 derivative receivable and payable balances would be $15.6 billion and $16.0 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, exclusive of the netting benefit associated with cash collateral which would further reduce the level 3 balances.

(h) Private equity instruments represent investments within the Corporate/Private Equity line of business. The cost basis of the private equity investment portfolio was $8.7 billion and $8.8 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

(i) Balances include investments valued at net asset value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, of $15.6 billion and $16.8 billion, respectively, of which $7.8 billion and $9.0 billion, respectively, were classified in level 1, $3.5 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, in level 2, and $4.3 billion and $4.6 billion in level 3.

(j) In the first quarter of 2010, the transfers between level 1 and level 2 were not significant.

(k) Includes assets within accrued interest receivable and other assets at December 31, 2009.

Changes in level 3 recurring fair value measurements The following tables include a rollforward of the balance sheet amounts for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 (including changes in fair value), for financial instruments classified by the Firm within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument within level 3, the determination is based on the significance of the unobservable parameters to the overall fair value measurement. However, level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable or level 3 components, observable components (that is, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources); accordingly, the gains and losses in the table below include changes in fair value due in part to observable factors that are part of the valuation methodology. Also, the Firm risk manages the observable components of level 3 financial instruments using securities and derivative positions that are classified within level 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy; as these level 1 and level 2 risk management instruments are not included below, the gains or losses in the following tables do not reflect the effect of the Firm’s risk management activities related to such level 3 instruments.

100 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs Change in unrealized Total Purchases, Transfers gains/(losses) Three months ended Fair value, realized/ issuances into and/or Fair value, related to financial March 31, 2010 January 1, unrealized settlements, out of March 31, instruments held (in millions) 2010 gains/(losses) net level 3 (f) 2010 at March 31, 2010

Assets: Trading assets: Debt instruments: Mortgage -backed securities: U.S. government agencies $ 260 $ 5 $ (50 ) $ — $ 215 $ (10 ) Residential — nonagency (a) 1,115 16 (304 ) 14 841 (11 ) Commercial — nonagency (a) 1,770 36 (133 ) — 1,673 (36 )

Total mortgage -backed securities 3,145 57 (487 ) 14 2,729 (57 ) Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities 1,971 (42 ) (96 ) 142 1,975 (44 ) Non -U.S. government debt securities 734 (47 ) 26 — 713 (46 ) Corporate debt securities 5,241 (278 ) (290 ) 274 4,947 14 Loans 13,218 (331 ) 2,986 (97 ) 15,776 (369) Asset -backed securities 7,975 96 (69 ) 76 8,078 19

Total debt instruments 32,284 (545 ) 2,070 409 34,218 (483) Equity securities 1,956 (20 ) (232 ) 12 1,716 73 Other 926 21 (600 ) 78 425 19

Total debt and equity instruments 35,166 (544 ) (b) 1,238 499 36,359 (391) (b)

Derivative receivables: Interest rate 2,040 420 (41 ) 45 2,464 213 Credit 10,350 (604 ) (551 ) (9 ) 9,186 (718) Foreign exchange 1,082 (380 ) (80 ) (293) 329 (365) Equity (1,791 ) 263 (64 ) 301 (1,291) 247 Commodity (329 ) (411 ) 402 57 (281) (508)

Derivative receivables, net of derivative liabilities 11,352 (712 ) (b) (334 ) 101 10,407 (1,131) (b)

Asset -backed securities 12,732 (66 ) (95 ) — 12,571 (70 ) Other 461 (77 ) (22 ) 1 363 15

Total available -for -sale securities 13,193 (143 ) (c) (117 ) 1 12,934 (55 ) (c)

Loans 990 1 (b) 157 (8 ) 1,140 (18 ) (b) Mortgage servicing rights 15,531 (96 ) (d) 96 — 15,531 (96 ) (d) Other assets: Private equity investments 6,563 148 (b) (61 ) (265) 6,385 31(b) All other 9,521 (18 ) (e) (5,140) (11 ) 4,352 (18 ) (e)

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs Change in unrealized Total Purchases, Transfers (gains)/losses Three months ended Fair value, realized/ issuances into and/or Fair value, related to financial March 31, 2010 January 1, unrealized settlements, out of March 31, instruments held (in millions) 2010 (gains)/losses net level 3 (f) 2010 at March 31, 2010

Liabilities (g) : Deposits $ 476 $ (10 ) (b) $ (1 ) $ (25 ) $ 440 $ (14 ) (b) Other borrowed funds 542 (52 ) (b) 195 (233) 452 (73 ) (b) Trading liabilities: Debt and equity instruments 10 2(b) (3 ) 23 32 2(b) Accounts payable and other liabilities 355 (23 ) (b) (4 ) — 328 (20 ) (b) Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs 625 (7 ) (b) 1,199 — 1,817 (7 ) (b) Long -term debt 18,287 (403) (b) (668 ) 302 17,518 (402) (b)

101 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs Change in unrealized Total Purchases, Transfers gains/(losses) related Three months ended Fair value, realized/ issuances into and/or Fair value, to financial March 31, 2009 January 1, unrealized settlements, out of March 31, instruments held (in millions) 2009 gains/(losses) net level 3 (f) 2009 at March 31, 2009

Assets: Trading assets: Debt instruments: Mortgage -backed securities: U.S. government agencies $ 163 $ (12) $ 66 $ 71 $ 288 $ (10 ) Residential — nonagency (a) 3,339 (365) 4 (509 ) 2,469 (393) Commercial — nonagency (a) 2,487 (230) (216 ) (151 ) 1,890 (230)

Total mortgage -backed securities 5,989 (607) (146 ) (589 ) 4,647 (633) Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities 2,641 21 (180 ) — 2,482 (5 ) Non -U.S. government debt securities 707 4 (8 ) 34 737 (1 ) Corporate debt securities 5,280 (143) (2,350 ) 3,357 6,144 (125) Loans 17,091 (1,550 ) (88 ) 593 16,046 (1,602) Asset -backed securities 7,106 (218) (362 ) (38 ) 6,488 (188)

Total debt instruments 38,814 (2,493 ) (3,134 ) 3,357 36,544 (2,554) Equity securities 1,380 (276) (261 ) 120 963 (205) Other 1,226 (87) 47 14 1,200 100

Total debt and equity instruments 41,420 (2,856 ) (b) (3,348 ) 3,491 38,707 (2,659) (b) Derivative receivables, net of derivative liabilities 9,507 769(b) (2,992 ) 11,864 19,148 54(b) Available -for -sale securities: Asset -backed securities 11,447 (905) 361 175 11,078 (1,097) Other 944 — (99 ) 540 1,385 —

Total available -for -sale securities 12,391 (905) (c) 262 715 12,463 (1,097) (c)

Loans 2,667 (405) (b) (197 ) 922 2,987 (358) (b) Mortgage servicing rights 9,403 1,310(d) (79 ) — 10,634 1,310(d) Other assets: Private equity investments 6,369 (338) (b) 143 71 6,245 (314) (b) All other (h) 8,114 (347) (e) (23 ) (40 ) 7,704 (347) (e)

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs Change in unrealized Total Purchases, Transfers (gains)/losses related Three months ended Fair value, realized/ issuances into and/or Fair value, to financial March 31, 2009 January 1, unrealized settlements, out of March 31, instruments held (in millions) 2009 (gains)/losses net level 3 (f) 2009 at March 31, 2009

Liabilities (g) : Deposits $ 1,235 $ 14 (b) $ (383) $ 62 $ 928 $ (9 ) (b) Other borrowed funds 101 (95 ) (b) 36 5 47 3(b) Trading liabilities: Debt and equity instruments 288 62 (b) (90 ) (3 ) 257 (100) (b) Accounts payable and other liabilities — (2 ) (b) 8 — 6 (2 ) (b) Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs — — 502 — 502 — Long -term debt 16,548 (842 ) (b) (1,318) 2,269 16,657 (485) (b)

(a) For further discussion of residential and commercial MBS, see the “Mortgage-related exposures carried at fair value” section of Note 3 on pages 161 -162 of JPMorgan Chase ’s 2009 Annual Report.

(b) Reported in principal transactions revenue, except for changes in fair value for Retail Financial Services ( “RFS”) mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell, which are reported in mortgage fees and related income.

(c) Realized gains and losses on available -for-sale securities, as well as other-than-temporary impairment losses that are recorded in earnings, are reported in securities gains. Unrealized gains and losses are reported in other comprehensive income.

(d) Changes in fair value for RFS mortgage servicing rights are reported in mortgage fees and related income.

(e) Predominantly reported in other income.

(f) All transfers into and/or out of level 3 are assumed to occur at the beginning of the reporting period.

102 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

(g) Level 3 liabilities as a percentage of total Firm liabilities accounted for at fair value (including liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis) were 26% and 29% at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

(h) Includes assets within accrued interest receivable and other assets at March 31, 2009.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis Certain assets, liabilities and unfunded lending-related commitments are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, they are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The following tables present the assets and liabilities carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets by caption and level within the valuation hierarchy as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, for which a nonrecurring change in fair value has been recorded during the reporting period.

Fair value hierarchy March 31, 2010 (in millions) Level 1 (d) Level 2 (d) Level 3 Total fair value

Loans retained (a) $— $3,113 $ 684 $3,797 Loans held -for -sale (b) — 899 410 1,309

Total loans — 4,012 1,094 5,106 Other real estate owned — 53 369 422 Other assets — — 1 1

Total other assets — 53 370 423

Total assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis $— $4,065 $ 1,464 $5,529

Accounts payable and other liabilities (c) $— $ 109 $ 18 $ 127

Total liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis $— $ 109 $ 18 $ 127

Fair value hierarchy December 31, 2009 (in millions) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total fair value

Loans retained (a) $— $4,544 $ 1,137 $5,681 Loans held -for -sale (b) — 601 1,029 1,630

Total loans — 5,145 2,166 7,311 Other real estate owned — 307 387 694 Other assets — — 184 184

Total other assets — 307 571 878

Total assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis $— $5,452 $ 2,737 $8,189

Accounts payable and other liabilities (c) $— $ 87 $ 39 $ 126

Total liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis $— $ 87 $ 39 $ 126

(a) Reflects delinquent mortgage and home equity loans where the carrying value is based on the fair value of the underlying collateral.

(b) Predominantly includes leveraged lending loans carried on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at the lower of cost or fair value.

(c) Represents, at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, fair value adjustments associated with $523 million and $648 million, respectively, of unfunded held -for -sale lending -related commitments within the leveraged lending portfolio.

(d) In the first quarter of 2010, the transfers between level 1 and level 2 were not significant. The method used to estimate the fair value of impaired collateral-dependent loans depends on the type of collateral (e.g., securities, real estate, and nonfinancial assets). Fair value of the collateral is estimated based on quoted market prices, broker-quotes, independent appraisals or using a DCF model. For further information, see Note 14, on pages 130-131 of this Form 10-Q.

Nonrecurring fair value changes The following table presents the total change in value of assets and liabilities for which a fair value adjustment has been included in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, related to financial instruments held at those dates.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Loans retained $(1,338 ) $ (795) Loans held -for -sale 44 (456)

Total loans (1,294 ) (1,251)

Other assets 4 (290) Accounts payable and other liabilities 7 35

Total nonrecurring fair value gains/(losses) $(1,283 ) $(1,506 )

103 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Level 3 analysis Level 3 assets at March 31, 2010, principally include derivative receivables, mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”), trading loans, and collateralized loan obligations held within the available-for-sale (“AFS”) securities portfolio. For further discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s valuation methodologies for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, see Note 3 on pages 148-165 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. • Derivative receivables included $43.7 billion of interest rate, credit, foreign exchange, equity and commodity contracts classified within level 3 at March 31, 2010. Included within this balance were $19.4 billion of structured credit derivatives with corporate debt underlying. In assessing the Firm’s risk exposure to structured credit derivatives, the Firm believes consideration should also be given to derivative liabilities with similar and therefore offsetting risk profiles. At March 31, 2010, there were $11.0 billion of level 3 derivative liabilities with risk characteristics similar to those of the derivative receivable assets that were classified in level 3. Both the derivative receivables and payables are modeled and valued the same way with the same parameters and inputs. In addition, the counterparty credit risk and market risk exposure of all level 3 derivatives is partially hedged with instruments, for which the inputs are largely observable, that are largely liquid, and that are classified within level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

• Mortgage servicing rights represent the fair value of future cash flows for performing specified mortgage servicing activities for others (predominantly with respect to residential mortgage loans). For a further description of the mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) asset, interest rate risk management, and the valuation methodology used for MSRs, including valuation assumptions and sensitivities, see Note 17 on pages 214 -217 of JPMorgan Chase ’s 2009 Annual Report and Note 16 on pages 144 -145 of this Form 10 -Q.

• Trading loans principally include $7.1 billion of commercial mortgage loans and nonagency residential whole loans in IB for which there is limited price transparency; and $4.1 billion of reverse mortgages for which the principal risk sensitivities are mortality risk and home prices. The fair value of the commercial and residential mortgage loans is estimated by projecting expected cash flows, considering relevant borrower-specific and market factors, and discounting those cash flows at a rate reflecting current market liquidity. Loans are partially hedged by level 2 instruments, including credit default swaps and interest rate derivatives, which are observable and liquid.

• Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) of $12.0 billion are securities backed by corporate loans, and they are held in the Firm’s AFS securities portfolio. For these securities, external pricing information is not available. They are therefore valued using market-standard models to model the specific collateral composition and cash flow structure of each deal; key inputs to the model are market spread data for each credit rating, collateral type and other relevant contractual features. Substantially all of these securities are rated “AAA”, “AA” and “A” and have an average credit enhancement of 29%. Credit enhancement in CLOs is primarily in the form of overcollateralization, which is the excess of the par amount of collateral over the par amount of the securities. For further discussion, see Note 11 on pages 120- 124 of this Form 10 -Q.

Consolidated Balance Sheets changes Level 3 assets (including assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis) were 6% of total Firm assets at March 31, 2010. Level 3 assets were $121.9 billion at March 31, 2010, reflecting a decrease of $8.5 billion, due to the following significant changes during the quarter: • A net decrease of $3.5 billion due to the adoption of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. As a result of the adoption of the new guidance, there was a decrease of $5.0 billion in accrued interest and accounts receivable related to retained securitization interests in Firm- sponsored credit card securitization trusts that were eliminated upon consolidation, partially offset by an increase of $1.5 billion in trading debt and equity instruments.

• A net decrease of $2.9 billion in derivative receivables, predominantly due to the tightening of credit spreads.

• $1.1 billion decrease in nonrecurring loans largely due to a decrease in the loans for which there was an adjustment in the current period.

Gains and Losses Included in the tables for the three months ended March 31, 2010 • $1.4 billion of net losses and $493 million of net gains on assets and liabilities, respectively, measured at fair value on a recurring basis, none of which were individually significant.

Included in the tables for the three months ended March 31, 2009 • $2.9 billion of losses on trading -debt and equity instruments, principally from mortgage -related transactions.

• $567 million of losses on leveraged loans. Leveraged loans are typically classified as held-for-sale and measured at the lower of cost or fair value and therefore included in nonrecurring fair value assets.

• $1.3 billion of gains on MSRs.

104 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

• Net gains of approximately $769 million, principally related to equity derivatives transactions.

• $842 million of gains related to structured notes, principally due to significant volatility in the fixed income, commodities and equity markets.

Credit adjustments When determining the fair value of an instrument, it may be necessary to record a valuation adjustment to arrive at an exit price under U.S. GAAP. Valuation adjustments include, but are not limited to, amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the Firm’s own creditworthiness. The market’s view of the Firm’s credit quality is reflected in credit spreads observed in the market. For a detailed discussion of the valuation adjustments the Firm considers, see Note 3 on pages 148-165 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The following table provides the credit adjustments, excluding the effect of any hedging activity, as reflected within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of the dates indicated.

(in millions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Derivative receivables balance $79,416 $80,210 Derivatives CVA (a) (3,541) (3,697) Derivative payables balance 62,741 60,125 Derivatives DVA (735) (841) (d) Structured notes balance (b)(c) 57,747 59,064 Structured notes DVA (793) (685) (d)

(a) Derivatives credit valuation adjustments ( “CVA”), gross of hedges, includes results managed by credit portfolio and other lines of business within IB.

(b) Structured notes are recorded within long-term debt, other borrowed funds or deposits on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, based on the tenor and legal form of the note.

(c) Structured notes are measured at fair value based on the Firm ’s election under the fair value option. For further information on these elections, see Note 4 on pages 108 -109 of this Form 10 -Q.

(d) The prior period has been revised. The following table provides the impact of credit adjustments on earnings in the respective periods, excluding the effect of any hedging activity.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Credit adjustments: Derivatives CVA (a) $ 156 $877 Derivatives DVA (106) 414 Structured notes DVA (b) 108 638

(a) Derivatives CVA, gross of hedges, includes results managed by credit portfolio and other lines of business within IB.

(b) Structured notes are measured at fair value based on the Firm’s election under the fair value option. For further information on these elections, see Note 4 on pages 108 -109 of this Form 10 -Q.

Additional disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments (including financial instruments not carried at fair value) U.S. GAAP requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain financial instruments, and the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate their fair value. Financial instruments within the scope of these disclosure requirements are included in the following table. Additionally, certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments are excluded from the scope. Accordingly, the fair value disclosures required provide only a partial estimate of the fair value of JPMorgan Chase. For example, the Firm has developed long-term relationships with its customers through its deposit base and credit card accounts, commonly referred to as core deposit intangibles and credit card relationships. In the opinion of management, these items, in the aggregate, add significant value to JPMorgan Chase, but their fair value is not disclosed in this Note.

Financial instruments for which carrying value approximates fair value Certain financial instruments that are not carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets are carried at amounts that approximate fair value, due to their short-term nature and generally negligible credit risk. These instruments include cash and due from banks; deposits with banks, federal funds sold; securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed with short-dated maturities; short-term receivables and accrued interest receivable; commercial paper; federal funds purchased; securities loaned and sold under repurchase agreements with short-dated maturities; other borrowed funds (excluding advances from Federal Home Loan Banks); accounts payable; and accrued liabilities. In addition, U.S. GAAP requires that the fair value for deposit liabilities with no stated maturity (i.e., demand, savings and certain money market deposits) be equal to their carrying value; recognition of the inherent funding value of these instruments is not permitted.

105 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The following table presents the carrying value and estimated fair value of financial assets and liabilities.

March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Carrying Estimated Appreciation/ Carrying Estimated Appreciation/ (in billions) value fair value (depreciation) value fair value (depreciation)

Financial assets Assets for which fair value approximates carrying value $ 90.4 $ 90.4 $ — $ 89.4 $ 89.4 $ — Accrued interest and accounts receivable (included zero and $5.0 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 54.0 54.0 — 67.4 67.4 — Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (included $18.8 and $20.5 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 230.1 230.1 — 195.4 195.4 — Securities borrowed (included $8.7 and $7.0 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 126.7 126.7 — 119.6 119.6 — Trading assets 426.1 426.1 — 411.1 411.1 — Securities (included $344.4 and $360.4 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 344.4 344.4 — 360.4 360.4 — Loans (included $2.0 and $1.4 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 675.6 674.7 (0.9 ) 601.9 598.3 (3.6 ) Mortgage servicing rights at fair value 15.5 15.5 — 15.5 15.5 — Other (included $18.4 and $19.2 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 72.1 71.9 (0.2 ) 73.4 73.2 (0.2 )

Total financial assets $2,034.9 $2,033.8 $(1.1 ) $1,934.1 $1,930.3 $ (3.8 )

Financial liabilities Deposits (included $4.8 and $4.5 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) $ 925.3 $ 926.4 $(1.1 ) $ $938.4 $ $939.5 $ (1.1 ) Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements (included $3.8 and $3.4 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 295.2 295.2 — 261.4 261.4 — Commercial paper 50.6 50.6 — 41.8 41.8 — Other borrowed funds (included $6.2 and $5.6 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 49.0 49.1 (0.1 ) 55.7 55.9 (0.2 ) Trading liabilities 141.0 141.0 — 125.1 125.1 — Accounts payable and other liabilities (included $0.3 and $0.4 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 130.3 130.3 — 136.8 136.8 — Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs (included $2.6 and $1.4 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 93.1 93.1 — 15.2 15.2 — Long-term debt and junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (included $46.8 and $49.0 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 262.9 260.8 2.1 266.3 268.4 (2.1 )

Total financial liabilities $1,947.4 $1,946.5 $ 0.9 $1,840.7 $1,844.1 $ (3.4 )

Net (depreciation)/appreciation $(0.2 ) $ (7.2 )

106 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The majority of the Firm’s unfunded lending-related commitments are not carried at fair value on a recurring basis on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, nor are they actively traded. The carrying value and estimated fair value of the Firm’s wholesale lending-related commitments were as follows for the periods indicated.

March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Carrying Estimated Carrying Estimated (in billions) value (a) fair value value (a) fair value

Wholesale lending -related commitments $0.9 $1.1 $0.9 $1.3

(a) Represents the allowance for wholesale unfunded lending -related commitments. The Firm does not estimate the fair value of consumer lending-related commitments. In many cases, the Firm can reduce or cancel these commitments by providing the borrower prior notice or, in some cases, without notice as permitted by law. For a further discussion of the valuation of lending-related commitments, see Note 3 on pages 149—150 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Trading assets and liabilities average balances Average trading assets and liabilities were as follows for the periods indicated.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Trading assets — debt and equity instruments (a) $331,763 $314,846 Trading assets — derivative receivables 78,683 142,243 Trading liabilities — debt and equity instruments (a)(b) $ 70,882 $ 54,868 Trading liabilities — derivative payables 59,053 94,944

(a) Balances reflect the reduction of securities owned (long positions) by the amount of securities sold, but not yet purchased (short positions) when the long and short positions have identical CUSIPs.

(b) Primarily represent securities sold, not yet purchased.

107 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

NOTE 4 — FAIR VALUE OPTION For a discussion of the primary financial instruments for which fair value elections have been made, including the determination of instrument- specific credit risk for these items and the basis for those elections, see Note 4 on pages 165-167 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Changes in fair value under the fair value option election The following table presents the changes in fair value included in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, for items for which the fair value election was made. The profit and loss information presented below only includes the financial instruments that were elected to be measured at fair value; related risk management instruments, which are required to be measured at fair value, are not included in the table.

Three months ended March 31, 2010 2009 Total changes Total changes Principal Other in fair value Principal Other in fair value (in millions) transactions income recorded transactions income recorded

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements $ 19 $ — $ 19 $ (226) $ — $ (226 ) Securities borrowed 12 — 12 (7 ) — (7 ) Trading assets: Debt and equity instruments, excluding loans 156 1(c) 157 60 (3 ) (c) 57 Loans reported as trading assets: Changes in instrument-specific credit risk 409 (6) (c) 403 (480) (50 ) (c) (530 ) Other changes in fair value (384 ) 755(c) 371 (265) 937 (c) 672 Loans: Changes in instrument -specific credit risk 47 — 47 (453) — (453 ) Other changes in fair value (27 ) — (27) (107) — (107 ) Other assets — (53) (d) (53 ) — (401 ) (d) (401 ) Deposits (a) (189 ) — ( 189) (165) — (165 ) Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements (9 ) — (9) 33 — 33 Other borrowed funds (a) 74 — 74 34 — 34 Trading liabilities (3 ) — (3) (2 ) — (2 ) Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs 46 — 46 15 — 15 Other liabilities 23 — 23 (1 ) — (1 ) Long -term debt: Changes in instrument -specific credit risk (a) 51 — 51 644 — 644 Other changes in fair value (b) 226 — 226 1,207 — 1,207

(a) Total changes in instrument-specific credit risk related to structured notes were $108 million and $638 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Those totals include adjustments for structured notes classified within deposits and other borrowed funds, as well as long -term debt.

(b) Structured notes are debt instruments with embedded derivatives that are tailored to meet a client’s need for derivative risk in funded form. The embedded derivative is the primary driver of risk. Although the risk associated with the structured notes is actively managed, the gains reported in this table do not include the income statement impact of such risk management instruments.

(c) Reported in mortgage fees and related income.

(d) Reported in other income.

108 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Difference between aggregate fair value and aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding The following table reflects the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, for loans and long-term debt for which the fair value option has been elected.

March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Fair value Fair value over/(under) over/(under) Contractual contractual Contractual contractual principal principal principal principal (in millions) outstanding Fair value outstanding outstanding Fair value outstanding

Loans Performing loans 90 days or more past due Loans reported as trading assets $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — Loans — — — — — — Nonaccrual loans Loans reported as trading assets 6,717 2,077 (4,640) 7,264 2,207 (5,057) Loans 997 119 (878 ) 1,126 151 (975)

Subtotal 7,714 2,196 (5,518) 8,390 2,358 (6,032) All other performing loans Loans reported as trading assets 32,757 27,107 (c) (5,650) 35,095 29,341 (5,754) Loans 2,834 1,695 (1,139) 2,147 1,000 (1,147)

Total loans $ 43,305 $30,998 $(12,307 ) $45,632 $32,699 $(12,933 )

Long -term debt Principal —protected debt $ 25,491 (b) $25,260 $ (231 ) $26,765 (b) $26,378 $ (387) Nonprincipal —protected debt (a) NA 21,521 NA NA 22,594 NA

Total long -term debt NA $46,781 NA NA 48,972 NA

Long -term beneficial interests Principal —protected debt $ 74 $ 74 $ — $ 90 $ 90 $ — Nonprincipal —protected debt (a) NA 2,517 (c) NA NA 1,320 NA

Total long -term beneficial interests NA $ 2,591 NA NA $ 1,410 NA

(a) Remaining contractual principal is not applicable to nonprincipal -protected notes. Unlike principal-protected notes, for which the Firm is obligated to return a stated amount of principal at the maturity of the note, nonprincipal-protected notes do not obligate the Firm to return a stated amount of principal at maturity, but to return an amount based on the performance of an underlying variable or derivative feature embedded in the note.

(b) Where the Firm issues principal-protected zero-coupon or discount notes, the balance reflected as the remaining contractual principal is the final principal payment at maturity.

(c) Includes $1.8 billion of trading loan balances and $1.6 billion of long -term beneficial interests balances for which the fair value option was elected in the first quarter of 2010, related to the consolidation of securitization trusts within IB.

109 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

NOTE 5 — DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS For a further discussion of the Firm’s use and accounting policies regarding derivative instruments, see Note 5 on pages 167-175 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Notional amount of derivative contracts The following table summarizes the notional amount of derivative contracts outstanding as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

Notional amounts (b) (in billions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Interest rate contracts Swaps $43,902 $47,663 Futures and forwards 9,394 6,986 Written options 4,523 4,553 Purchased options 4,442 4,584

Total interest rate contracts 62,261 63,786

Credit derivatives (a) 5,637 5,994

Foreign exchange contracts Cross -currency swaps 2,220 2,217 Spot, futures and forwards 4,204 3,578 Written options 648 685 Purchased options 649 699

Total foreign exchange contracts 7,721 7,179

Equity contracts Swaps 85 81 Futures and forwards 42 45 Written options 509 502 Purchased options 474 449

Total equity contracts 1,110 1,077

Commodity contracts Swaps 182 178 Spot, futures and forwards 112 113 Written options 192 201 Purchased options 190 205

Total commodity contracts 676 697

Total derivative notional amounts $77,405 $78,733

(a) Primarily consists of credit default swaps. For more information on volumes and types of credit derivative contracts, see the Credit derivatives discussion on pages 115 -116 of this Note.

(b) Represents the sum of gross long and gross short third -party notional derivative contracts. While the notional amounts disclosed above give an indication of the volume of the Firm’s derivative activity, the notional amounts significantly exceed, in the Firm’s view, the possible losses that could arise from such transactions. For most derivative transactions, the notional amount is not exchanged; it is used simply as a reference to calculate payments.

110 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Impact of derivatives on the Consolidated Balance Sheets The following table summarizes information on derivative fair values that are reflected on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, by accounting designation (e.g., whether the derivatives were designated as hedges or not) and contract type.

Free-standing derivatives (a)

Derivative receivables Derivative payables Total Not Total March 31, 2010 Not designated Designated derivative designated Designated derivative (in millions) as hedges as hedges receivables as hedges as hedges payables

Trading assets and liabilities Interest rate $ 1,130,188 $7,243 $ 1,137,431 $1,102,519 $ 359 $ 1,102,878 Credit 147,923 — 147,923 142,683 — 142,683 Foreign exchange (b) 127,237 2,110 129,347 131,040 543 131,583 Equity 51,540 — 51,540 53,158 — 53,158 Commodity 36,453 35 36,488 34,280 990(d) 35,270

Gross fair value of trading assets and liabilities $ 1,493,341 $9,388 $ 1,502,729 $1,463,680 $ 1,892 $ 1,465,572 Netting adjustment (c) (1,423,313 ) (1,402,831)

Carrying value of derivative trading assets and trading liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets $ 79,416 $ 62,741

Derivative receivables Derivative payables Total Not Total December 31, 2009 Not designated Designated derivative designated Designated derivative (in millions) as hedges as hedges receivables as hedges as hedges payables

Trading assets and liabilities Interest rate $ 1,148,901 $6,568 $ 1,155,469 $1,121,978 $427 $ 1,122,405 Credit 170,864 — 170,864 164,790 — 164,790 Foreign exchange (b) 141,790 2,497 144,287 137,865 353 138,218 Equity 57,871 — 57,871 58,494 — 58,494 Commodity 36,988 39 37,027 35,082 194 (d) 35,276

Gross fair value of trading assets and liabilities $ 1,556,414 $9,104 $ 1,565,518 $1,518,209 $974 $ 1,519,183 Netting adjustment (c) (1,485,308 ) (1,459,058 )

Carrying value of derivative trading assets and trading liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets $ 80,210 $ 60,125

(a) Excludes structured notes for which the fair value option has been elected. See Note 4 on pages 108 -109 of this Form 10-Q and Note 4 on pages 165 -167 of JPMorgan Chase ’s 2009 Annual Report for further information.

(b) Excludes $164 million of foreign currency -denominated debt designated as a net investment hedge for March 31, 2010. The Firm did not use foreign currency -denominated debt as a hedging instrument in 2009, and therefore there was no impact as of December, 31, 2009.

(c) U.S. GAAP permits the netting of derivative receivables and payables, and the related cash collateral received and paid when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists between the Firm and a derivative counterparty.

(d) Excludes $1.3 billion related to separated commodity derivatives used as fair value hedging instruments that are recorded in the line item of the host contract (i.e., other borrowed funds) for both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

Derivative receivables and payables mark -to-market The following table summarizes the fair values of derivative receivables and payables, including those designated as hedges by contract type after netting adjustments as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

Trading assets —Derivative receivables Trading liabilities —Derivative payables (in millions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Contract type: Interest rate (a) $38,744 $33,733 $23,594 $19,688 Credit (a) 10,088 11,859 6,508 6,036 Foreign exchange 18,537 21,984 19,688 19,818 Equity 5,538 6,635 10,236 11,554 Commodity 6,509 5,999 2,715 3,029 Total $79,416 $80,210 $62,741 $60,125

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea (a) In 2010, cash collateral netting reporting was enhanced. Prior periods have been revised to conform to the current presentation. The effect resulted in an increase to interest rate derivative receivables and a corresponding decrease to credit derivative receivables of $7.0 billion, and an increase to interest rate payables and a corresponding decrease to credit derivative payables of $4.5 billion as of December 31, 2009.

111 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Impact of derivatives and hedged items on the income statement and on other comprehensive income The following table summarizes the total pretax impact of JPMorgan Chase’s derivative-related activities on the Firm’s Consolidated Statements of Income and Other Comprehensive Income for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, by accounting designation.

Consolidated Statements of Income Derivative -related gains/(losses) (in millions) Net Risk Fair value Cash flow investment management Trading Three months ended March 31, hedges (a) hedges hedges (b) activities activities (a) Total

2010 $ 65 $ — $ (41 ) $ (23 ) $2,223 $2,224 2009 $ 107 $ 87 $ (9 ) $(769 ) $4,077 $3,493

Other Comprehensive Income/(loss) Derivative -related net changes in other comprehensive income (in millions) Net Risk Fair value Cash flow investment management Trading Three months ended March 31, hedges hedges hedges (b) activities activities Total

2010 NA $142 $326 NA NA $ 468 2009 NA $250 $181 NA NA $ 431

(a) Includes the hedge accounting impact of the hedged item for fair value hedges and includes cash instruments within trading activities.

(b) Includes $41 million of foreign currency transaction gain or loss related to foreign currency -denominated debt designated as a net investment hedge for March 31, 2010. The Firm did not use foreign currency-denominated debt as a hedging instrument in 2009 and therefore there was no impact as of March 31, 2009. The tables that follow reflect more detailed information regarding the derivative-related income statement impact by accounting designation for the three months ended March 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Fair value hedge gains and losses The following table presents derivative instruments, by contract type, used in fair value hedge accounting relationships, as well as pretax gains/ (losses) recorded on such derivatives and the related hedged items for the three months ended March 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The Firm includes gains/(losses) on the hedging derivative and the related hedged item in the same line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Gains/(losses) recorded in income Income statement impact due to: Three months ended Total income March 31, 2010 statement Hedge Excluded (in millions) Derivatives Hedged items impact (d) ineffectiveness (e) components (f)

Contract type Interest rate (a) $ 632 $ (498) $ 134 $28 $ 106 Foreign exchange (b) 1,647 (1,657) (10 ) — (10) Commodity (c) (455) 396 (59 ) — (59)

Total $ 1,824 $(1,759 ) $ 65 $28 $ 37

Gains/(losses) recorded in income Income statement impact due to: Three months ended Total income March 31, 2009 statement Hedge Excluded (in millions) Derivatives Hedged items impact (d) ineffectiveness (e) components (f)

Contract type Interest rate (a) $ (501 ) $ 770 $ 269 $(294 ) $ 563 Foreign exchange (b) (701 ) 537 (164 ) — ( 164) Commodity (c) (156 ) 158 2 — 2

Total $(1,358 ) $1,465 $ 107 $(294 ) $ 401

(a) Primarily consists of hedges of the benchmark (e.g., LIBOR) interest rate risk of fixed -rate long -term debt. Gains and losses were recorded in net interest income.

(b) Primarily consists of hedges of the foreign currency risk of long -term debt and AFS securities for changes in spot foreign currency rates. Gains and losses related to the derivatives and the hedged items, due to changes in spot foreign currency rates, were recorded in principal transactions revenue.

(c) Consists of overall fair value hedges of physical gold and base metal inventory. Gains and losses were recorded in principal transactions revenue.

112 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

(d) Total income statement impact for fair value hedges consists of hedge ineffectiveness and any components excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

(e) Hedge ineffectiveness is the amount by which the gain or loss on the designated derivative instrument does not exactly offset the gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk.

(f) Certain components of hedging derivatives are permitted to be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, such as forward points on a futures or forwards contract. Amounts related to excluded components are recorded in current -period income.

Cash flow hedge gains and losses The following table presents derivative instruments, by contract type, used in cash flow hedge accounting relationships, and the pretax gains/ (losses) recorded on such derivatives, for the three months ended March 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The Firm includes the gain/(loss) on the hedging derivative in the same line item as the offsetting change in cash flows on the hedged item in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Gains/(losses) recorded in income and other comprehensive income/(loss) (c) Hedge Derivatives — ineffectiveness effective portion recorded directly Derivatives Total change Three months ended reclassified from in Total income effective portion in OCI March 31, 2010 (in millions) AOCI to income income (d) statement impact recorded in OCI for period

Contract type Interest rate (a) $ 49 $ 3 $ 52 $ 251 $202 Foreign exchange (b) (52 ) — (52 ) (112) (60 )

Total $ (3 ) $ 3 $ — $ 139 $142

Gains/(losses) recorded in income and other comprehensive income/(loss) (c) Hedge Derivatives — ineffectiveness effective portion recorded directly Derivatives Three months ended reclassified from in Total income effective portion Total change in OCI March 31, 2009 (in millions) AOCI into income income (d) statement impact recorded in OCI for period

Contract type Interest rate (a) $ (43 ) $ 1 $ (42 ) $ 44 $ 87 Foreign exchange (b) 129 — 129 292 163

Total $ 86 $ 1 $ 87 $336 $250

(a) Primarily consists of benchmark interest rate hedges of LIBOR -indexed floating-rate assets and floating-rate liabilities. Gains and losses were recorded in net interest income.

(b) Primarily consists of hedges of the foreign currency risk of non -U.S. dollar -denominated revenue and expense. The income statement classification of gains and losses follows the hedged item — primarily net interest income, compensation expense and other expense.

(c) The Firm did not experience forecasted transactions that failed to occur for the first quarter 2010, and 2009, respectively.

(d) Hedge ineffectiveness is the amount by which the cumulative gain or loss on the designated derivative instrument exceeds the present value of the cumulative expected change in cash flows on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. Over the next 12 months, the Firm expects that $245 million (after-tax) of net losses recorded in AOCI at March 31, 2010, related to cash flow hedges will be recognized in income. The maximum length of time over which forecasted transactions are hedged is 10 years, and such transactions primarily relate to core lending and borrowing activities.

113 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Net investment hedge gains and losses The following table presents hedging instruments, by contract type, that were used in net investment hedge accounting relationships, and the pretax gains/(losses) recorded on such derivatives for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Gains/(losses) recorded in income and other comprehensive income/(loss) 2010 2009 Excluded components Excluded components Three months ended March 31, recorded directly Effective portion recorded directly Effective portion (in millions) in income (a) recorded in OCI in income (a) recorded in OCI

Contract type Foreign exchange derivatives $(41 ) $285 $ (9 ) $181 Foreign currency denominated debt — 41 NA NA

Total $(41 ) $326 $ (9 ) $181

(a) Certain components of derivatives used as hedging instruments are permitted to be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, such as forward points on a futures or forwards contract. Amounts related to excluded components are recorded in current-period income. There was no ineffectiveness for net investment hedge accounting relationships during the three months ended March 31, 2010.

Risk management derivatives gains and losses (not designated as hedging instruments) The following table presents nontrading derivatives, by contract type, that were not designated in hedge relationships, and the pretax gains/ (losses) recorded on such derivatives for the three months ended March 31, 2010, and 2009, respectively. These derivatives are risk management instruments used to mitigate or transform the risk of market exposures arising from banking activities other than trading activities, which are discussed separately below.

Derivatives gains/(losses) recorded in income Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Contract type Interest rate (a) $ 140 $(151 ) Credit (b) (119) (516) Foreign exchange (c) (21 ) (69 ) Equity (b) — (6) Commodity (b) (23 ) (27 )

Total $ (23 ) $(769 )

(a) Gains and losses were recorded in principal transactions revenue, mortgage fees and related income, and net interest income.

(b) Gains and losses were recorded in principal transactions revenue.

(c) Gains and losses were recorded in principal transactions revenue and net interest income.

Trading derivative gains and losses The Firm has elected to present derivative gains and losses related to its trading activities together with the cash instruments with which they are risk managed. All amounts are recorded in principal transactions revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Gains/(losses) recorded in principal transactions revenue Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Type of instrument Interest rate $ 107 $2,385 Credit 2,125 (649) Foreign exchange (1,244) 1,074 Equity 822 866 Commodity 413 401

Total $ 2,223 $4,077

Credit risk, liquidity risk and credit-related contingent features Derivative payables expose the Firm to liquidity risk, as the derivative contracts typically require the Firm to post cash or securities collateral with counterparties as the mark-to-market moves in the counterparties’ favor, or upon specified downgrades in the Firm’s or its subsidiaries’ respective credit ratings. At March 31, 2010, the impact of a single-notch and six-notch ratings downgrade to JPMorgan Chase & Co. and its subsidiaries, primarily JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., would have required $1.4 billion and $4.0 billion, respectively, of additional collateral to be posted by the Firm. Certain derivative contracts also provide for termination of the contract, generally upon a downgrade of either the Firm or the counterparty, at the fair value of the derivative contracts. At March 31, 2010, the impact of single-notch and six-notch ratings downgrades to JPMorgan Chase & Co. and its subsidiaries, primarily JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., related to contracts with termination triggers would have required the Firm to settle trades with a fair value of $285 million and

114 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

$5.9 billion, respectively. The aggregate fair value of net derivative payables that contain contingent collateral or termination features triggered upon a downgrade was $28.1 billion at March 31, 2010, for which the Firm has posted collateral of $25.1 billion in the normal course of business. The following table shows the current credit risk of derivative receivables after netting adjustments and collateral received, and the current liquidity risk of derivative payables after netting adjustments and collateral posted, as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

March 31, 2010 (in millions) Derivative receivables Derivative payables

Gross derivative fair value $ 1,502,729 $ 1,465,572 Netting adjustment — offsetting receivables/payables (1,364,469 ) (1,364,469) Netting adjustment — cash collateral received/paid (58,844) (38,362)

Carrying value on Consolidated Balance Sheets $ 79,416 $ 62,741

December 31, 2009 (in millions) Derivative receivables Derivative payables

Gross derivative fair value $ 1,565,518 $ 1,519,183 Netting adjustment — offsetting receivables/payables (1,419,840 ) (1,419,840) Netting adjustment — cash collateral received/paid (65,468) (39,218)

Carrying value on Consolidated Balance Sheets $ 80,210 $ 60,125

In addition to the collateral amounts reflected in the table above, at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the Firm had received liquid securities collateral in the amount of $14.4 billion and $15.5 billion, respectively, and posted $13.5 billion and $11.7 billion, respectively. The Firm also receives and delivers collateral at the initiation of derivative transactions, which is available as security against potential exposure that could arise should the fair value of the transactions move in the Firm’s or client’s favor, respectively. Furthermore, the Firm and its counterparties hold collateral related to contracts that have a non-daily call frequency for collateral to be posted, and collateral that the Firm or a counterparty has agreed to return but has not yet settled as of the reporting date. At March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the Firm had received $21.1 billion and $16.9 billion, respectively, and delivered $6.6 billion and $5.8 billion, respectively, of such additional collateral. These amounts were not netted against the derivative receivables and payables in the table above, because, at an individual counterparty level, the collateral exceeded the fair value exposure at both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

Credit derivatives For a more detailed discussion of credit derivatives, including a description of the different types used by the Firm, see Note 5 on pages 167-175, of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The following table presents a summary of the notional amounts of credit derivatives and credit-related notes the Firm sold and purchased as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. Upon a credit event, the Firm as seller of protection would typically pay out only a percentage of the full notional amount of net protection sold, as the amount actually required to be paid on the contracts takes into account the recovery value of the reference obligation at the time of settlement. The Firm manages the credit risk on contracts to sell protection by purchasing protection with identical or similar underlying reference entities. As such, other purchased protection referenced in the following table includes credit derivatives bought on related, but not identical, reference positions; these include indices, portfolio coverage and other reference points. The Firm does not use notional amounts as the primary measure of risk management for credit derivatives, because notional does not take into account the probability of occurrence of a credit event, recovery value of the reference obligation, or related cash instruments and economic hedges.

115 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Total credit derivatives and credit-related notes

Maximum payout/Notional amount

March 31, 2010 Protection purchased with Net protection Other protection (in millions) Protection sold identical underlyings (b) (sold)/purchased (c) purchased (d)

Credit derivatives Credit default swaps $ (2,759,027 ) $2,762,203 $ 3,176 $34,486 Other credit derivatives (a) (24,580) 25,934 1,354 30,746

Total credit derivatives (2,783,607 ) 2,788,137 4,530 65,232 Credit -related notes (4,218) — (4,218 ) 1,972

Total $ (2,787,825 ) $2,788,137 $ 312 $67,204

Maximum payout/Notional amount

December 31, 2009 Protection purchased with Net protection Other protection (in millions) Protection sold identical underlyings (b) (sold)/purchased (c) purchased (d)

Credit derivatives Credit default swaps $ (2,937,442) $ 2,978,044 $40,602 $28,064 Other credit derivatives (a) (10,575) 9,290 (1,285) 30,473

Total credit derivatives (2,948,017) 2,987,334 39,317 58,537 Credit -related notes (4,031) — (4,031 ) 1,728

Total $ (2,952,048) $ 2,987,334 $35,286 $60,265

(a) Primarily consists of total return swaps and credit default swap options.

(b) Represents the total notional amount of protection purchased where the underlying reference instrument is identical to the reference instrument on protection sold; the notional amount of protection purchased for each individual identical underlying reference instrument may be greater or lower than the notional amount of protection sold.

(c) Does not take into account the fair value of the reference obligation at the time of settlement, which would generally reduce the amount the seller of protection pays to the buyer of protection in determining settlement value.

(d) Represents single -name and index credit default swap protection the Firm purchased. The following table summarizes the notional and fair value amounts of credit derivatives and credit-related notes as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, where JPMorgan Chase is the seller of protection. The maturity profile is based on the remaining contractual maturity of the credit derivative contracts. The ratings profile is based on the rating of the reference entity on which the credit derivative contract is based. The ratings and maturity profile of protection purchased are comparable to the profile reflected below.

Protection sold — credit derivatives and credit-related notes ratings (a) /maturity profile

Total March 31, 2010 (in millions) <1 year 1-5 years >5 years notional amount Fair value (b)

Risk rating of reference entity Investment -grade (AAA to BBB -) $ (190,584) $ (1,086,509) $ (362,989) $(1,640,082 ) $(18,066 ) Noninvestment -grade (BB+ and below) (127,152) (755,223) (265,368) (1,147,743 ) (72,283 )

Total $ (317,736) $ (1,841,732) $ (628,357) $(2,787,825 ) $(90,349 )

Total December 31, 2009 (in millions) <1 year 1-5 years >5 years notional amount Fair value (b)

Risk rating of reference entity Investment -grade (AAA to BBB -) $ (215,580) $(1,140,133 ) $(367,015 ) $ (1,722,728) $ (16,607 ) Noninvestment -grade (BB+ and below) (150,122) (806,139 ) (273,059) (1,229,320) (90,410 )

Total $ (365,702) $(1,946,272 ) $(640,074 ) $ (2,952,048) $(107,017 )

(a) Ratings scale is based on the Firm ’s internal ratings, which generally correspond to ratings as defined by S&P and Moody ’s.

(b) Amounts are shown on a gross basis, before the benefit of legally enforceable master netting agreements and cash collateral held by the Firm.

116 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

NOTE 6 — OTHER NONINTEREST REVENUE For a discussion of the components of and accounting policies for the Firm’s other noninterest revenue, see Note 6 on pages 175-176 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The following table presents the components of investment banking fees.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Underwriting: Equity $ 413 $ 308 Debt 751 603

Total underwriting 1,164 911 Advisory (a) 297 475

Total investment banking fees $1,461 $1,386

(a) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon the adoption of the guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits. The consolidation of the conduits did not significantly change the Firm’s net income as a whole; however, it did affect the classification of items on the Firm’s Consolidated Statements of Income; as a result, certain advisory fees were eliminated, which were offset by an increase in lending - and deposit -related fees. The following table presents principal transactions revenue.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Trading revenue $4,386 $2,489 Private equity gains/(losses) (a) 162 (488)

Principal transactions $4,548 $2,001

(a) Includes revenue on private equity investments held in the Private Equity business within Corporate/Private Equity, and those held in other business segments. The following table presents components of asset management, administration and commissions.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Asset management: Investment management fees $1,327 $1,083 All other asset management fees 109 81

Total asset management fees 1,436 1,164 Total administration fees (a) 491 455 Commission and other fees: Brokerage commissions 703 687 All other commissions and fees 635 591

Total commissions and fees 1,338 1,278

Total asset management, administration and commissions $3,265 $2,897

(a) Includes fees for custody, securities lending, funds services and securities clearance.

117 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

NOTE 7 — INTEREST INCOME AND INTEREST EXPENSE Details of interest income and interest expense were as follows.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Interest income (a) Loans $ 10,557 $10,508 Securities 2,904 2,860 Trading assets 2,760 3,214 Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements 407 650 Securities borrowed 29 86 Deposits with banks 95 443 Other assets (b) 93 165

Total interest income 16,845 (d) 17,926

Interest expense (a) Interest -bearing deposits 844 1,686 Short -term and other liabilities (c) 701 1,091 Long -term debt 1,260 1,744 Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs 330 38

Total interest expense 3,135 (d) 4,559

Net interest income $ 13,710 $13,367 Provision for credit losses 7,010 8,596

Net interest income after provision for credit losses $ 6,700 $ 4,771

(a) Interest income and expense include the current -period interest accruals for financial instruments measured at fair value, except for financial instruments containing embedded derivatives that would be separately accounted for in accordance with U.S. GAAP absent the fair value option election; for those instruments, all changes in fair value, including any interest elements, are reported in principal transactions revenue.

(b) Predominantly margin loans.

(c) Includes brokerage customer payables.

(d) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon the adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts, its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits and certain other consumer loan securitization entities, primarily mortgage-related. The consolidation of these VIEs did not significantly change the Firm’s net income as a whole; however, it does affect the classification of items on the Firm’s Consolidated Statements of Income; as a result of the adoption of the new guidance, certain noninterest revenue was eliminated, offset by the recognition of interest income, interest expense, and provision for credit losses. NOTE 8 — PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS For a discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s pension and other postretirement employee benefit (“OPEB”) plans, see Note 8 on pages 176-183 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The following table presents the components of net periodic benefit cost reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the Firm’s U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension and OPEB plans.

Defined benefit pension plans U.S. Non -U.S. OPEB plans Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009 2010 2009 2010 2009

Components of net periodic benefit cost Benefits earned during the period $ 58 $ 77 $ 7 $ 7 $ — $ 1 Interest cost on benefit obligations 117 128 (14 ) 26 15 18 Expected return on plan assets (186 ) (146 ) 13 (24 ) (24 ) (24 ) Amortization: Net loss 56 76 14 10 — — Prior service cost (credit) (11 ) 1 — — (3) (4)

Net periodic benefit cost 34 136 20 19 (12 ) (9) Other defined benefit pension plans (a) 4 3 4 4 NA NA

Total defined benefit plans 38 139 24 23 (12 ) (9) Total defined contribution plans 63 78 65 59 NA NA

Total pension and OPEB cost included in compensation expense $ 101 $ 217 $ 89 $ 82 $(12 ) $ (9)

(a) Includes various defined benefit pension plans, which are individually immaterial.

118 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The fair value of plan assets for the U.S. defined benefit pension and OPEB plans and for the material non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans were $11.6 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively, as of March 31, 2010, and $11.5 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2009. See Note 20 on page 147 of this Form 10-Q for further information on unrecognized amounts (i.e., net loss and prior service costs/(credit)) reflected in AOCI for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009. The amount of 2010 potential contributions for the U.S. qualified defined benefit pension plans, if any, are not reasonably estimable at this time. The 2010 potential contributions for the Firm’s U.S. non-qualified defined benefit pension plans are estimated to be $42 million and for the non- U.S. defined benefit pension and OPEB plans are estimated to be $171 million and $2 million, respectively. NOTE 9 — EMPLOYEE STOCK -BASED INCENTIVES For a discussion of the accounting policies and other information relating to employee stock-based incentives, see Note 9 on pages 184-186 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The Firm recognized noncash compensation expense related to its various employee stock-based incentive plans of $941 million and $788 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, in its Consolidated Statements of Income. These amounts included expense of $688 million and $648 million, respectively, related to the cost of prior grants of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) that are amortized over their applicable vesting periods, and expense of $253 million and $140 million, respectively, related to the accrual of estimated costs of RSUs and SARs to be granted in future periods to full-career eligible employees. In the first quarter of 2010, the Firm granted 71 million RSUs, with a weighted average grant date fair value of $43.12 per RSU, in connection with its annual incentive grant. NOTE 10 — NONINTEREST EXPENSE The following table presents the components of noninterest expense.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Compensation expense $ 7,276 $ 7,588 Noncompensation expense: Occupancy expense 869 885 Technology, communications and equipment expense 1,137 1,146 Professional and outside services 1,575 1,515 Marketing 583 384 Other expense (a)(b) 4,441 1,375 Amortization of intangibles 243 275

Total noncompensation expense 8,848 5,580 Merger costs — 205 (c)

Total noninterest expense $ 16,124 $13,373

(a) The first quarter of 2010 includes $2.9 billion of litigation expense compared with a net benefit of $270 million in the first quarter of 2009.

(b) Includes foreclosed property expense of $303 million and $325 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For additional information regarding foreclosed property, see Note 13 on page 196 of JPMorgan Chase ’s 2009 Annual Report.

(c) Includes $142 million for compensation expense, $5 million for occupancy expense and $58 million for technology and communications and other expense. With the exception of occupancy - and technology -related write -offs, all of the costs required the expenditure of cash.

119 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

NOTE 11 — SECURITIES Securities are classified as AFS, held-to-maturity (“HTM”) or trading. For additional information regarding AFS and HTM securities, see Note 11 on pages 187-191 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. Trading securities are discussed in Note 3 on pages 96-107 of this Form 10-Q.

Securities gains and losses The following table presents realized gains and losses and credit losses that were recognized in income from AFS securities.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Realized gains $ 752 $ 410 Realized losses (42 ) (207)

Net realized gains (a) 710 203 Credit losses included in securities gains (b) (100) (5 )

Net securities gains $ 610 $ 198

(a) Proceeds from securities sold were within approximately 3% of amortized cost. (b) Includes other -than -temporary impairment losses recognized in income on certain prime mortgage -backed securities and obligations of U.S. states and municipalities for the three months ended March 31, 2010, and on certain subprime mortgage-backed securities for the three months ended March 31, 2009, respectively. The amortized costs and estimated fair values of AFS and HTM securities were as follows for the dates indicated.

March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Gross Gross Gross Gross Amortized unrealized unrealized Amortized unrealized unrealized Fair (in millions) cost gains losses Fair value cost gains losses value

Available -for -sale debt securities Mortgage -backed securities: U.S. government agencies (a) $ 157,761 $ 2,669 $ 300 $160,130 $166,094 $2,412 $ 608 $167,898 Residential: Prime and Alt -A 4,406 100 665 (d) 3,841 5,234 96 807 (d) 4,523 Subprime — — — — 17 — — 17 Non -U.S. 17,293 381 47 17,627 10,003 320 65 10,258 Commercial 4,989 355 6 5,338 4,521 132 63 4,590

Total mortgage -backed securities $ 184,449 $ 3,505 $1,018 $186,936 $185,869 $2,960 $1,543 $187,286 U.S. Treasury and government agencies (a) 24,762 111 141 24,732 30,044 88 135 29,997 Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities 7,525 301 30 7,796 6,270 292 25 6,537 Certificates of deposit 4,202 5 — 4,207 2,649 1 — 2,650 Non -U.S. government debt securities 20,997 219 56 21,160 24,320 234 51 24,503 Corporate debt securities (b) 66,499 778 100 67,177 61,226 812 30 62,008 Asset -backed securities: Credit card receivables 9,906 425 8 10,323 25,266 502 26 25,742 Collateralized loan obligations 12,088 440 353 12,175 12,172 413 436 12,149 Other 7,059 149 27 7,181 6,719 129 54 6,794

Total available -for -sale debt securities $ 337,487 $ 5,933 $1,733 (d) $341,687 $354,535 $5,431 $2,300 (d) $357,666 Available-for-sale equity securities 2,461 209 4 2,666 2,518 185 4 2,699

Total available -for -sale securities $ 339,948 $ 6,142 $1,737 (d) $344,353 $357,053 $5,616 $2,304 (d) $360,365

Total held -to -maturity securities (c) $ 23 $ 2 $ — $ 25 $ 25 $ 2 $ — $ 27

(a) Includes total U.S. government -sponsored enterprise obligations with fair values of $134.9 billion and $153.0 billion at March 31, 2010,

and December 31, 2009, respectively, which were predominantly mortgage -related. WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea (b) Consists primarily of bank debt including sovereign guaranteed bank debt. (c) Consists primarily of mortgage -backed securities issued by U.S. government -sponsored enterprises. (d) Includes a total of $314 million and $368 million (before tax) of unrealized losses related to prime mortgage -backed securities reported in accumulated other comprehensive income not related to credit on debt securities for which credit losses have been recognized in income at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

120 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Securities impairment The following tables present the fair value and gross unrealized losses for AFS securities by aging category at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

Securities with gross unrealized losses Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total Gross Gross Total gross Fair unrealized Fair unrealized fair unrealized March 31, 2010 (in millions) value losses value losses value losses

Available -for -sale debt securities Mortgage -backed securities: U.S. government agencies $ 27,253 $252 $ 2,652 $ 48 $29,905 $ 300 Residential: Prime and Alt -A 219 21 2,318 644 2,537 665 Subprime — — — — — — Non -U.S. 856 1 2,969 46 3,825 47 Commercial 238 3 94 3 332 6

Total mortgage -backed securities 28,566 277 8,033 741 36,599 1,018 U.S. Treasury and government agencies 9,298 50 2,909 91 12,207 141 Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities 1,519 19 137 11 1,656 30 Certificates of deposit — — — — — — Non -U.S. government debt securities 2,691 50 765 6 3,456 56 Corporate debt securities 4,953 33 9,927 67 14,880 100 Asset -backed securities: Credit card receivables — — 494 8 494 8 Collateralized loan obligations — — 7,850 353 7,850 353 Other 767 6 597 21 1,364 27

Total available -for -sale debt securities 47,794 435 30,712 1,298 78,506 1,733 Available -for -sale equity securities 1 1 2 3 3 4

Total securities with gross unrealized losses $ 47,795 $436 $30,714 $1,301 $78,509 $1,737

Securities with gross unrealized losses Less than 12 months 12 months or more Total Gross Gross Total gross Fair unrealized Fair unrealized fair unrealized December 31, 2009 (in millions) value losses value losses value losses

Available -for -sale debt securities Mortgage -backed securities: U.S. government agencies $ 43,235 $603 $ 644 $ 5 $43,879 $ 608 Residential: Prime and Alt -A 183 27 3,032 780 3,215 807 Subprime — — — — — — Non -U.S. 391 1 1,773 64 2,164 65 Commercial 679 34 229 29 908 63

Total mortgage -backed securities 44,488 665 5,678 878 50,166 1,543 U.S. Treasury and government agencies 8,433 135 — — 8,433 135 Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities 472 11 389 14 861 25 Certificates of deposit — — — — — — Non -U.S. government debt securities 2,471 46 835 5 3,306 51 Corporate debt securities 1,831 12 4,634 18 6,465 30 Asset -backed securities: Credit card receivables — — 745 26 745 26 Collateralized loan obligations 42 1 7,883 435 7,925 436 Other 767 8 1,767 46 2,534 54

Total available -for -sale debt securities 58,504 878 21,931 1,422 80,435 2,300 Available -for -sale equity securities 1 1 3 3 4 4

Total securities with gross unrealized losses $ 58,505 $879 $21,934 $1,425 $80,439 $2,304

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea 121 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Other-than-temporary impairment The following table presents credit losses that are included in the securities gains and losses table above.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Debt securities the Firm does not intend to sell that have credit losses

Total losses (a) $ (94 ) $— Losses recorded in/(reclassified from) other comprehensive income (6 ) —

Credit losses recognized in income (b) (100 ) —

Credit losses recognized in income on debt securities the Firm intends to sell — (5) (c)

Total credit losses recognized in income $(100 ) $ (5)

(a) For initial other -than-temporary impairments, represents the excess of the amortized cost over the fair value of AFS debt securities. For subsequent impairments of the same security, represents additional declines in fair value subsequent to the previously recorded other- than -temporary impairment(s), if applicable. (b) Represents the credit loss component of certain prime mortgage -backed securities and obligations of U.S. states and municipalities that the Firm does not intend to sell. Subsequent credit losses may be recorded on securities without a corresponding further decline in fair value if there has been a decline in expected cash flows. (c) Includes other -than -temporary impairment losses recognized in income on certain subprime mortgage -backed securities.

Changes in the credit loss component of credit-impaired debt securities The following table presents a rollforward for the three months ended March 31, 2010, of the credit loss component of OTTI losses that have been recognized in income, related to debt securities that the Firm does not intend to sell. There were no OTTI losses related to debt securities that the Firm did not intend to sell for the three months ended March 31, 2009.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010

Balance, beginning of period $ 578 Additions: Increase in losses on previously credit -impaired securities 94 Losses reclassified from other comprehensive income on previously credit -impaired securities 6 Reductions: Sales of credit -impaired securities (3) Impact of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs (15 )

Balance, end of period $ 660

Unrealized losses have decreased since December 31, 2009, due primarily to market spread improvement and increased liquidity, driving asset prices higher. As of March 31, 2010, the Firm does not intend to sell the securities with a loss position in AOCI, and it is not likely that the Firm will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis. Except for the securities reported in the table above for which credit losses have been recognized in income, the Firm believes that the securities with an unrealized loss in AOCI are not other-than- temporarily impaired as of March 31, 2010. Following is a description of the Firm’s main security investments with the most significant unrealized losses as of March 31, 2010, and the key assumptions used in its estimate of the present value of the cash flows most likely to be collected from these investments.

Mortgage -backed securities — U.S. government agencies As of March 31, 2010, gross unrealized losses on mortgage-backed securities related to U.S. agencies were $300 million, of which $48 million related to securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for longer than 12 months. These mortgage-backed securities do not have any credit losses, given the explicit and implicit guarantees provided by the U.S. federal government. Mortgage -backed securities — Prime and Alt-A nonagency As of March 31, 2010, gross unrealized losses related to prime and Alt-A residential mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers were $665 million, of which $644 million related to securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for longer than 12 months. Overall losses have decreased since December 31, 2009, due to increased market stabilization, resulting from increased demand for higher-yielding asset classes and U.S. government programs. Approximately one-fifth of these positions (by amortized cost) are currently rated “AAA.” The remaining four-fifths have experienced downgrades since purchase, and approximately half of the positions are currently rated below investment-grade. In analyzing prime and Alt-A residential mortgage-backed securities for potential credit losses, the Firm utilizes a methodology that focuses on loan-level detail to estimate future cash flows, which are then applied to the various tranches of issued securities based on their respective contractual provisions of the securitization trust. The loan-level analysis considers prepayment, home price, default rate and loss severity assumptions. Given this level of granularity, the underlying assumptions vary significantly taking into consideration such factors as the financial condition of the borrower, loan to value ratio, loan type and geographical location of

122 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents the underlying property. The weighted average underlying default rate on the positions was 20% and the related weighted average loss severity was 49%. Based on this analysis, the Firm has recognized $6 million of OTTI losses in earnings during the first quarter of 2010, related to securities that have experienced increased delinquency rates associated with specific collateral types and origination dates. The unrealized loss of $665 million on the remaining securities is considered temporary, based on management’s assessment that the credit enhancement levels for those securities remain sufficient to support the Firm’s investment.

Asset -backed securities — Collateralized loan obligations As of March 31, 2010, gross unrealized losses related to collateralized loan obligations were $353 million, all of which related to securities that were in an unrealized loss position for longer than 12 months. Overall losses have decreased since December 31, 2009, mainly as a result of lower default forecasts and spread tightening across various asset classes. Substantially all of these securities are rated “AAA”, “AA” and “A” and have an average credit enhancement of 29%. Credit enhancement in CLOs is primarily in the form of overcollateralization, which is the excess of the par amount of collateral over the par amount of securities. The key assumptions considered in analyzing potential credit losses were underlying loan and debt security defaults and loss severity. Based on current default trends, the Firm assumed collateral default rates of 5% for the first quarter 2010 and thereafter. Further, loss severities were assumed to be 50% for loans and 80% for debt securities. Losses on collateral were estimated to occur approximately 24 months after default.

123 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Contractual maturities and yields The following table presents the amortized cost and estimated fair value at March 31, 2010, of JPMorgan Chase’s AFS and HTM securities by contractual maturity.

March 31, 2010 Due after one Due after five By remaining maturity Due in one through year years through Due after (in millions) year or less five years 10 years 10 years (c) Total

Available -for -sale debt securities Mortgage -backed securities (a) Amortized cost $ 74 $ 992 $ 6,172 $177,211 $ 184,449 Fair value 75 1,063 6,489 179,309 186,936 Average yield (b) 5.36% 5.39 % 4.77% 4.38 % 4.40 % U.S. Treasury and government agencies (a) Amortized cost $ 597 $ 17,169 $ 6,751 $ 245 $ 24,762 Fair value 598 17,195 6,694 245 24,732 Average yield (b) 0.34% 1.92 % 3.68% 5.47 % 2.40 % Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities Amortized cost $ 29 $ 233 $ 321 $ 6,942 $ 7,525 Fair value 30 244 344 7,178 7,796 Average yield (b) 4.93% 4.52 % 5.24% 5.02 % 5.02 % Certificates of deposit Amortized cost $ 4,202 $ — — — $ 4,202 Fair value 4,207 — — — 4,207 Average yield (b) 3.38% — — — 3.38 % Non -U.S. government debt securities Amortized cost $ 8,228 $ 12,372 $ 277 $ 120 $ 20,997 Fair value 8,234 12,522 277 127 21,160 Average yield (b) 0.75% 2.21 % 7.64% 1.37 % 1.70 % Corporate debt securities Amortized cost $ 7,976 $ 56,122 $ 2,275 $ 126 $ 66,499 Fair value 8,027 56,715 2,301 134 67,177 Average yield (b) 2.17% 2.07 % 5.57% 8.11 % 2.21 % Asset -backed securities Amortized cost $ 1,314 $ 7,844 $ 8,420 $ 11,475 $ 29,053 Fair value 1,324 8,207 8,515 11,633 29,679 Average yield (b) 1.01% 1.62 % 1.47% 1.55 % 1.52 %

Total available -for -sale debt securities Amortized cost $22,420 $ 94,732 $24,216 $196,119 $ 337,487 Fair value 22,495 95,946 24,620 198,626 341,687 Average yield (b) 1.78% 2.06 % 3.43% 4.24 % 3.41 %

Available -for -sale equity securities Amortized cost — — — $ 2,461 $ 2,461 Fair value — — — 2,666 2,666 Average yield (b) — — — 0.20 % 0.20 %

Total available -for -sale securities Amortized cost $22,420 $ 94,732 $24,216 $198,580 $ 339,948 Fair value 22,495 95,946 24,620 201,292 344,353 Average yield (b) 1.78% 2.06 % 3.43% 4.19 % 3.39 %

Total held -to -maturity securities Amortized cost $ — $ 6 $ 15 $ 2 $ 23 Fair value — 7 16 2 25 Average yield (b) — 6.99 % 6.86% 6.50 % 6.86 %

(a) U.S. government agencies and U.S. government -sponsored enterprises were the only issuers whose securities exceeded 10% of JPMorgan Chase ’s total stockholders ’ equity at March 31, 2010.

(b) Average yield was based on amortized cost balances at the end of the period and did not give effect to changes in fair value reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss). Yields are derived by dividing interest/dividend income (including the effect of related derivatives on AFS securities and the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts) by total amortized cost. Taxable-equivalent yields are used where applicable.

(c) Includes securities with no stated maturity. Substantially all of the Firm ’s mortgage -backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are due in 10 years or more, based on contractual maturity. The estimated duration, which reflects anticipated future prepayments based on a consensus of dealers in the market, is approximately five years for nonagency mortgage -backed securities and three years for collateralized mortgage obligations. WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea 124 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

NOTE 12 — SECURITIES FINANCING ACTIVITIES For a discussion of accounting policies relating to securities financing activities, see Note 12 on page 192 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. For further information regarding securities borrowed and securities lending agreements for which the fair value option has been elected, see Note 4 on pages 108—109 of this Form 10-Q. The following table details the Firm’s repurchase agreements, resale agreements, securities borrowed transactions and securities loaned transactions, all of which are accounted for as collateralized financings during the periods presented.

(in millions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Securities purchased under resale agreements (a) $229,955 $195,328 Securities borrowed (b) 126,741 119,630

Securities sold under repurchase agreements (c) $267,321 $245,692 Securities loaned 10,344 7,835

(a) Includes resale agreements of $18.8 billion and $20.5 billion accounted for at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. (b) Includes securities borrowed of $8.7 billion and $7.0 billion accounted for at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. (c) Includes repurchase agreements of $3.8 billion and $3.4 billion accounted for at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. The amounts reported in the table above have been reduced by $130.8 billion and $121.2 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, as a result of the agreements having met the specified conditions for net presentation under applicable accounting guidance. JPMorgan Chase pledges certain financial instruments it owns to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. Pledged securities that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as financial instruments owned (pledged to various parties) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At March 31, 2010, the Firm received securities as collateral that could be repledged, delivered or otherwise used with a fair value of approximately $663.0 billion. This collateral was generally obtained under resale agreements, securities borrowing agreements and customer margin loans. Of these securities, approximately $419.6 billion were repledged, delivered or otherwise used, generally as collateral under repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements or to cover short sales. NOTE 13 — LOANS The accounting for a loan may differ based on whether it is originated or purchased and whether the loan is used in an investing or trading strategy. The measurement framework for loans in the Consolidated Financial Statements is one of the following: • At the principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses, unearned income, unamortized discounts and premiums, and any net deferred loan fees or costs, for loans held -for -investment (other than purchased credit -impaired loans); • At the lower of cost or fair value, with valuation changes recorded in noninterest revenue, for loans that are classified as held -for -sale; • At fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in noninterest revenue, for loans classified as trading assets or risk managed on a fair value basis; or • Purchased credit -impaired loans held -for -investment are initially measured at fair value, which includes estimated future credit losses. Accordingly, an allowance for loan losses related to these loans is not recorded at the acquisition date. For a detailed discussion of the accounting policies relating to loans, see Note 13 on pages 192—196 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. See Note 4 on pages 108-109 of this Form 10-Q for further information on the Firm’s elections of fair value accounting under the fair value option. See Note 3 on pages 96-107 of this Form 10-Q for further information on loans carried at fair value and classified as trading assets.

125 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The composition of the Firm’s aggregate loan portfolio at each of the dates indicated was as follows.

(in millions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

U.S. wholesale loans: Commercial and industrial $ 45,974 $ 49,103 Real estate 53,000 54,968 Financial institutions 13,810 13,372 Government agencies 5,641 5,634 Other 31,145 23,383 Loans held -for -sale and at fair value 2,286 2,625

Total U.S. wholesale loans 151,856 149,085

Non -U.S. wholesale loans: Commercial and industrial 17,085 19,138 Real estate 2,022 2,227 Financial institutions 19,525 11,755 Government agencies 1,296 1,707 Other 20,713 18,790 Loans held -for -sale and at fair value 1,793 1,473

Total non -U.S. wholesale loans 62,434 55,090

Total wholesale loans: (a) Commercial and industrial 63,059 68,241 Real estate (b) 55,022 57,195 Financial institutions 33,335 25,127 Government agencies 6,937 7,341 Other 51,858 42,173 Loans held -for -sale and at fair value (c) 4,079 4,098

Total wholesale loans 214,290 204,175

Consumer loans: (d) Home equity — senior lien (e) 26,477 27,376 Home equity — junior lien (f) 71,165 74,049 Prime mortgage (g) 68,210 66,892 Subprime mortgage (g) 13,219 12,526 Option ARMs (g) 8,644 8,536 Auto loans (g) 47,381 46,031 Credit card (g)(h)(i) 149,260 78,786 Other 32,951 31,700 Loans held -for -sale (j) 2,879 2,142

Total consumer loans — excluding purchased credit -impaired loans 420,186 348,038

Consumer loans — purchased credit -impaired loans 79,323 81,245

Total consumer loans 499,509 429,283

Total loans (g)(k) $713,799 $633,458

(a) Includes Investment Bank, Commercial Banking, Treasury & Securities Services, Asset Management and Corporate/Private Equity.

(b) Represents credit extended for real estate -related purposes to borrowers who are primarily in the real estate development or investment businesses, and for which the repayment is predominantly from the sale, lease, management, operations or refinancing of the property.

(c) Includes loans for commercial and industrial, real estate, financial institutions and other of $2.6 billion, $47 million, $788 million and $688 million, respectively, at March 31, 2010, and $3.1 billion, $44 million, $278 million and $715 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009.

(d) Includes Retail Financial Services, Card Services and the Corporate/Private Equity segment.

(e) Represents loans where JPMorgan Chase holds the first security interest placed upon the property.

(f) Represents loans where JPMorgan Chase holds a security interest that is subordinate in rank to other liens.

(g) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated $84.7 billion of loans associated with Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts; $15.1 billion of wholesale loans; and $4.8 billion of loans associated with certain other consumer securitization entities, primarily mortgage-related. For further information, see Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10 -Q.

(h) Includes billed finance charges and fees net of an allowance for uncollectible amounts.

(i) Includes $1.0 billion of loans at December 31, 2009, held by the Washington Mutual Master Trust, which were consolidated onto the Firm ’s balance sheet at fair value during the second quarter of 2009. Such loans had been fully repaid or charged off as of March 31, 2010. See Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10 -Q

(j) Includes loans for prime mortgages and other (largely student loans) of $558 million and $2.3 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2010, and $450 million and $1.7 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2009.

(k) Loans (other than purchased credit -impaired loans and those for which the fair value option has been elected) are presented net of

unearned income, unamortized discounts and premiums, and net deferred loan costs of $1.5 billion and $1.4 billion at March 31, 2010, WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea and December 31, 2009, respectively.

126 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The following table reflects information about the Firm’s loan sales.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Net gains/(losses) on sales of loans (including lower of cost or fair value adjustments) (a) $ 109 $ (293)

(a) Excludes sales related to loans accounted for at fair value.

Impaired loans For further discussion of impaired loans, including the nature of such loans and the related accounting policies, and certain troubled debt restructurings, see Note 13 on pages 192-196 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The tables below set forth information about the Firm’s impaired loans, excluding both purchased credit-impaired loans and modified credit card loans, which are discussed separately below.

(in millions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Impaired loans with an allowance: Wholesale $ 5,095 $ 6,216 Consumer 4,748 3,978

Total impaired loans with an allowance 9,843 10,194

Impaired loans without an allowance: (a) Wholesale 1,191 760 Consumer — —

Total impaired loans without an allowance 1,191 760

Total impaired loans $11,034 $10,954

Allowance for impaired loans: Wholesale $ 1,557 $ 2,046 Consumer 1,010 996

Total allowance for impaired loans (b) $ 2,567 $ 3,042

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Average balance of impaired loans: Wholesale $ 5,691 $2,894 Consumer 4,591 2,593

Total impaired loans $10,282 $5,487

Interest income recognized on impaired loans: Wholesale $ 3 $ — Consumer 51 30

Total interest income recognized on impaired loans $ 54 $ 30

(a) When the discounted cash flows, collateral value or market price equals or exceeds the carrying value of the loan, then the loan does not require an allowance. (b) The allowance for impaired loans is included in JPMorgan Chase ’s asset -specific allowance for loan losses.

Loan modifications Certain loan modifications are made in conjunction with the Firm’s loss mitigation activities. Through the modification, JPMorgan Chase grants one or more concessions to a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulty in order to minimize the Firm’s economic loss, avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral and to ultimately maximize payments received by the Firm from the borrower. The concessions granted vary by program and by borrower-specific characteristics, and may include interest rate reductions, payment deferrals, or the acceptance of equity or other assets in lieu of payments. Such modifications are accounted for and reported as troubled debt restructurings. A loan that has been modified in a troubled debt restructuring is generally considered to be impaired until its maturity, regardless of whether the borrower performs under the modified terms. In certain limited cases, the concession granted relates solely to principal adjustments or other non- interest rate concessions, and the effective interest rate applicable to the modified loan is at or above the current market rate at that time. In such circumstances, the loan is disclosed as impaired and as a troubled debt restructuring only during the year of the modification; in subsequent years, the loan is not disclosed as impaired or as a troubled debt restructuring if repayment of the restructured loan on its modified terms is reasonably assured. It is the Firm’s general policy to place loans, other than credit card loans, on nonperforming status when the loan is modified in a troubled debt restructuring. In most cases, residential real estate and commercial loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring were considered nonperforming prior to their modification. These loans may be returned to performing status (resuming the accrual of interest) if the criteria set forth in the Firm’s accounting policy are met. These criteria generally include (a) performance under the modified terms for a minimum of six months and/or six payments, and (b) an expectation that repayment of the modified loan is reasonably assured based on, for example, the borrower’s debt capacity and level of future earnings, collateral values, LTV ratios, and other current market considerations. The Firm’s policy exempts credit card loans, including modified credit card loans, from being placed on nonperforming status as permitted by regulatory guidance. However, the Firm has separately established an allowance for the portion of earned interest and fees that it estimates to be uncollectible. WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea The allowance for loan losses for loans modified in troubled debt restructurings is determined based upon the same methodology used to estimate the Firm’s asset-specific allowance component for as long as the loan continues to be reported as an impaired loan, regardless of whether the loan has returned to performing status. For further discussion of the methodology used to estimate the Firm’s asset-specific allowance, see Note 14 on pages 196-198 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

127 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Wholesale As of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, wholesale loans modified in troubled debt restructurings were $800 million and $1.1 billion, respectively. These modifications generally provided interest rate concessions to the borrower or deferral of principal repayments. Of these loans, $210 million and $491 million were classified as nonperforming at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

Consumer For detailed discussions on the U.S. Treasury Making Home Affordable (“MHA”) programs and the Firm’s other loss-mitigation programs, see Note 13, Impaired loans, on pages 194 -195 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. Substantially all of the modifications made under these programs are accounted for and reported as troubled debt restructurings. Consumer loans, other than credit card loans, with balances of approximately $3.9 billion and $3.1 billion have been permanently modified and accounted for as troubled debt restructurings as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Of these loans, $1.4 billion and $966 million were classified as nonperforming at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

Credit Card For a detailed discussion of the modification of the terms of credit card loan agreements, see Note 13 on pages 192—196 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. Substantially all modifications of credit card loans performed under the Firm’s existing modification programs are considered to be troubled debt restructurings. At March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the Firm had $9.3 billion and $5.1 billion, respectively, of on-balance sheet credit card loans outstanding for borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty and who were then enrolled in a credit card modification program. The increase in modified credit card loans outstanding from December 31, 2009 to March 31, 2010, is primarily attributable to previously-modified loans held in Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts being consolidated on balance sheet as a result of adopting the new consolidation guidance. These modified loan amounts exclude loans to borrowers who have not complied with the modified payment terms, thereby causing the loan agreement to revert back to its original payment terms. Assuming that those borrowers do not begin to perform in accordance with the original payment terms, those loans will continue to age and will ultimately be charged-off in accordance with the Firm’s accounting policies. Consistent with the Firm’s policy, modified credit card loans remain on performing status. The consumer formula-based allowance for loan losses includes $4.0 billion and $2.2 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, specifically attributable to credit card loans in loan modification programs. This component of the allowance for loan losses has been determined based upon the present value of cash flows expected to be received over the estimated lives of the underlying loans.

128 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Purchased credit-impaired loans In connection with the Washington Mutual transaction, JPMorgan Chase acquired certain loans that it deemed to be credit-impaired. For a detailed discussion of purchased credit-impaired loans, including the related accounting policies, see Note 13 on pages 192-196 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The table below sets forth the accretable yield activity for purchased credit-impaired consumer loans for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.

Accretable yield activity Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Balance at January 1 $25,544 $ 32,619 Accretion into interest income (886) (1,259 ) Changes in interest rates on variable -rate loans (394) (2,246 ) Other changes in expected cash flows (a) (3,693) —

Balance at March 31, $20,571 $ 29,114 Accretable yield percentage 4.57 % 5.80 %

(a) Other changes in expected cash flows may vary from period to period as the Firm continues to refine its cash flow model and periodically updates model assumptions. For the quarter ended March 31, 2010, other changes in expected cash flows are principally driven by changes in prepayment assumptions as well as reclassifications to the nonaccretable difference. Such changes are expected to have an insignificant impact on the accretable yield percentage. The factors that most significantly affect estimates of gross cash flows expected to be collected, and accordingly the accretable yield balance, include: (i) changes in the benchmark interest rate indices upon which customer rates are based for products such as option ARM and home equity loans; and (ii) changes in prepayment assumptions. To date, the decrease in the accretable yield percentage has been primarily related to a decrease in interest rates on variable rate loans and, to a lesser extent, extended loan liquidation periods. Certain events, such as extended loan liquidation periods, affect the timing of expected cash flows but not the amount of cash expected to be received (i.e., the accretable yield balance). Extended loan liquidation periods reduce the accretable yield percentage because the same accretable yield balance is recognized against a higher than expected loan balance over a longer than expected period of time. The purchased credit-impaired portfolio primarily impacts the Firm’s results of operations through: (i) contribution to net interest margin; and (ii) expense related to defaults and servicing resulting from the liquidation of the loans, and (iii) any provision for loan losses. The purchased credit-impaired loans acquired in the Washington Mutual transaction were funded based upon the interest rate characteristics of the loans. For example, variable-rate loans were funded with variable-rate liabilities and fixed-rate loans were funded with fixed-rate liabilities with a similar maturity profile. As a result, the net spread between the purchased credit-impaired loans and the related liabilities should be relatively constant over time, except for any basis risk or other residual interest rate risk that remains and changes in the accretable yield percentage (e.g., extended loan liquidation periods). The net spread will be earned on a declining loan balance over the estimated weighted-average life of the portfolio, which is 6.6 years as of March 31, 2010. While the Firm has modified certain purchased credit-impaired loans, such modifications have not yet seasoned and the ongoing performance of these loans is difficult to predict. Accordingly, the Firm has not yet incorporated the potential positive cash flow effects of these modifications into its expected cash flow estimates. The Firm will continue to monitor the success of the modifications and its ability to reliably estimate any related cash flow benefits. If the modifications ultimately result in a probable and significant increase in expected cash flows, the Firm will first consider the reversal of any previously recorded allowance for loan losses. Any remaining increase will be recognized prospectively as interest income (through an increase in accretable yield). During the first quarter of 2010, $676 million and $554 million was added to the allowance for loan losses for the prime mortgage and option ARM pools, respectively. As of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, an allowance for loan losses of $2.8 billion and $1.6 billion, respectively, was recorded for the prime mortgage and option ARM pools. The net aggregate carrying amount of the pools that have an allowance for loan losses was $44.7 billion and $47.2 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. This allowance for loan losses is reported as a reduction of the carrying amount of the loans in the table below. The table below provides additional information about these purchased credit-impaired consumer loans.

(in millions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Outstanding balance (a) $100,045 $103,369 Carrying amount 76,512 79,664

(a) Represents the sum of contractual principal, interest and fees earned at the reporting date.

129 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

NOTE 14 — ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES For further discussion of the allowance for credit losses and the related accounting policies, see Note 14 on pages 196-198 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The table below summarizes the changes in the allowance for loan losses.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Allowance for loan losses at January 1 $ 31,602 $23,164 Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles (a) 7,494 — Gross charge -offs (a) 8,451 4,639 Gross (recoveries) (a) (541 ) (243)

Net charge -offs (a) 7,910 4,396 Provision for loan losses (a) 6,991 8,617 Other 9 (4 )

Allowance for loan losses at March 31 $ 38,186 $27,381

Components: Asset -specific (b)(c) $ 2,567 $ 1,759 Formula -based (a)(d) 32,808 25,622 Purchased credit -impaired 2,811 —

Total allowance for loan losses $ 38,186 $27,381

(a) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts, its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits and certain other consumer loan securitization entities, primarily mortgage-related. As a result, $7.4 billion, $14 million and $127 million of allowance for loan losses were recorded on-balance sheet associated with the Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts, Firm-administered multi-seller conduits, and certain other consumer loan securitization entities, primarily mortgage-related, respectively. For further discussion, see Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10 -Q. (b) Relates to risk -rated loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status and loans that have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring. (c) The asset -specific consumer allowance for loan losses includes $754 million and $380 million related to residential real estate loans restructured in troubled debt restructurings at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Prior period amounts have been reclassified from formula -based to conform with the current period presentation. (d) Includes all of the Firm ’s allowance for loan losses on credit card loans, including those for which the Firm has modified the terms of the loans for borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty. The table below summarizes the changes in the allowance for lending-related commitments.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Allowance for lending -related commitments at January 1 $939 $659 Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles (a) (18 ) — Provision for lending -related commitments (a) 19 (21 )

Allowance for lending -related commitments at March 31 $940 $638

Components: Asset -specific $296 $ 65 Formula -based 644 573

Total allowance for lending -related commitments $940 $638

(a) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Upon adoption of the new guidance, the Firm consolidated its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits. As a result, related assets are now primarily recorded in loans and other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Charge-offs for Collateral-dependent loans Included in gross charge-offs in the table above are $244 million and $65 million of charge-offs related to impaired collateral-dependent loans for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The remaining balance of impaired collateral-dependent loans, measured at fair value of collateral less costs to sell, was $2.1 billion and $1.1 billion as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. A loan is collateral-dependent when repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral, rather than by cash flows from the borrower’s operations, income or other resources. A collateral-dependent loan is deemed to be impaired when the borrower is unable to repay the loan and the collateral is insufficient to cover principal and interest. Certain impaired collateral-dependent loans (including those to wholesale customers and those modified in troubled debt restructurings) are charged-off to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. The determination of the fair value of the collateral depends on the type of collateral (e.g., securities, real estate, and nonfinancial assets). In cases where the collateral is in the form of liquid securities, the fair value is based on

130 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents quoted market prices or broker quotes. For illiquid securities or other financial assets, the fair value of the collateral is estimated using a discounted cash flow model. For residential real estate loans, collateral value is determined using both internal and external valuation sources. Broker opinions of fair value are used to estimate the fair value of the collateral for all properties being evaluated for charge-off. These estimated fair values are reviewed and compared to prior valuations for reasonableness in light of current, geography-specific economic conditions and adjusted, as appropriate, for estimated selling costs. When foreclosure is determined to be probable, a third-party appraisal is obtained as soon as practicable. For commercial real-estate loans, the collateral value is generally based on appraisals from internal and external valuation services. Appraisals are typically obtained and updated every six to twelve months. The Firm also considers both borrower- and market-specific factors, which may result in obtaining appraisal updates or broker price opinions at more frequent intervals. See Note 3 on page 103 of this Form 10-Q for further information on the fair value hierarchy for impaired collateral-dependent loans.

NOTE 15 — VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES For a further description of JPMorgan Chase’s accounting policies regarding consolidation of variable interest entities (“VIEs”), see Note 1 on pages 94-95 of this Form 10-Q. For a more detailed discussion of the Firm’s principal involvement with VIEs, see Note 16 on page 206 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The following summarizes the most significant type of Firm-sponsored VIEs by business segment:

Line of Form 10 -Q page Business Transaction Type Activity reference

Card Services Credit Card Securitization Trusts Securitization of both originated and purchased credit 132—133 card receivables

RFS Mortgage and Other Securitization Trusts Securitization of originated residential mortgages, 133—134 automobile and student loans

IB Mortgage and Other Securitization Trust Securitization of both originated and purchased 134—135 residential mortgages, automobile and student loans

Multi-seller conduits Assist clients in accessing the financial markets in a 136 cost-efficient manner and structure transactions to meet Investor Intermediation Activities: investor needs

• Municipal bond vehicles 136 —137

• Credit -linked note vehicles 137

• Asset swap vehicles 138

The Firm also invests in and provides financing and other services to VIEs sponsored by third parties as described on page 138 of this Note.

131 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

New Consolidation Accounting Guidance for VIEs On January 1, 2010, the Firm implemented new consolidation accounting guidance related to VIEs. The following table summarizes the incremental impact at adoption:

Stockholders ’ (in millions) GAAP Assets GAAP Liabilities Equity Tier 1 Capital

As of December 31, 2009 $2,031,989 $1,866,624 $165,365 11.10 % Impact of new accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs Credit Card (a) 60,901 65,353 (4,452) (0.30 )% Multi -Seller Conduits (b) 17,724 17,744 (20 ) — Mortgage & Other (c)(d) 9,059 9,107 (48 ) (0.04 )%

Total impact of new guidance 87,684 92,204 (4,520) (0.34 )% (e)

Beginning balance - January 1, 2010 $2,119,673 $1,958,828 $160,845 10.76 %

(a) The assets and liabilities of the Firm -sponsored credit card securitization trusts that were consolidated were initially measured at their carrying values, primarily amortized cost, as this method is consistent with the approach that Card Services utilizes to manage its other assets. These assets are primarily recorded in Loans on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. In addition, Card Services established an allowance for loan losses of $7.4 billion (pretax) which was reported as a transition adjustment in stockholders’ equity. The impact to stockholders’ equity also includes a decrease to accumulated other comprehensive income of $116 million as a result of the reversal of the fair value adjustments taken on retained AFS securities that were eliminated in consolidation.

(b) The assets and liabilities of the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits that were consolidated were initially measured at their carrying values, primarily amortized cost, as this method is consistent with the business’s intent to hold the assets for the longer-term. The assets are primarily recorded in loans and in other assets on the Firm ’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(c) RFS consolidated certain mortgage and other consumer securitizations, which resulted in a net increase in both assets and liabilities of $4.7 billion ($3.5 billion related to residential mortgage securitizations and $1.2 billion related to other consumer securitizations). These assets were initially measured at their unpaid principal balance and primarily recorded in Loans on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. This method was elected as a practical expedient.

(d) IB consolidated certain mortgage and other consumer securitizations, which resulted in a net increase in both assets and liabilities of $4.3 billion ($3.7 billion related to residential mortgage securitizations and $0.6 billion related to other consumer securitizations). These assets were initially measured at their fair value, as this method is consistent with the approach that IB utilizes to manage similar assets. These assets were primarily recorded in trading assets on the Firm ’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(e) The U.S. GAAP consolidation of these VIEs did not have a significant impact on risk -weighted assets on the adoption date; this was due to the consolidation, for regulatory capital purposes, of the Chase Issuance Trust (the Firm’s primary credit card securitization trust) in the second quarter of 2009, which added approximately $40 billion of risk-weighted assets for regulatory capital purposes. For further discussion of the Firm’s actions taken in the second quarter of 2009, see Note 15 on pages 198-205 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. In addition, the U.S. GAAP consolidation of these VIEs did not have a significant regulatory impact because the banking regulatory agencies issued regulatory capital rules relating to the adoption of the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs that permitted an optional two -quarter implementation delay for certain VIEs, which permits the deferral of the effect of this accounting guidance on risk -weighted assets and risk-based capital requirements. The Firm elected this regulatory implementation delay, as permitted under these new regulatory capital rules, for its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits and certain mortgage-related and other securitization entities. Once the deferral period is over, the Firm expects the impact of this new consolidation guidance to be negligible on risk -weighted assets and risk -based capital ratios. Firm -sponsored variable interest entities

Credit card securitizations Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm was deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts and consolidated the assets and liabilities of these trusts, including its primary card securitization trust, Chase Issuance Trust. The primary beneficiary determination was based on the Firm’s ability to direct the activities of these VIEs through its servicing responsibilities and duties, including making decisions as to the receivables that get transferred into those trusts as well as any related modifications and workouts. Additionally, the nature and extent of the Firm’s other involvement with the trusts including the retention of an undivided seller’s interest in the receivables, retaining certain securities and the maintenance of escrow accounts, obligates the Firm to absorb losses and gives the Firm the right to receive certain benefits from these VIEs that could potentially be significant. For a more detailed description of JPMorgan Chase’s principal involvement with credit card securitizations, as well as the accounting treatment applicable under prior accounting rules, see Note 15 on pages 198-205 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. Upon consolidation at January 1, 2010, the Firm recorded a net increase in GAAP assets of $60.9 billion on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, which comprised: $84.7 billion of loans; $7.4 billion of allowance for loan losses; $4.4 billion of other assets, offset by $20.8 billion of previously recognized assets, consisting primarily of retained AFS securities, that were eliminated upon consolidation. In addition, the Firm recognized $65.4 billion of liabilities representing the trusts’ beneficial interests issued to third parties.

132 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the assets and liabilities of the Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts at March 31, 2010:

Total assets held by Beneficial Firm –sponsored interests issued to (in billions) Loans Other assets credit card securitization trusts third parties

March 31, 2010 $88.2 $ 2.2 $ 90.4 $62.7

The underlying securitized credit card receivables and other assets are available only for payment of the beneficial interests issued by the securitization trusts; they are not available to pay the Firm’s other obligations or the claims of the Firm’s other creditors. The agreements with the credit card securitization trusts require the Firm to maintain a minimum undivided interest in the credit card trusts (which generally ranges from 4% to 12%). These undivided interests represent the Firm’s undivided interests in the receivables transferred to the credit card trusts that have not been securitized. As of March 31, 2010, the Firm held undivided interests in Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts of $13.7 billion. The Firm maintained an average undivided interest in principal receivables owned by those trusts of approximately 18% for the three months ended March 31, 2010. The Firm also retained $1.7 billion of senior securities and $7.6 billion of subordinated securities in certain of its credit card securitization trusts as of March 31, 2010. As of January 1, 2010, the Firm’s undivided interests in the credit card trusts and securities retained were eliminated in consolidation. The credit card receivables of the trusts underlying the Firm’s undivided interests and securities retained are classified within loans.

Firm-sponsored mortgage and other securitization trusts Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm was deemed to be the primary beneficiary of certain mortgage securitization trusts and the Firm-sponsored automobile and student loan trusts because the Firm has the power to direct the activities of these VIEs through its servicing responsibilities and duties, including making decisions related to loan modifications and workouts. Additionally, the nature and extent of the Firm’s continuing economic involvement with the trusts obligates the Firm to absorb losses and gives the Firm the right to receive benefits from the VIEs which could potentially be significant. For a more detailed description of JPMorgan Chase’s principal involvement with mortgage and other securitization trusts, as well as the accounting treatment applicable under prior accounting rules, see Note 15 on pages 198-205 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The following table presents the total unpaid principal amount of assets held in JPMorgan Chase-sponsored securitization entities at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, including those that are consolidated by the Firm and those that are not consolidated by the Firm but for which the Firm has continuing involvement. Continuing involvement includes servicing the loans; holding senior interests or subordinated interests, recourse or guarantee arrangements; and derivative transactions. In certain instances, the Firm’s only continuing involvement is servicing the loans. In the table below, the amount of beneficial interests held by JPMorgan Chase will not equal the assets held in nonconsolidated VIEs, because the beneficial interests held by third parties are reflected at their current outstanding par amounts, and a portion of the Firm’s retained interests (trading assets and AFS securities) are reflected at their fair values. See Securitization activity on page 140 of this Note for further information regarding the Firm’s cash flows with and interests retained in nonconsolidated VIEs.

133 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Firm-sponsored mortgage and other consumer securitization trusts.

JPMorgan Chase interest in securitized assets Principal amount outstanding in nonconsolidated VIEs (c)(d)(e)(f)(g) Assets held in nonconsolidated Total assets Assets held in securitization VIEs Total interests March 31, 2010 (h) held by consolidated with continuing Trading AFS Other held by (in billions) securitization VIEs securitization VIEs involvement assets securities assets JPMorgan Chase

Securitization -related: Residential mortgage: Prime (a) $ 176.2 $ 2.7 $ 166.6 $0.7 $ 0.1 $— $0.8 Subprime 47.9 2.2 43.9 — — — — Option ARMs 40.5 0.3 40.3 — 0.1 — 0.1 Commercial and other (b) 153.0 0.8 80.3 1.6 0.8 — 2.4 Student 4.7 4.7 — — — — — Auto 0.2 0.2 — — — — —

Total $ 422.5 $ 10.9 $ 331.1 $2.3 $ 1.0 $— $3.3

JPMorgan Chase interest in securitized assets Principal amount outstanding in nonconsolidated VIEs (c)(d)(e)(f)(g) Assets held in nonconsolidated Total assets Assets held in securitization VIEs Total interests December 31, 2009 (h) held by consolidated with continuing Trading AFS Other held by (in billions) securitization VIEs securitization VIEs involvement assets securities assets JPMorgan Chase

Securitization -related: Residential mortgage: Prime (a) $ 183.3 $ — $ 171.5 $0.9 $0.2 $ — $1.1 Subprime 50.0 — 47.3 — — — — Option ARMs 42.0 — 42.0 — 0.1 — 0.1 Commercial and other (b) 155.3 — 24.8 1.6 0.8 — 2.4 Student 4.8 3.8 1.0 — — 0.1 0.1 Auto 0.2 — 0.2 — — — —

Total $ 435.6 $ 3.8 $ 286.8 $2.5 $1.1 $0.1 $3.7

(a) Includes Alt -A loans.

(b) Consists of securities backed by commercial loans (predominantly real estate) and non -mortgage -related consumer receivables purchased from third parties. The Firm generally does not retain a residual interest in its sponsored commercial mortgage securitization transactions. Includes co-sponsored commercial securitizations and, therefore, includes non-JPMorgan Chase-originated commercial mortgage loans.

(c) Excludes retained servicing (for a discussion of MSRs, see Note 16 on pages 144 -145 of this Form 10-Q) and securities retained from loan sales to Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac.

(d) Excludes senior and subordinated securities of $211 million and $69 million, respectively, at March 31, 2010, and $729 million and $146 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009, which the Firm purchased in connection with IB ’s secondary market -making activities.

(e) Includes investments acquired in the secondary market that are predominantly for held -for -investment purposes, of $190 million and $139 million as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. This is comprised of $140 million and $91 million of AFS securities, related to commercial and other; and $50 million and $48 million of investments classified as trading assets-debt and equity instruments, including $49 million and $47 million of residential mortgages, and $1 million and $1 million of commercial and other, all respectively, at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

(f) Excludes interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives primarily used to manage the interest rate and foreign exchange risks of the securitization entities. See Note 5 on pages 110 -116 of this Form 10 -Q for further information on derivatives.

(g) Includes interests held in re -securitization transactions.

(h) Excludes loan sales to government sponsored entities ( “GSEs”). See Securitization activity on page 140 of this Note for information on the Firm ’s loan sales to GSEs.

Residential mortgage The Firm securitizes residential mortgage loans originated by RFS, as well as residential mortgage loans that may be purchased by either RFS or IB. RFS generally retains servicing for all its originated and purchased residential mortgage loans. Additionally, RFS may retain servicing for certain mortgage loans purchased by IB. As servicer, the Firm receives servicing fees based on the securitized loan balance plus ancillary fees. For Firm-sponsored securitizations serviced by RFS, the Firm is deemed to have the power to direct the significant activities of the VIE as it is the servicer of the loans and is responsible for decisions related to loan modifications and

134 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents workouts. For the loans serviced by unrelated third parties, the Firm is not the primary beneficiary as the power to direct the significant activities resides with the third party servicer. In a limited number of securitizations, RFS, in addition to having servicing rights, may retain an interest in the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. In these instances, the Firm is also deemed to be the primary beneficiary. As of March 31, 2010, due to RFS’s servicing arrangements and retained interests, the Firm consolidated approximately $3.4 billion of assets and liabilities of Firm-sponsored residential mortgage securitization trusts. As of December 31, 2009, RFS did not consolidate any VIEs in accordance with the accounting treatment under prior accounting rules. Additionally, RFS held retained interests of approximately $343 million and $537 million as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, in nonconsolidated securitization entities. See page 141 of this Note for further information on retained interests held in nonconsolidated VIEs; these retained interests are classified as trading assets or AFS securities. IB may engage in underwriting and trading activities of the securities issued by Firm-sponsored securitization trusts. As a result, IB at times retains senior and/or subordinated interests (including residual interests) in residential mortgage securitizations upon securitization, and/or reacquires positions in the secondary market in the normal course of business. In certain instances as a result of the size of the positions retained or reacquired by IB, when considered together with the servicing arrangements entered into by RFS, the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of certain trusts. As of March 31, 2010, the Firm consolidated approximately $1.4 billion of VIE assets and liabilities due to IB’s involvement with such trusts. These entities were not consolidated at December 31, 2009, in accordance with the accounting treatment under prior accounting rules. Additionally, IB held approximately $482 million, and $699 million of senior and subordinated interests as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, in nonconsolidated securitization entities. This includes approximately $1 million and $2 million of residual interests as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. See page 137 of this Note for further information on interests held in nonconsolidated securitizations. These retained interests are accounted for at fair value and classified as trading assets. The Firm’s mortgage loan sales are primarily nonrecourse, thereby effectively transferring the risk of future credit losses to the purchaser of the mortgage-backed securities issued by the trust. However, for a limited number of loan sales, the Firm is obligated to share a portion of the credit risk associated with the sold loans with the purchaser. See Note 22 on pages 149-152 of this Form 10-Q for additional information on loans sold with recourse, as well as information on indemnifications for breaches of representations and warranties.

Commercial mortgages and other consumer securitizations IB securitizes commercial mortgage loans that it originates and may also engage in underwriting and trading of securities issued by the securitization trusts. IB may retain unsold senior and/or subordinated interests in commercial mortgage securitizations at the time of securitization but generally does not service commercial loan securitizations. For loans serviced by unrelated third parties, the Firm generally does not have the power to direct the significant activities of the VIE and, therefore, does not consolidate the VIEs. As of March 31, 2010, the Firm consolidated approximately $823 million of commercial mortgage securitization trusts due to the Firm holding certain subordinated interests that give the Firm the power to direct the activities of these entities. These entities were not consolidated at December 31, 2009, in accordance with the accounting treatment under prior accounting rules. At both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the Firm held $1.6 billion of retained interests in nonconsolidated commercial mortgage securitizations. This includes approximately $12 million and $22 million of residual interests as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. The Firm also securitizes automobile and student loans originated by RFS, and consumer loans (including automobile and student loans) purchased by IB. The Firm retains servicing responsibilities for all originated and certain purchased student and automobile loans. It also holds a retained interest in these securitizations. As such, the Firm is the primary beneficiary of and consolidates these VIEs as of March 31, 2010. As of March 31, 2010, the Firm consolidated $4.9 billion of assets and liabilities of automobile and student loan securitizations. As of December 31, 2009, the Firm held $9 million and $49 million of retained interests in nonconsolidated securitized automobile and student loan securitizations, respectively. These entities were not consolidated at December 31, 2009, in accordance with the accounting treatment under prior accounting rules. In addition, at December 31, 2009, the Firm consolidated $3.8 billion of other student loans.

Re -securitizations The Firm also engages in certain re-securitization transactions in which debt securities are transferred to a VIE in exchange for new beneficial interests. These transfers occur to both agency (Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae) and nonagency (private-label) sponsored VIEs and are often structured on behalf of clients. As of March 31, 2010, the Firm did not consolidate any agency re-securitizations, as it did not have the power to direct the significant activities of the trust. As of March 31, 2010, the Firm consolidated $365 million of assets and liabilities of private label re-

135 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents securitizations, as the Firm had both the power to direct the significant activities of, and retained an interest that is deemed to be significant in the trust. For other nonconsolidated private label re-securitizations, the Firm did not have the sole power to direct the significant activities of the entity. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Firm transferred $6.5 billion and $383 million of securities to agency and private- label VIEs. At March 31, 2010, the Firm held approximately $1.8 billion and $23 million of senior and subordinated interests, respectively in nonconsolidated agency and private-label re-securitization entities. See pages 140-142 of this Note for further information on interests held in nonconsolidated securitization VIEs.

Multi-seller conduits Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm consolidated its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits, as the Firm had both the power to direct the significant activities of the conduits and a potentially significant economic interest. The Firm directs the economic performance of the conduits as administrative agent and in its role in structuring transactions for the conduits. In these roles, the Firm makes decisions regarding concentration of asset types and credit quality of transactions, and is responsible for managing the commercial paper funding needs of the conduits. The Firm’s interests that could potentially be significant to the VIEs include the fees received as administrative agent, liquidity provider and provider of program-wide credit enhancement, as well as the Firm’s potential exposure as a result of the liquidity and credit enhancement facilities provided to the conduits. For a more detailed description of JPMorgan Chase’s principal involvement with Firm-administered multi-seller conduits, as well as the accounting treatment applicable under prior accounting rules, see Note 16 on pages 206-209 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Consolidated Firm-administered multi-seller conduits

Total assets held by Firm -administered Commercial paper multi -seller issued to third (in billions) Loans Other assets conduits parties

March 31, 2010 $17.5 $2.7 $20.2 $20.2

The Firm provides both deal-specific and program-wide liquidity facilities. Because the majority of the deal-specific liquidity facilities will only fund nondefaulted assets, program-wide credit enhancement is required to absorb losses on defaulted receivables in excess of losses absorbed by any deal-specific credit enhancement. Program-wide credit enhancement may be provided by JPMorgan Chase in the form of standby letters of credit or by third-party surety bond providers. The amount of program-wide credit enhancement required varies by conduit and ranges between 5% and 10% of applicable commercial paper outstanding. The Firm provided $2.4 billion of program-wide credit enhancement at March 31, 2010.

VIEs associated with investor intermediation activities For a more detailed description of JPMorgan Chase’s principal involvement with investor intermediation activities, see Note 16 on pages 209- 212 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. Municipal bond vehicles The Firm consolidates municipal bond vehicles if it owns the residual interest. The residual interest generally allows the owner to make decisions that significantly impact the economic performance of the municipal bond vehicle, primarily by directing the sale of the municipal bonds owned by the vehicle. In addition, the residual interest owners have the right to receive benefits and bear losses that could potentially be significant to the municipal bond vehicle. The Firm does not consolidate municipal bond vehicles if it does not own the residual interests since the Firm does not have the power to make decisions that significantly impact the economic performance of the municipal bond vehicle.

136 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The Firm’s exposure to nonconsolidated municipal bond VIEs at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, including the ratings profile of the VIEs’ assets, were as follows.

Fair value of (in billions) assets held by VIEs Liquidity facilities (b) Excess/(deficit) (c) Maximum exposure

Nonconsolidated municipal bond vehicles (a) March 31, 2010 $13.6 $8.6 $5.0 $8.6 December 31, 2009 13.2 8.4 4.8 8.4

Wt. avg. Ratings profile of VIE assets (d) Fair value of expected Investment -grade Noninvestment -grade assets held life of assets (in billions) AAA to AAA - AA+ to AA - A+ to A - BBB to BBB - BB+ and below by VIEs (years)

Nonconsolidated municipal bond vehicles (a) March 31, 2010 $ 1.8 $11.3 $0.5 $— $— $13.6 9.7 December 31, 2009 1.6 11.4 0.2 — — 13.2 10.1

(a) Excluded $2.1 billion and $2.8 billion, as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, which were consolidated due to the Firm owning the residual interests.

(b) The Firm may serve as credit enhancement provider to municipal bond vehicles in which it serves as liquidity provider. The Firm provided insurance on underlying municipal bonds, in the form of letters of credit, of $10 million at both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

(c) Represents the excess/(deficit) of the fair values of municipal bond assets available to repay the liquidity facilities, if drawn.

(d) The ratings scale is based on the Firm ’s internal risk ratings and is presented on an S&P -equivalent basis.

Credit-linked note vehicles The Firm structures transactions with credit-linked note vehicles in which the VIE purchases highly rated assets, such as asset-backed securities, or enters into a credit derivative contract with the Firm to obtain exposure to a referenced credit which the VIE otherwise does not hold. The VIE then issues CLNs with maturities predominantly ranging from one to ten years in order to transfer the risk of the referenced credit to the VIE’s investors. The Firm does not generally consolidate these credit-linked note entities since the Firm does not have the power to direct the significant activities of these entities and does not have a variable interest that could potentially be significant. Exposure to nonconsolidated credit-linked note VIEs at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, was as follows.

Net derivative Trading Total Par value of collateral March 31, 2010 (in billions) receivables assets (b) exposure (c) held by VIEs (d)

Credit -linked notes (a) Static structure $1.6 $ — $1.6 $ 9.2 Managed structure 3.8 0.2 4.0 13.7

Total $5.4 $0.2 $5.6 $22.9

Net derivative Trading Total Par value of collateral December 31, 2009 (in billions) receivables assets (b) exposure (c) held by VIEs (d)

Credit -linked notes (a) Static structure $1.9 $0.7 $2.6 $10.8 Managed structure 5.0 0.6 5.6 15.2

Total $6.9 $1.3 $8.2 $26.0

(a) Excluded collateral with a fair value of $1.1 billion and $1.5 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, which was consolidated, as the Firm, in its role as secondary market -maker, held a majority of the issued credit -linked notes of certain vehicles.

(b) Trading assets principally comprise notes issued by VIEs, which from time to time are held as part of the termination of a deal or to support limited market -making.

(c) On -balance sheet exposure that includes net derivative receivables and trading assets — debt and equity instruments.

(d) The Firm ’s maximum exposure arises through the derivatives executed with the VIEs; the exposure varies over time with changes in the fair value of the derivatives. The Firm relies on the collateral held by the VIEs to pay any amounts due under the derivatives; the vehicles are structured at inception so that the par value of the collateral is expected to be sufficient to pay amounts due under the derivative contracts.

137 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Asset swap vehicles The Firm structures and executes transactions with asset swap vehicles on behalf of investors. In such transactions, the VIE purchases a specific asset or assets and then enters into a derivative with the Firm in order to tailor the interest rate or currency risk, or both, according to investors’ requirements. The Firm does not generally consolidate these asset swap vehicles, since the Firm does not have the power to direct the significant activities of these entities and does not have a variable interest that could potentially be significant. Exposure to nonconsolidated asset swap VIEs at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, was as follows.

Net derivative Trading Total Par value of collateral (in billions) receivables assets (b) exposure (c) held by VIEs (d)

March 31, 2010 (a) $0.1 $ — $0.1 $ 5.5 December 31, 2009 (a) 0.1 — 0.1 10.2

(a) Excluded the fair value of collateral of $603 million and $623 million at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, which was consolidated as the Firm, in its role as secondary market -maker, held a majority of the issued notes of certain vehicles.

(b) Trading assets principally comprise notes issued by VIEs, which from time to time are held as part of the termination of a deal or to support limited market -making.

(c) On -balance sheet exposure that includes net derivative receivables and trading assets — debt and equity instruments.

(d) The Firm’s maximum exposure arises through the derivatives executed with the VIEs; the exposure varies over time with changes in the fair value of the derivatives. The Firm relies upon the collateral held by the VIEs to pay any amounts due under the derivatives; the vehicles are structured at inception so that the par value of the collateral is expected to be sufficient to pay amounts due under the derivative contracts.

VIEs sponsored by third parties Investment in a third -party credit card securitization trust The Firm holds two interests in a third-party-sponsored VIE, which is a credit card securitization trust that owns credit card receivables issued by a national retailer. The Firm is not the primary beneficiary of the trust, as the Firm does not have the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance. The first note is structured so that the principal amount can float up to 47% of the principal amount of the receivables held by the trust, not to exceed $4.2 billion. The Firm accounts for its investment at fair value within AFS securities. At both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the amortized cost of the note was $3.5 billion, and the fair value was $3.7 billion and $3.5 billion, respectively. The Firm accounts for its other interest, which is not subject to limits, as a loan at amortized cost. This senior loan had an amortized cost and fair value of approximately $1.0 billion at both March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. For more information on AFS securities and loans, see Notes 11 and 13 on pages 120-124 and 125-129, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.

VIE used in FRBNY transaction In conjunction with the Bear Stearns merger, in June 2008, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“FRBNY”) took control, through an LLC formed for this purpose, of a portfolio of $30.0 billion in assets, based on the value of the portfolio as of March 14, 2008. The assets of the LLC were funded by a $28.85 billion term loan from the FRBNY and a $1.15 billion subordinated loan from JPMorgan Chase. The JPMorgan Chase loan is subordinated to the FRBNY loan and will bear the first $1.15 billion of any losses of the portfolio. Any remaining assets in the portfolio after repayment of the FRBNY loan, repayment of the JPMorgan Chase loan and the expense of the LLC will be for the account of the FRBNY. The extent to which the FRBNY and JPMorgan Chase loans will be repaid will depend on the value of the assets in the portfolio and the liquidation strategy directed by the FRBNY. The Firm does not consolidate the LLC, as it does not have the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance. Other VIEs sponsored by third parties The Firm enters into transactions with VIEs structured by other parties. These include, for example, acting as a derivative counterparty, liquidity provider, investor, underwriter, placement agent, trustee or custodian. These transactions are conducted at arm’s length, and individual credit decisions are based on the analysis of the specific VIE, taking into consideration the quality of the underlying assets. Where the Firm does not have the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, or a variable interest that could potentially be significant, the Firm records and reports these positions on its Consolidated Balance Sheets similarly to the way it would record and report positions from any other third-party transaction.

138 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities The following table presents information on assets and liabilities related to VIEs that are consolidated by the Firm as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

Assets March 31, 2010 Trading assets - debt (in billions) and equity instruments Loans Other (a) Total assets (b)

VIE program type Firm -sponsored credit card trusts $ — $ 88.2 $ 2.2 $ 90.4 Firm -administered multi -seller conduits — 17.5 2.7 20.2 Mortgage securitization entities 2.2 3.4 — 5.6 Other 5.3 5.8 1.4 12.5

Total $7.5 $114.9 $ 6.3 $128.7

Liabilities March 31, 2010 Beneficial interests (in billions) in VIE assets (c) Other (d) Total liabilities

VIE program type Firm -sponsored credit card trusts $62.7 $ — $62.7 Firm -administered multi -seller conduits 20.2 — 20.2 Mortgage securitization entities 3.3 1.8 5.1 Other 6.9 0.8 7.7

Total $93.1 $2.6 $95.7

Assets December 31, 2009 Trading assets - debt (in billions) and equity instruments Loans Other (a) Total assets (b)

VIE program type Firm -sponsored credit card trusts (e) $ — $ 6.1 $0.8 $ 6.9 Firm -administered multi -seller conduits — 2.2 2.9 5.1 Mortgage securitization entities — — — — Other 6.4 4.7 1.3 12.4

Total $6.4 $13.0 $5.0 $ 24.4

Liabilities December 31, 2009 Beneficial interests (in billions) in VIE assets (c) Other (d) Total liabilities

VIE program type Firm -sponsored credit card trusts (e) $ 3.9 $ — $ 3.9 Firm -administered multi -seller conduits 4.8 — 4.8 Mortgage securitization entities — — — Other 6.5 2.2 8.7

Total $15.2 $2.2 $17.4

(a) Included assets classified as cash, resale agreements, derivative receivables, available - for - sale, and other assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(b) The assets of the consolidated VIEs included in the program types above are used to settle the liabilities of those entities. The difference between total assets and total liabilities recognized for consolidated VIEs represents the Firm’s interest in the consolidated VIEs for each program type.

(c) The interest-bearing beneficial interest liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs are classified in the line item on the Consolidated Balance Sheets titled, “Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities.” The holders of these beneficial interests do not have recourse to the general credit of JPMorgan Chase. Included in beneficial interests in VIE assets are long-term beneficial interests of $72.8 billion and $10.4 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. The maturities of the long-term beneficial interests as of March 31, 2010, were as follows: $26.8 billion under one year, $34.9 billion between one and five years, and $11.1 billion over 5 years.

(d) Included liabilities classified as other borrowed funds and accounts payable and other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(e) Includes the receivables and related liabilities of the WMM Trust. For further discussion, see Note 15 on pages 198 -205, respectively, of JPMorgan Chase ’s 2009 Annual Report.

139 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Supplemental information on loan securitizations The Firm securitizes and sells a variety of loans, including residential mortgage, credit card, automobile, student, and commercial (primarily related to real estate) loans, as well as debt securities. The primary purposes of these securitization transactions are to satisfy investor demand and to generate liquidity for the Firm. For a discussion of the accounting treatment under prior accounting rules relating to loan securitizations, see Note 1 on pages 142-143 and Note 15 on pages 198-205 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Securitization activity The following tables provide information related to the Firm’s securitization activities for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, related to assets held in JPMorgan Chase-sponsored securitization entities that were not consolidated by the Firm, as sale accounting was achieved based on the accounting rules in effect at the time of the securitization. For the periods presented, no mortgage loans were securitized, and there were no cash flows from the Firm to the SPEs related to recourse or guarantee arrangements. Effective January 1, 2010, all of the Firm-sponsored credit card, student loan and auto securitization trusts were consolidated as a result of the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs and, accordingly, are not included in the securitization activity tables below for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.

Three months ended March 31, 2010 Residential mortgage Commercial (in millions) Prime (d) Subprime Option ARMs and other

All cash flows during the period: Servicing fees collected $ 75 $ 46 $117 $ 1 Other cash flows received (a) — — — — Purchases of previously transferred financial assets (or the underlying collateral) (b) 48 — — — Cash flows received on the interests that continue to be held by the Firm (c) 159 4 7 40

Three months ended March 31, 2009 Residential mortgage Commercial (in millions) Prime (d) Subprime Option ARMs and other

All cash flows during the period: Servicing fees collected $121 $44 $128 $ 7 Other cash flows received (a) 4 1 — — Purchases of previously transferred financial assets (or the underlying collateral) (b) 41 — 3 — Cash flows received on the interests that continue to be held by the Firm (c) 154 5 48 124

(a) Includes excess servicing fees and other ancillary fees received.

(b) Includes cash paid by the Firm to reacquire assets from the off -balance sheet, nonconsolidated entities — for example, servicer clean-up calls.

(c) Includes cash flows received on retained interests — including, for example, principal repayments and interest payments.

(d) Includes Alt -A loans and re -securitization transactions. In addition to the amounts reported in the securitization activity tables above, the Firm sold residential mortgage loans totaling $33.8 billion and $38.2 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The majority of these loan sales were for securitization by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac. The Firm generally retains the right to service these residential mortgage loans in accordance with the respective servicing guidelines and standards. These sales resulted in pretax gains of $20 million and $17 million during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

JPMorgan Chase’s interest in securitized assets held at fair value The following table summarizes the Firm’s nonconsolidated securitization interests, which are carried at fair value on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. The risk ratings are periodically reassessed as information becomes available. As of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, 71% and 76%, respectively, of the Firm’s retained securitization interests, which are carried at fair value, were risk-rated “A” or better.

140 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Ratings profile of interests held (b)(c)(d) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Investment - Noninvestment - Retained Investment - Noninvestment - Retained (in billions) grade grade interests grade grade interests (e)

Asset types: Residential mortgage: Prime (a) $ 0.2 $0.6 $0.8 $0.7 $ 0.4 $ 1.1 Subprime — — — — — — Option ARMs 0.1 — 0.1 0.1 — 0.1 Commercial and other 2.2 0.2 2.4 2.2 0.2 2.4

Total $ 2.5 $0.8 $3.3 $3.0 $ 0.6 $ 3.6

(a) Includes retained interests in Alt -A loans and re -securitization transactions.

(b) The ratings scale is presented on an S&P -equivalent basis.

(c) Includes $190 million and $139 million of investments acquired in the secondary market, but predominantly held for investment purposes, as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Of this amount, $155 million and $108 million is classified as investment- grade as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

(d) Excludes senior and subordinated securities of $280 million and $875 million at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, which the Firm purchased in connection with IB ’s secondary market -making activities.

(e) Excludes $0.1 billion of retained interests in student loans at December 31, 2009. The table below outlines the key economic assumptions used to determine the fair value as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, of certain of the Firm’s retained interests in nonconsolidated VIEs, other than MSRs, that are valued using modeling techniques. The table below also outlines the sensitivities of those fair values to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in assumptions used to determine fair value. For a discussion of MSRs, see Note 16 on pages 144-145 of this Form 10-Q.

Residential mortgage March 31, 2010 (in millions, except rates and where Commercial otherwise noted) Prime (a) Subprime Option ARMs and other

JPMorgan Chase interests in securitized assets $ 741 $ 18 $ 115 $2,424

Weighted -average life (in years) 6.2 8.7 6.2 3.3

Weighted -average constant prepayment rate 8.2 % 3.7% 15.0 % —% CPR CPR CPR CPR Impact of 10% adverse change $ (30 ) $ — $ — $ — Impact of 20% adverse change (44 ) — (1 ) —

Weighted -average loss assumption 4.2 % 21.0% 6.6% 1.4% Impact of 10% adverse change $ (25 ) $ (1 ) $ — $ (45 ) Impact of 20% adverse change (35 ) (2 ) (1 ) (97 ) Weighted -average discount rate 12.2 % 17.5% 4.2% 13.2 % Impact of 10% adverse change $ (43 ) $ (1 ) $ (2 ) $ (71 ) Impact of 20% adverse change (73 ) (2 ) (4 ) (132 )

Residential mortgage December 31, 2009 (in millions, except rates and where Commercial otherwise noted) Prime (a) Subprime Option ARMs and other

JPMorgan Chase interests in securitized assets $ 1,143 $ 27 $ 113 $2,361

Weighted -average life (in years) 8.3 4.3 5.1 3.5

Weighted -average constant prepayment rate 4.9% 21.8% 15.7% —% CPR CPR CPR CPR Impact of 10% adverse change $ (15 ) $ (2 ) $ — $ — Impact of 20% adverse change (31 ) (3 ) (1) —

Weighted -average loss assumption 3.2% 2.7% 0.7% 1.4% Impact of 10% adverse change $ (15 ) $ (4 ) $ — $ (41 ) Impact of 20% adverse change (29 ) (7 ) — (100 ) Weighted -average discount rate 11.4% 23.2% 5.4% 12.5 % Impact of 10% adverse change $ (41 ) $ (2 ) $ (1) $ (72 ) Impact of 20% adverse change (82 ) (4 ) (3) (139 )

(a) Includes retained interests in Alt -A loans and re -securitization transactions.

141 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The sensitivity analysis in the preceding table is hypothetical. Changes in fair value based on a 10% or 20% variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated easily, because the relationship of the change in the assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in the table, the effect that a change in a particular assumption may have on the fair value is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might counteract or magnify the sensitivities. The above sensitivities also do not reflect risk management practices the Firm may undertake to mitigate such risks.

Loan delinquencies and net charge-offs The table below includes information about delinquencies, net charge-offs, and components of off-balance sheet securitized financial assets as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

Nonperforming Net loan Credit exposure loans charge -offs (e) Three months ended March 31, Dec. 31, March 31, Dec. 31, March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009 2010 2009 2010 2009

Securitized loans: (a) Residential mortgage: Prime mortgage (b)(c) $ 166,608 $171,547 $35,924 $33,838 $1,689 $2,196 Subprime mortgage (c) 43,914 47,261 19,315 19,505 1,165 2,234 Option ARMs (c) 40,245 41,983 11,694 10,973 589 380 Commercial and other (c) 80,328 24,799 3,956 1,244 27 5

Total loans securitized (d) $ 331,095 $285,590 $70,889 $65,560 $3,470 $4,815

(a) There were no loans that were 90 days past due and still accruing at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

(b) Includes Alt -A loans.

(c) Total assets held in securitization-related SPEs were $422.5 billion and $435.6 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. The $331.1 billion and $285.6 billion of loans securitized at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, excludes: $80.5 billion and $145.0 billion of securitized loans in which the Firm has no continuing involvement, zero and $1.2 billion of nonconsolidated auto and student loan securitizations, and $10.9 billion and $3.8 billion of loan securitizations (including automobile and student loans) consolidated on the Firm ’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

(d) Includes securitized loans that were previously recorded at fair value and classified as trading assets.

(e) Net charge -offs represent losses realized upon liquidation of the assets held by off -balance sheet securitization entities.

142 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

NOTE 16 — GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS For a discussion of accounting policies related to goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 17 on pages 214—217 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. Goodwill and other intangible assets consist of the following.

(in millions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Goodwill $48,359 $48,357 Mortgage servicing rights 15,531 15,531

Other intangible assets: Purchased credit card relationships $ 1,153 $ 1,246 Other credit card —related intangibles 673 691 Core deposit intangibles 1,124 1,207 Other intangibles 1,433 1,477

Total other intangible assets $ 4,383 $ 4,621

Goodwill The following table presents goodwill attributed to the business segments.

(in millions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Investment Bank $ 4,965 $ 4,959 Retail Financial Services 16,818 16,831 Card Services 14,161 14,134 Commercial Banking 2,867 2,868 Treasury & Securities Services 1,667 1,667 Asset Management 7,504 7,521 Corporate/Private Equity 377 377

Total goodwill $48,359 $48,357

The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill.

Three months ended (in millions) 2010 2009

Balance at beginning of period (a) $48,357 $ 48,027 Changes during the three months ended from: Business combinations 9 210 Dispositions (19 ) — Other (b) 12 (36 )

Balance at March 31, (a) $48,359 $ 48,201

(a) Reflects gross goodwill balances as the Firm has not recognized any impairment losses to date.

(b) Includes foreign currency translation adjustments and other tax -related adjustments. The $2 million increase in goodwill from December 31, 2009, was largely due to foreign currency translation adjustments related to the Firm’s Canadian credit card operations, offset by the divestiture of certain non-strategic businesses, as well as tax-related purchase accounting adjustments associated with the Bank One merger. Goodwill was not impaired at March 31, 2010, or December 31, 2009, nor was any goodwill written off due to impairment during either of the three months ended March 31, 2010 or 2009. During the first quarter, in addition to reviewing the current conditions and prior projections for all of its reporting units, the Firm updated the discounted cash flow valuations of its consumer lending businesses in RFS and Card Services, as these businesses continue to have elevated risk for goodwill impairment due to their exposure to U.S. consumer credit risk. As a result of this review, the Firm concluded that goodwill for these businesses and the Firm’s other reporting units was not impaired at March 31, 2010.

143 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Mortgage servicing rights For a further description of the MSR asset, interest rate risk management, and the valuation methodology of MSRs, see Notes 3 and 17 on pages 151-152 and 214-217, respectively, of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The following table summarizes MSR activity for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted) 2010 2009

Fair value at the beginning of the period $ 15,531 $ 9,403 MSR activity Originations of MSRs 689 994 Purchase of MSRs 14 2

Total net additions 703 996 Change in valuation due to inputs and assumptions (a) (96 ) 1,310 Other changes in fair value (b) (607 ) (1,075)

Total change in fair value of MSRs (c) (703 ) $ 235

Fair value at March 31 (d) $ 15,531 $10,634

Change in unrealized gains/(losses) included in income related to MSRs held at March 31 $ (96 ) $ 1,310

Contractual service fees, late fees and other ancillary fees included in income $ 1,132 $ 1,207

Third -party mortgage loans serviced at March 31 (in billions) $ 1,084 $ 1,161

(a) Represents MSR asset fair value adjustments due to changes in inputs, such as interest rates and volatility, as well as updates to assumptions used in the valuation model. Also represents total realized and unrealized gains/(losses) included in net income using significant unobservable inputs (level 3).

(b) Includes changes in MSR value due to modeled servicing portfolio runoff (or time decay). Represents the impact of cash settlements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3).

(c) Includes $(2) million related to changes in commercial real estate for both the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.

(d) Includes $39 million and $53 million related to commercial real estate at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The following table presents the components of mortgage fees and related income (including the impact of MSR risk management activities) for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

RFS mortgage fees and related income Production revenue (a) $ 1 $ 481

Net mortgage servicing revenue Operating revenue: Loan servicing revenue 1,107 1,222 Other changes in MSR asset fair value (b) (605) (1,073)

Total operating revenue 502 149

Risk management: Changes in MSR asset fair value due to inputs or assumptions in model (c) (96 ) 1,310 Derivative valuation adjustments and other 248 (307)

Total risk management 152 1,003

Total RFS net mortgage servicing revenue 654 1,152

All other (d) 3 (32 )

Mortgage fees and related income $ 658 $ 1,601

(a) Losses related to the repurchase of previously -sold loans are recorded as a reduction to production revenue. These losses totaled $432 million and $220 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(b) Includes changes in the MSR value due to modeled servicing portfolio runoff (or time decay). Represents the impact of cash settlements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3).

(c) Represents MSR asset fair value adjustments due to changes in inputs, such as interest rates and volatility, as well as updates to assumptions used in the valuation model. Also represents total realized and unrealized gains/(losses) included in net income using significant unobservable inputs (level 3).

(d) Primarily represents risk management activities performed by the Chief Investment Office ( “CIO”) in the Corporate sector, including $(2) million related to MSRs for the three months ended March 31, 2010.

144 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

The table below outlines the key economic assumptions used to determine the fair value of the Firm’s MSRs at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009; and it outlines the sensitivities of those fair values to immediate 10% and 20% adverse changes in those assumptions.

(in millions, except rates) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Weighted -average prepayment speed assumption (CPR) 11.53% 11.37% Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change $ (868) $ (896) Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change (1,675 ) (1,731)

Weighted -average option adjusted spread 4.35% 4.63% Impact on fair value of 100 basis points adverse change $ (630) $ (641) Impact on fair value of 200 basis points adverse change (1,211 ) (1,232)

CPR: Constant prepayment rate. The sensitivity analysis in the preceding table is hypothetical and should be used with caution. Changes in fair value based on a 10% and 20% variation in assumptions generally cannot be easily extrapolated, because the relationship of the change in the assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect that a change in a particular assumption may have on the fair value is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

Other intangible assets For the three months ended March 31, 2010, purchased credit card relationships, other credit card-related intangibles, core deposit intangibles and other intangible assets decreased $238 million, primarily reflecting amortization expense. The components of credit card relationships, core deposits and other intangible assets were as follows.

March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Net Net Gross Accumulated carrying Gross Accumulated carrying (in millions) amount amortization value amount amortization value

Purchased credit card relationships $ 5,787 $ 4,634 $ 1,153 $5,783 $4,537 $ 1,246 Other credit card -related intangibles 902 229 673 894 203 691 Core deposit intangibles 4,280 3,156 1,124 4,280 3,073 1,207 Other intangibles 2,176 743 1,433(a) 2,200 723 1,477

(a) The decrease from December 2009 includes the elimination of servicing assets for auto and student loans as a result of the adoption of new accounting guidance.

Amortization expense The Firm’s intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful lives in a manner that best reflects the economic benefits of the intangible asset. The $517 million of intangible assets related to asset management advisory contracts were determined to have an indefinite life and are not amortized. The following table presents amortization expense related to credit card relationships, core deposits and other intangible assets.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Purchased credit card relationships $ 97 $116 Other credit card -related intangibles 26 23 Core deposit intangibles 83 99 Other intangibles (a) 37 37

Total amortization expense $243 $275

(a) Excludes amortization expense related to servicing assets on securitized automobile loans, which is recorded in lending - and deposit- related fees and were $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new accounting guidance which resulted in the elimination of those servicing assets.

145 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Future amortization expense The following table presents estimated future amortization expense related to credit card relationships, core deposits and other intangible assets.

Other credit Other Purchased credit card -related Core deposit intangible For the year: (in millions) card relationships intangibles intangibles assets Total

2010 (a) $ 355 $103 $329 $129 $916 2011 291 103 284 118 796 2012 253 106 240 114 713 2013 213 106 195 110 624 2014 110 102 103 98 413

(a) Includes $97 million, $26 million, $83 million and $37 million of amortization expense related to purchased credit card relationships, other credit card-related intangibles, core deposit intangibles and other intangibles, respectively, recognized during the first three months of 2010.

NOTE 17 — DEPOSITS For further discussion of deposits, see Note 19 on page 218 in JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. At March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing deposits were as follows.

(in millions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

U.S. offices: Noninterest -bearing $210,982 $204,003 Interest -bearing Demand (a) 16,164 15,964 Savings (b) 311,887 297,949 Time (included $2,162 and $1,463 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 108,863 125,191 Non -U.S. offices: Noninterest -bearing 10,062 8,082 Interest -bearing Demand 184,892 186,885 Savings 633 661 Time (included $2,646 and $2,992 at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively) 81,820 99,632

Total $925,303 $938,367

(a) Represents Negotiable Order of Withdrawal ( “NOW ”) accounts.

(b) Includes Money Market Deposit Accounts ( “MMDAs ”).

NOTE 18 — OTHER BORROWED FUNDS The following table details the components of other borrowed funds.

(in millions) March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009

Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks (a) $19,828 $27,847 Other 29,153 27,893

Total other borrowed funds (b) $48,981 $55,740

(a) Maturities of advances from the FHLBs are $16.6 billion, and $2.2 billion in each of the 12 -month periods ending March 31, 2011 and 2013, respectively, and $927 million maturing after March 31, 2015. Maturities for the 12-month periods ending March 31, 2012, 2014 and 2015 were not material.

(b) Includes other borrowed funds of $6.2 billion and $5.6 billion accounted for at fair value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

146 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

NOTE 19 — EARNINGS PER SHARE For a discussion of the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”), see Note 25 on page 224 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except per share amounts) 2010 2009

Basic earnings per share

Net income $ 3,326 $ 2,141 Less: Preferred stock dividends 162 529

Net income applicable to common equity 3,164 1,612 Less: Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities 190 93

Net income applicable to common stockholders $ 2,974 $ 1,519 Total weighted -average basic shares outstanding 3,970.5 3,755.7

Net income per share $ 0.75 $ 0.40

Three months ended March 31, (in millions, except per share amounts) 2010 2009

Diluted earnings per share

Net income applicable to common stockholders $ 2,974 $ 1,519 Total weighted -average basic shares outstanding 3,970.5 3,755.7 Add: Employee stock options and SARs (a) 24.2 3.0

Total weighted -average diluted shares outstanding (b) 3,994.7 3,758.7

Net income per share $ 0.74 $ 0.40

(a) Excluded from the computation of diluted EPS (due to the antidilutive effect) were options issued under employee benefit plans and warrants originally issued under the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program to purchase shares of the Firm’s common stock totaling 239 million and 363 million shares for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

(b) Participating securities were included in the calculation of diluted EPS using the two -class method, as this computation was more dilutive than the calculation using the treasury stock method.

NOTE 20 — ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) includes the after-tax change in unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities, foreign currency translation adjustments (including the impact of related derivatives), cash flow hedging activities and net loss and prior service cost/(credit) related to the Firm’s defined benefit pension and OPEB plans.

Net loss and prior service costs/(credit) Accumulated Three months ended Unrealized Translation of defined benefit other March 31, 2010 gains/(losses) on adjustments, pension and comprehensive (in millions) AFS securities (b) net of hedges Cash flow hedges OPEB plans income/(loss)

Balance at January 1, 2010 $ 2,032 (c) $ (16 ) $ 181 $ (2,288) $ (91 )

Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles (a) (129) — — — (129 ) Net change 796 (d) 31 (e) 85(f) 69 (g) 981

Balance at March 31, 2010 $ 2,699 (c) $ 15 $ 266 $ (2,219) $ 761

Net loss and prior service costs/(credit) Accumulated Three months ended Unrealized Translation of defined benefit other March 31, 2009 gains/(losses) on adjustments, pension and comprehensive (in millions) AFS securities (b) net of hedges Cash flow hedges OPEB plans income/(loss)

Balance at January 1, 2009 $ (2,101) $ (598 ) $ (202) $ (2,786) $ (5,687) Net change 1,162 (d) (116 ) (e) 151 (f) —(g) 1,197

Balance at March 31, 2009 $ (939) $ (714 ) $ (51 ) $ (2,786) $ (4,490)

(a) Reflects the effect of adoption of new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. The decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income is a result of the reversal of the fair value adjustments taken on retained AFS securities that were eliminated in consolidation. For further discussion, see Note 15 on pages 131 -142 of this Form 10 -Q.

(b) Represents the after -tax difference between the fair value and amortized cost of the AFS securities portfolio and retained interests in securitizations recorded in other assets.

(c) Includes after -tax unrealized losses of $(193) million and $(226) million not related to credit on debt securities for which credit losses have been recognized in income at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

(d) The net change for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, was due primarily to the narrowing of spreads on commercial and nonagency residential mortgage -backed securities as well as on collateralized loan obligations; also reflects increased market value on pass through WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea 147 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

agency residential mortgage-backed securities. The net change for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, was due primarily to the narrowing of spreads on U.S. government agency mortgage -backed securities.

(e) Includes $(170) million and $(226) million at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, of after -tax gains/(losses) on foreign currency translation from operations for which the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar, partially offset by $201 million and $110 million, respectively, of after-tax gains/(losses) on hedges. The Firm may not hedge its entire exposure to foreign currency translation on net investments in foreign operations.

(f) The net change for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, included $83 million of after-tax losses recognized in income, and $2 million of after-tax gains, representing the net change in derivative fair value that was reported in comprehensive income. The net change for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, included $52 million of after-tax gains recognized in income and $203 million of after-tax gains, representing the net change in derivative fair value that was reported in comprehensive income.

(g) The net changes for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, were primarily due to after-tax adjustments based on the final year- end actuarial valuations for the U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans (for 2009 and 2008, respectively); and the amortization of net loss and prior service credit into net periodic benefit cost. The net change for 2009 also included an offset for a change in tax rates.

NOTE 21 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES For a discussion of the Firm’s commitments and contingencies, see Note 30 on page 230 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Litigation reserve The Firm maintains litigation reserves for certain of its outstanding litigation. At March 31, 2010, the Firm and its subsidiaries were named as a defendant or were otherwise involved in several thousand legal proceedings, investigations and litigations in various jurisdictions around the world. The Firm’s material legal proceedings are described in Item 1: Legal Proceedings on pages 163 - 170 of this Form 10-Q, to which reference is hereby made. The Firm has established reserves for several hundred of its cases. The Firm accrues for a litigation-related liability when it is probable that such liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Firm evaluates its litigations, proceedings and investigations each quarter to assess its litigation reserves, and makes adjustments in such reserves, upwards or downwards as appropriate, based on management’s best judgment after consultation with counsel. In the first quarter of 2010, the Firm added approximately $2.9 billion to its litigation reserves, primarily related to mortgage-related litigation, including mortgage-related lawsuits arising from actions taken by the Firm and certain of its heritage firms. There is no assurance that the Firm’s litigation reserves will not need to be adjusted in the future. The Firm’s legal proceedings range from cases involving a single plaintiff to class action lawsuits with classes involving thousands of plaintiffs. These cases involve each of the various lines of business of the Firm and a wide variety of claims (including common law tort and contract claims and statutory antitrust, securities and consumer protection claims), some of which present novel factual claims or legal theories. While some cases pending against the Firm specify the damages claimed by the plaintiff, many seek an indeterminate amount of damages or are at very early stages. The Firm does not believe a meaningful aggregate range of reasonably possible losses (as defined by the relevant accounting literature) can be determined for asserted and probable unasserted claims as of March 31, 2010. The Firm believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims asserted against it in its currently outstanding litigations, and it intends to defend itself vigorously in all its cases. Based upon its current knowledge, after consultation with counsel and after taking into consideration its current litigation reserves, the Firm believes that the legal actions, proceedings and investigations currently pending against it should not have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s consolidated financial condition. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such proceedings, actions and investigations, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves currently accrued by the Firm; as a result, the outcome of a particular matter may be material to JPMorgan Chase’s operating results for a particular period depending on, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and the level of JPMorgan Chase’s income for that period.

148 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

NOTE 22 — OFF -BALANCE SHEET LENDING -RELATED FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS, GUARANTEES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS JPMorgan Chase utilizes lending-related financial instruments (e.g., commitments and guarantees) to meet the financing needs of its customers. The contractual amount of these financial instruments represents the maximum possible credit risk should the counterparty draw upon the commitment or the Firm be required to fulfill its obligation under the guarantee, and the counterparty subsequently fail to perform according to the terms of the contract. These commitments and guarantees often expire without being drawn, and even higher proportions expire without a default. As a result, the total contractual amount of these instruments is not, in the Firm’s view, representative of its actual future credit exposure or funding requirements. For a discussion of off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments and guarantees, and the Firm’s related accounting policies, see Note 31 on pages 230-234 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. To provide for the risk of loss inherent in wholesale-related contracts, an allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments is maintained. See Note 14 on page 130 of this Form 10-Q for further discussion regarding the allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments. The following table summarizes the contractual amounts and carrying values of off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, guarantees and other commitments at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. The amounts in the table below for credit card and home equity lending-related commitments represent the total available credit for these products. The Firm has not experienced, and does not anticipate, that all available lines of credit for these products will be utilized at the same time. The Firm can reduce or cancel these lines of credit by providing the borrower prior notice or, in some cases, without notice as permitted by law.

Off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, guarantees and other commitments

Contractual amount Carrying value (i) March 31, December 31, March 31, December 31, (in millions) 2010 2009 2010 2009

Lending -related Consumer: Home equity — senior lien $ 18,870 $ 19,246 $ — $ — Home equity — junior lien 35,653 37,231 — — Prime mortgage 1,136 1,654 — — Subprime mortgage — — — — Option ARMs — — — — Auto loans 6,250 5,467 5 7 Credit card 556,207 569,113 — — All other loans 10,334 11,229 5 5

Total consumer 628,450 643,940 10 12

Wholesale: Other unfunded commitments to extend credit (a)(b) 192,253 192,145 412 356 Asset purchase agreements (b) — 22,685 — 126 Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees (a)(c)(d) 90,364 91,485 877 919 Unused advised lines of credit 39,077 35,673 — — Other letters of credit (a)(d) 5,227 5,167 1 1

Total wholesale 326,921 347,155 1,290 1,402

Total lending -related $955,371 $ 991,095 $ 1,300 $ 1,414

Other guarantees and commitments Securities lending guarantees (e) $171,529 $ 170,777 $ NA $ NA Derivatives qualifying as guarantees (f) 81,846 87,191 569 762 Equity investment commitments (g) 2,400 2,374 — — Building purchase commitment 670 670 — — Loan sale and securitization -related indemnifications: Repurchase liability (h) NA NA 1,982 1,705 Loans sold with recourse 11,508 13,544 162 271

(a) At March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, represents the contractual amount net of risk participations totaling $1.6 billion and $643 million, respectively, for other unfunded commitments to extend credit; $25.4 billion and $24.6 billion, respectively, for standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees; and $630 million and $690 million, respectively, for other letters of credit. In regulatory filings with the Federal Reserve Board these commitments are shown gross of risk participations.

(b) Upon the adoption of the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs, $24.2 billion of lending -related commitments between the Firm and the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits were eliminated upon consolidation. The decrease in lending-related commitments was partially offset by the addition of $6.5 billion of unfunded commitments directly between the multi -seller conduits and clients. These unfunded commitments of the consolidated conduits are now included as off -balance sheet lending -related commitments of the Firm.

149 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

(c) Includes unissued standby letters of credit commitments of $40.0 billion and $38.4 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

(d) At March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, JPMorgan Chase held collateral relating to $32.9 billion and $31.5 billion, respectively, of standby letters of credit; and $1.5 billion and $1.3 billion, respectively, of other letters of credit.

(e) Collateral held by the Firm in support of securities lending indemnification agreements totaled $175.2 billion and $173.2 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Securities lending collateral comprises primarily cash and securities issued by governments that are members of the Organisation for Economic Co -operation and Development (“OECD”) and U.S. government agencies.

(f) Represents notional amounts of derivatives qualifying as guarantees. The carrying value at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, reflects derivative payables of $790 million and $981 million, respectively, less derivative receivables of $221 million and $219 million, respectively.

(g) Includes unfunded commitments to third -party private equity funds of $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Also includes unfunded commitments for other equity investments of $980 million and $897 million at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. These commitments include $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, related to investments that are generally fair valued at net asset value as discussed in Note 3 on pages 96-107 of this Form 10 -Q.

(h) Represents estimated repurchase liability related to indemnifications for breaches of representations and warranties in loan sale and securitization agreements. For additional information, see Loan sale and securitization-related indemnifications on pages 151-152 of this Note.

(i) For lending -related products, the carrying value represents the allowance for lending -related commitments and the fair value of the guarantee liability. For derivative -related products, the carrying value represents the fair value. For all other products the carrying value represents the valuation reserve.

Other unfunded commitments to extend credit Other unfunded commitments to extend credit include commitments to U.S. states and municipalities, hospitals and other not-for-profit entities to provide funding for periodic tenders of their variable-rate demand bond obligations or commercial paper. Performance by the Firm is required in the event that the variable-rate demand bonds or commercial paper cannot be remarketed to new investors. The amount of commitments related to variable-rate demand bonds and commercial paper of U.S. states and municipalities, hospitals and not-for-profit entities was $22.1 billion and $23.3 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. Similar commitments exist to extend credit in the form of liquidity facility agreements with nonconsolidated municipal bond VIEs. For further information, see Note 15 on pages 131-142 of this Form 10-Q. Also included in other unfunded commitments to extend credit are commitments to investment- and noninvestment-grade counterparties in connection with leveraged acquisitions. These commitments are dependent on whether the acquisition by the borrower is successful, tend to be short-term in nature and, in most cases, are subject to certain conditions based on the borrower’s financial condition or other factors. The amounts of commitments related to leveraged acquisitions at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, were $2.8 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively. For further information, see Note 3 and Note 4 on pages 96-107 and 108-109 respectively, of this Form 10-Q.

Guarantees The Firm considers the following off-balance sheet lending-related arrangements to be guarantees under U.S. GAAP: standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, securities lending indemnifications, certain indemnification agreements included within third-party contractual arrangements and certain derivative contracts. For a further discussion of the off-balance sheet lending-related arrangements the Firm considers to be guarantees, and the related accounting policies, see Note 31 on pages 230-234 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report. The amount of the liability related to guarantees recorded at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, excluding the allowance for credit losses on lending- related commitments and derivative contracts discussed below, was $360 million and $475 million, respectively.

Standby letters of credit Standby letters of credit (“SBLC”) and financial guarantees are conditional lending commitments issued by the Firm to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party under certain arrangements, such as commercial paper facilities, bond financings, acquisition financings, trade and similar transactions. The carrying values of standby and other letters of credit were $878 million and $920 million at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively, which was classified in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets; these carrying values include $518 million and $553 million, respectively, for the allowance for lending-related commitments, and $360 million and $367 million, respectively, for the fair value of the guarantee liability. The following table summarizes the types of facilities under which standby letters of credit and other letters of credit arrangements are outstanding by the ratings profiles of the Firm’s customers, as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009.

150 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees and other letters of credit

March 31, 2010 December 31, 2009 Standby letters of Standby letters of credit and other Other letters credit and other Other letters (in millions) financial guarantees of credit financial guarantees of credit

Investment -grade (a) $65,277 $4,038 $66,786 $3,861 Noninvestment -grade (a) 25,087 1,189 24,699 1,306

Total contractual amount (b) $90,364 (c) $5,227 $91,485 (c) $5,167

Allowance for lending -related commitments $ 517 $ 1 $ 552 $ 1 Commitments with collateral 32,897 1,502 31,454 1,315

(a) Ratings scale is based on the Firm ’s internal ratings which generally correspond to ratings as defined by S&P and Moody ’s.

(b) At March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, represents contractual amount net of risk participations totaling $25.4 billion and $24.6 billion, respectively, for standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees; and $630 million and $690 million, respectively, for other letters of credit. In regulatory filings with the Federal Reserve Board these commitments are shown gross of risk participations.

(c) Includes unissued standby letters of credit commitments of $40.0 billion and $38.4 billion at March 31, 2010 , and December 31, 2009 , respectively.

Derivatives qualifying as guarantees In addition to the contracts described above, the Firm transacts certain derivative contracts that meet the characteristics of a guarantee under U.S. GAAP. The total notional value of the derivatives that the Firm deems to be guarantees was $81.8 billion and $87.2 billion at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. The notional value generally represents the Firm’s maximum exposure to derivatives qualifying as guarantees, although exposure to certain stable value derivatives is contractually limited to a substantially lower percentage of the notional value. The fair value of the contracts reflects the probability of whether the Firm will be required to perform under the contract. The fair value related to derivative guarantees were derivative payables of $790 million and $981 million and derivative receivables of $221 million and $219 million at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively. The Firm reduces exposures to these contracts by entering into offsetting transactions, or by entering into contracts that hedge the market risk related to the derivative guarantees. In addition to derivative contracts that meet the characteristics of a guarantee, the Firm is both a purchaser and seller of credit protection in the credit derivatives market. For a further discussion of credit derivatives, see Note 5 on pages 110-116 of this Form 10-Q, and Note 31 on pages 230-234 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Loan sale- and securitization-related indemnifications Indemnifications for breaches of representations and warranties As part of the Firm’s loan sale and securitization activities, the Firm generally makes representations and warranties in its loan sale and securitization agreements that the loans sold meet certain requirements. These agreements may require the Firm (including in its roles as a servicer) to repurchase the loan, purchase the property if the loan has already been foreclosed upon, and/or reimburse the purchaser for losses if the foreclosed property has been liquidated (commonly referred to as a “make-whole payment”) if the Firm is deemed to have breached such representations or warranties. Generally, the maximum amount of future payments the Firm would be required to make for breaches under these representations and warranties would be equal to the unpaid principal balance of such loans that are deemed to have defects sold to purchasers (including securitization-related SPEs) plus, in certain circumstances, accrued and unpaid interest on such loans and certain expense. At March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the Firm had recorded repurchase liabilities of $2.0 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, which are reported in accounts payable and other liabilities net of probable recoveries from third parties. The Firm does not believe a meaningful range of reasonably possible loss (as defined by the relevant accounting literature) related to its repurchase liability can be determined for asserted and probable unasserted claims as of March 31, 2010. For additional information, see Note 13 and Note 15 on pages 192-196 and 198-205, respectively, of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report, and Note 13 and Note 15 on pages 125-129 and 131-142, respectively, of this Form 10-Q.

Loans sold with recourse The Firm provides servicing for mortgages and certain commercial lending products on both a recourse and nonrecourse basis. In nonrecourse servicing, the principal credit risk to the Firm is the cost of temporary servicing advances of funds (i.e., normal servicing advances). In recourse servicing, the servicer agrees to share credit risk with the owner of the mortgage loans, such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or a private investor, insurer or guarantor. Losses on recourse servicing predominantly occur when foreclosure sales proceeds of the property underlying a defaulted loan are less than the sum of the outstanding principal balance, plus accrued interest on the loan and the cost of holding and disposing of the underlying property. The Firm’s securitizations are predominantly nonrecourse, thereby effectively transferring the risk of future credit losses to the purchaser of the mortgage-backed securities issued by the trust. At March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, the unpaid principal balance of loans sold with recourse totaled $11.5 billion and $13.5 billion, respectively. The carrying value of the related liability that the Firm has recorded, which is representative of the Firm’s

151 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents view of the likelihood it will have to perform under this guarantee, was $162 million and $271 million at March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, respectively.

Building purchase commitment In connection with the Bear Stearns merger, the Firm succeeded to an operating lease arrangement for the building located at in (the “Synthetic Lease”). Under the terms of the Synthetic Lease, the Firm was obligated to a maximum residual value guarantee of approximately $670 million if the building were sold and the proceeds of the sale were insufficient to satisfy the lessor’s debt obligation. The Firm subsequently served notice to the lessor indicating the Firm will purchase the property on the expiration date of the lease, November 1, 2010. Accordingly, the residual value guarantee has been reclassified as a building purchase commitment.

NOTE 23 — BUSINESS SEGMENTS The Firm is managed on a line of business basis. There are six major reportable business segments — Investment Bank, Retail Financial Services, Card Services, Commercial Banking, Treasury & Securities Services and Asset Management, as well as a Corporate/Private Equity segment. The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer served, and they reflect the manner in which financial information is currently evaluated by management. Results of these lines of business are presented on a managed basis. For a definition of managed basis, see the footnotes to the table below. For a further discussion concerning JPMorgan Chase’s business segments, see Business Segment Results on page 17 of this Form 10-Q, and pages 53-54 and Note 34 on pages 237-239 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report.

Segment results The following tables provide a summary of the Firm’s segment results for the three months ended March 31, 2010, and 2009, on a managed basis. Prior to the January 1, 2010, adoption of the new consolidation guidance related to VIEs, the impact of credit card securitization adjustments had been included in reconciling items so that the total Firm results are on a reported basis. Finally, total net revenue (noninterest revenue and net interest income) for each of the segments is presented on a tax-equivalent basis. Accordingly, revenue from tax-exempt securities and investments that receive tax credits are presented in the managed results on a basis comparable to taxable securities and investments. This approach allows management to assess the comparability of revenue arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The corresponding income tax impact related to these items is recorded within income tax expense/(benefit). Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm enhanced its line of business equity framework to better align equity assigned to each line of business with the changes anticipated to occur in the business, and in the competitive and regulatory landscape. The lines of business are now capitalized based on the Tier 1 common standard, rather than the Tier 1 capital standard.

Segment results and reconciliation (a)

Three months ended March 31, 2010 Investment Retail Financial Card Commercial (in millions, except ratios) Bank Services Services (e) Banking

Noninterest revenue $ 6,191 $ 2,752 $ 758 $ 500 Net interest income 2,128 5,024 3,689 916

Total net revenue 8,319 7,776 4,447 1,416 Provision for credit losses (462) 3,733 3,512 214 Credit reimbursement (to)/from TSS (b) — — — — Noninterest expense (c) 4,838 4,242 1,402 539

Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit) 3,943 (199) (467 ) 663 Income tax expense/(benefit) 1,472 (68 ) (164 ) 273

Net income/(loss) $ 2,471 $ (131) $ (303 ) $ 390

Average common equity (d) $ 40,000 $ 28,000 $ 15,000 $ 8,000 Average assets 676,122 393,867 156,968 133,013 Return on average common equity 25 % (2 )% (8 )% 20 % Overhead ratio 58 55 32 38

152 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Three months ended March 31, 2010 Treasury & Corporate/ Reconciling (in millions, except ratios) Securities Services Asset Management Private Equity Items (e)(f) Total

Noninterest revenue $ 1,146 $ 1,774 $ 1,281 $(441 ) $ 13,961 Net interest income 610 357 1,076 (90 ) 13,710

Total net revenue 1,756 2,131 2,357 (531) 27,671 Provision for credit losses (39 ) 35 17 — 7,010 Credit reimbursement (to)/from TSS (b) (30 ) — — 30 — Noninterest expense (c) 1,325 1,442 2,336 — 16,124

Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit) 440 654 4 (501) 4,537 Income tax expense/(benefit) 161 262 (224 ) (501) 1,211

Net income $ 279 $ 392 $ 228 $ — $ 3,326

Average common equity (d) $ 6,500 $ 6,500 $ 52,094 $ — $ 156,094 Average assets 38,273 62,525 577,912 NA 2,038,680 Return on average common equity 17% 24% NM NM 8% Overhead ratio 75 68 NM NM 58

Segment results and reconciliation (a)

Three months ended March 31, 2009 Investment Retail Financial Card Commercial (in millions, except ratios) Bank Services Services (e) Banking

Noninterest revenue $ 5,669 $ 3,597 $ 647 $ 422 Net interest income 2,702 5,238 4,482 980

Total net revenue 8,371 8,835 5,129 1,402 Provision for credit losses 1,210 3,877 4,653 293 Credit reimbursement (to)/from TSS (b) — — — — Noninterest expense (c) 4,774 4,171 1,346 553

Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit) 2,387 787 (870) 556 Income tax expense/(benefit) 781 313 (323) 218

Net income/(loss) $ 1,606 $ 474 $ (547) $ 338

Average common equity (d) $ 33,000 $ 25,000 $ 15,000 $ 8,000 Average assets 733,166 423,472 201,200 144,298 Return on average common equity 20% 8 % (15 )% 17 % Overhead ratio 57 47 26 39

153 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Three months ended March 31, 2009 Treasury & Corporate/ Reconciling (in millions, except ratios) Securities Services Asset Management Private Equity Items (e)(f) Total

Noninterest revenue $ 1,148 $ 1,300 $ (1,298) $ 173 $ 11,658 Net interest income/(loss) 673 403 989 (2,100 ) 13,367

Total net revenue 1,821 1,703 (309) (1,927 ) 25,025 Provision for credit losses (6 ) 33 — (1,464 ) 8,596 Credit reimbursement (to)/from TSS (b) (30 ) — — 30 — Noninterest expense (c) 1,319 1,298 (88 ) — 13,373

Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit) 478 372 (221) (433 ) 3,056 Income tax expense/(benefit) 170 148 41 (433 ) 915

Net income/(loss) $ 308 $ 224 $ (262) $ — $ 2,141

Average common equity (d) $ 5,000 $ 7,000 $ 43,493 $ — $ 136,493 Average assets 38,682 58,227 550,856 (82,782 ) 2,067,119 Return on average common equity 25% 13% NM NM 5 % Overhead ratio 72 76 NM NM 53

(a) In addition to analyzing the Firm ’s results on a reported basis, management reviews the Firm’s lines of business results on a “managed basis,” which is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Firm’s definition of managed basis starts with the reported U.S. GAAP results and includes certain reclassifications that do not have any impact on net income as reported by the lines of business or by the Firm as a whole.

(b) In the second quarter of 2009, IB began reporting credit reimbursement from TSS as a component of total net revenue, whereas TSS continues to report its credit reimbursement to IB as a separate line item on its income statement (not part of net revenue). Reconciling items include an adjustment to offset IB ’s inclusion of the credit reimbursement in total net revenue.

(c) Includes merger costs, which are reported in the Corporate/Private Equity segment. Merger costs attributed to the business segments for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, were as follows.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Investment Bank $ — $ 15 Retail Financial Services — 93 Card Services — 28 Commercial Banking — 3 Treasury & Securities Services — 3 Asset Management — 1 Corporate/Private Equity — 62

(d) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm enhanced its line of business equity framework to better align equity assigned to each line of business with the changes anticipated to occur in the business, and in the competitive and regulatory landscape.

(e) Effective January 1, 2010, the Firm adopted new consolidation guidance related to VIEs. Prior to the adoption of the new guidance, managed results for credit card excluded the impact of credit card securitizations on total net revenue, provision for credit losses and average assets, as JPMorgan Chase treated the sold receivables as if they were still on the balance sheet in evaluating the credit performance of the entire managed credit card portfolio, as operations are funded, and decisions are made about allocating resources, such as employees and capital, based on managed information. These adjustments are eliminated in reconciling items to arrive at the Firm ’s reported U.S. GAAP results. The related securitization adjustments were as follows.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Noninterest revenue NA $ (540) Net interest income NA 2,004 Provision for credit losses NA 1,464 Average assets NA 82,782

(f) Segment managed results reflect revenue on a tax -equivalent basis, with the corresponding income tax impact recorded within income tax expense. These adjustments are eliminated in reconciling items to arrive at the Firm’s reported U.S. GAAP results. Tax-equivalent adjustments for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, were as follows.

Three months ended March 31, (in millions) 2010 2009

Noninterest revenue $ 411 $ 337 Net interest income 90 96 Income tax expense 501 433

154 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

JPMORGAN CHASE & CO. CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS, INTEREST AND RATES (Taxable-Equivalent Interest and Rates; in millions, except rates)

Three months ended March 31, 2010 Three months ended March 31, 2009 Average Rate Average Rate balance Interest (annualized) balance Interest (annualized)

Assets

Deposits with banks $ 64,229 $ 95 0.60% $ 88,587 $ 443 2.03% Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements 170,036 407 0.97 160,986 650 1.64 Securities borrowed 114,636 29 0.10 120,752 86 0.29 Trading assets — debt instruments 248,089 2,791 4.56 252,098 3,275 5.27

Securities 337,441 2,944 3.54(b) 281,420 2,886 4.16(b) Loans 725,136 10,576 5.91 726,959 10,517 5.87 Other assets 27,885 93 1.36 27,411 165 2.44

Total interest -earning assets 1,687,452 16,935 4.07 1,658,213 18,022 4.41 Allowance for loan losses (38,937 ) (23,407) Cash and due from banks 30,023 27,213 Trading assets — equity instruments 83,674 62,748 Trading assets — derivative receivables 78,683 142,243 Goodwill 48,542 48,071 Other intangible assets: Mortgage servicing rights 15,155 11,141 Purchased credit card relationships 1,197 1,583 Other intangibles 3,110 3,860 Other assets 129,781 135,454

Total assets $ 2,038,680 $2,067,119

Liabilities

Interest -bearing deposits $ 677,431 $ 844 0.51% $ 736,460 $ 1,686 0.93% Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements 271,934 (31) (c) (0.05)(c) 226,110 202 0.36 Commercial paper 37,461 17 0.19 33,694 39 0.47 Trading liabilities — debt instruments 65,154 544 3.39 40,214 363 3.66 Other borrowings and liabilities (a) 123,321 171 0.56 196,459 487 1.01 Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs 98,104 330 1.36 9,757 38 1.57 Long -term debt 262,503 1,260 1.95 258,732 1,744 2.73

Total interest -bearing liabilities 1,535,908 3,135 0.83 1,501,426 4,559 1.23 Noninterest -bearing deposits 200,075 197,834 Trading liabilities — derivative payables 59,053 94,944 Trading liabilities — equity instruments 5,728 14,654 All other liabilities, including the allowance for lending-related commitments 73,670 89,811

Total liabilities 1,874,434 1,898,669

Stockholders ’ equity Preferred stock 8,152 31,957 Common stockholders ’ equity 156,094 136,493

Total stockholders ’ equity 164,246 168,450

Total liabilities and stockholders ’ equity $ 2,038,680 $2,067,119

Interest rate spread 3.24% 3.18% Net interest income and net yield on interest -earning assets $13,800 3.32% $ 13,463 3.29%

(a) Includes securities sold but not yet purchased.

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea (b) For the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the annualized rates for AFS securities, based on amortized cost, were 3.59% and 4.10%, respectively.

(c) Reflects a benefit from the favorable market environments for dollar -roll financings in the first quarter of 2010.

155 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

GLOSSARY OF TERMS ACH: Automated Clearing House. Advised lines of credit: An authorization which specifies the maximum amount of a credit facility the Firm has made available to an obligor on a revolving but non-binding basis. The borrower receives written or oral advice of this facility. The Firm may cancel this facility at any time. AICPA: American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Allowance for loan losses to total loans: Represents period-end Allowance for loan losses divided by retained loans. Assets under management: Represent assets actively managed by Asset Management on behalf of Institutional, Retail, Private Bank, Private Wealth Management and JPMorgan Securities clients. Includes committed capital not called on which AM earns fees. Excludes assets managed by American Century Companies, Inc. in which the Firm has a 42% ownership interest as of March 31, 2010. Assets under supervision: Represent assets under management, as well as custody, brokerage, administration and deposit accounts. Average managed assets : Refers to total assets on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets plus credit card receivables that have been securitized and removed from the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, for periods ended prior to the January 1, 2010, adoption of new FASB guidance requiring the consolidation of the Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts. Beneficial interest issued by consolidated VIEs: Represents the interest of third-party holders of debt/equity securities, or other obligations, issued by VIEs that JPMorgan Chase consolidates. The underlying obligations of the VIEs consist of short-term borrowings, commercial paper and long-term debt. The related assets consist of trading assets, available-for-sale securities, loans and other assets. Benefit obligation: Refers to the projected benefit obligation for pension plans and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for OPEB plans. Combined effective loan-to-value ratio: For residential real estate loans, an indicator of how much equity a borrower has in a secured borrowing based on current estimates of the value of the collateral and considering all lien positions related to the property. Contractual credit card charge-off: In accordance with the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council policy, credit card loans are charged off by the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days past due or within 60 days from receiving notification about a specific event (e.g., bankruptcy of the borrower), whichever is earlier. Credit card securitizations: For periods ended prior to the January 1, 2010, adoption of new guidance relating to consolidation of VIEs, Card Services’ results were presented on a “managed” basis that assumed that credit card loans that had been securitized and sold in accordance with U.S. GAAP remained on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and that earnings on the securitized loans were classified in the same manner as the earnings on retained loans recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. “Managed” results excluded the impact of credit card securitizations on total net revenue, the provision for credit losses, net charge-offs and loan receivables. Securitization did not change reported net income; however, it did affect the classification of items on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Consolidated Balance Sheets. Credit derivatives: Contractual agreements that provide protection against a credit event on one or more referenced credits. The nature of a credit event is established by the protection buyer and protection seller at the inception of a transaction, and such events include bankruptcy, insolvency or failure to meet payment obligations when due. The buyer of the credit derivative pays a periodic fee in return for a payment by the protection seller upon the occurrence, if any, of a credit event. Deposit margin: Represents net interest income expressed as a percentage of average deposits. EITF: Emerging Issues Task Force.

156 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

FASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board. FICO: Fair Isaac Corporation. Forward points: Represents the interest rate differential between two currencies, which is either added to or subtracted from the current exchange rate (i.e., “spot rate”) to determine the forward exchange rate. Headcount-related expense: Includes salary and benefits (excluding performance-based incentives), and other noncompensation costs related to employees. IASB: International Accounting Standards Board. Interests in purchased receivables: Represents an ownership interest in cash flows of an underlying pool of receivables transferred by a third- party seller into a bankruptcy-remote entity, generally a trust. Investment-grade: An indication of credit quality based on JPMorgan Chase’s internal risk assessment system. “Investment-grade” generally represents a risk profile similar to a rating of a “BBB-”/“Baa3” or better, as defined by independent rating agencies. Managed basis: A non-GAAP presentation of financial results that includes reclassifications related to credit card securitizations and to present revenue on a fully taxable-equivalent basis. Management uses this non-GAAP financial measure at the segment level, because it believes this provides information to enable investors to understand the underlying operational performance and trends of the particular business segment and facilitates a comparison of the business segment with the performance of competitors. Managed credit card receivables: Refers to credit card receivables on the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets plus credit card receivables that have been securitized and removed from the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets, for periods ended prior to the January 1, 2010, adoption of new guidance requiring the consolidation of the Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts. Mark-to-market exposure: A measure, at a point in time, of the value of a derivative or foreign exchange contract in the open market. When the mark-to-market value is positive, it indicates the counterparty owes JPMorgan Chase and, therefore, creates a repayment risk for the Firm. When the mark-to-market value is negative, JPMorgan Chase owes the counterparty; in this situation, the Firm does not have repayment risk. Master netting agreement: An agreement between two counterparties who have multiple derivative contracts with each other that provides for the net settlement of all contracts, as well as cash collateral, through a single payment, in a single currency, in the event of default on or termination of any one contract. Mortgage product types: Alt -A Alt-A loans are generally higher in credit quality than subprime loans but have characteristics that would disqualify the borrower from a traditional prime loan. Alt-A lending characteristics may include one or more of the following: (i) limited documentation; (ii) high combined- loan-to-value (“CLTV”) ratio; (iii) loans secured by non-owner occupied properties; or (iv) debt-to-income ratio above normal limits. Perhaps the most important characteristic is limited documentation. A substantial proportion of traditional Alt-A loans are those where a borrower does not provide complete documentation of his or her assets or the amount or source of his or her income. Option ARMs The option ARM real estate loan product is an adjustable-rate mortgage loan that provides the borrower with the option each month to make a fully amortizing, interest-only or minimum payment. The minimum payment on an option ARM loan is based on the interest rate charged during the introductory period. This introductory rate has usually been significantly below the fully indexed rate. The fully indexed rate is calculated using an index rate plus a margin. Once the introductory period ends, the contractual interest rate charged on the loan increases to the fully indexed rate and adjusts monthly to reflect movements in the index. The minimum payment is typically insufficient to cover interest accrued in the prior month, and any unpaid interest is deferred and added to the principal balance of the loan.

157 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Prime Prime mortgage loans generally have low default risk and are made to borrowers with good credit records and a monthly income that is at least three to four times greater than their monthly housing expense (mortgage payments plus taxes and other debt payments). These borrowers provide full documentation and generally have reliable payment histories. Subprime Subprime loans are designed for customers with one or more high risk characteristics, including but not limited to: (i) unreliable or poor payment histories; (ii) a high loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of greater than 80% (without borrower-paid mortgage insurance); (iii) a high debt-to-income ratio; (iv) an occupancy type for the loan is other than the borrower’s primary residence; or (v) a history of delinquencies or late payments on the loan. NA: Data is not applicable or available for the period presented. Net charge-off ratio: Represents net charge-offs (annualized) divided by average retained loans for the reporting period. Net yield on interest-earning assets: The average rate for interest-earning assets less the average rate paid for all sources of funds. NM: Not meaningful. Nonconforming mortgage loans: Mortgage loans that do not meet the requirements for sale to U.S. government agencies and U.S. government- sponsored enterprises. These requirements include limits on loan-to-value ratios, loan terms, loan amounts, down payments, borrower creditworthiness and other requirements. OPEB: Other postretirement employee benefits. Overhead ratio: Noninterest expense as a percentage of total net revenue. Personal bankers: Retail branch office personnel who acquire, retain and expand new and existing customer relationships by assessing customer needs and recommending and selling appropriate banking products and services. Portfolio activity: Describes changes to the risk profile of existing lending-related exposures and their impact on the allowance for credit losses from changes in customer profiles and inputs used to estimate the allowances. Preprovision profit: The Firm believes that this financial measure is useful in assessing the ability of a lending institution to generate income in excess of its provision for credit losses. Principal transactions: Realized and unrealized gains and losses from trading activities (including physical commodities inventories that are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value) and changes in fair value associated with financial instruments held by the Investment Bank for which the fair value option was elected. Principal transactions revenue also includes private equity gains and losses. Purchased credit-impaired loans: Acquired loans deemed to be credit-impaired under the FASB guidance for purchased credit-impaired loans. The guidance allows purchasers to aggregate credit-impaired loans acquired in the same fiscal quarter into one or more pools, provided that the loans have common risk characteristics (e.g., FICO score, geographic location). A pool is then accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows. Wholesale loans were determined to be credit-impaired if they meet the definition of an impaired loan under U.S. GAAP at the acquisition date. Consumer loans are determined to be purchased credit-impaired based on specific risk characteristics of the loan, including product type, LTV ratios, FICO scores, and past due status. Real estate investment trust (“REIT”): A special purpose investment vehicle that provides investors with the ability to participate directly in the ownership or financing of real-estate related assets by pooling their capital to purchase and manage income property (i.e., equity REIT) and/or mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage REIT). REITs can be publicly- or privately-held and they also qualify for certain favorable tax considerations. Receivables from customers: Primarily represents margin loans to prime and retail brokerage customers which are included in accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets for the wholesale lines of business. Reported basis: Financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP, which excludes the impact of taxable-equivalent adjustments. For periods ended prior to the January 1, 2010, adoption of new guidance requiring the consolidation of the Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts, the reported basis included the impact of credit card securitizations. Retained Loans: Loans that are held for investment excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value.

158 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Risk-layered loans: Loans with multiple high-risk elements. Sales specialists: Retail branch office personnel who specialize in the marketing of a single product, including mortgages, investments and business banking, by partnering with the personal bankers. Stress testing: A scenario that measures market risk under unlikely but plausible events in abnormal markets. Troubled debt restructuring: Occurs when the Firm modifies the original terms of a loan agreement by granting a concession to a borrower that is experiencing financial difficulty. Unaudited: Financial statements and information that have not been subjected to auditing procedures sufficient to permit an independent certified public accountant to express an opinion. U.S. GAAP: Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. U.S. government and federal agency obligations: Obligations of the U.S. government or an instrumentality of the U.S. government whose obligations are fully and explicitly guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. U.S. government-sponsored enterprise obligations: Obligations of agencies originally established or chartered by the U.S. government to serve public purposes as specified by the U.S. Congress; these obligations are not explicitly guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Value-at-risk (“VaR”): A measure of the dollar amount of potential loss from adverse market moves in an ordinary market environment.

159 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

LINE OF BUSINESS METRICS Investment Banking IB ’s revenue comprises the following: Investment banking fees include advisory, equity underwriting, bond underwriting and loan syndication fees. Fixed income markets primarily include client and portfolio management revenue related to market-making across global fixed income markets, including foreign exchange, interest rate, credit and commodities markets. Equity markets primarily include client and portfolio management revenue related to market-making across global equity products, including cash instruments, derivatives and convertibles. Credit portfolio revenue includes net interest income, fees and loan sale activity, as well as gains or losses on securities received as part of a loan restructuring, for IB’s credit portfolio. Credit portfolio revenue also includes the results of risk management related to the Firm’s lending and derivative activities, and changes in the credit valuation adjustment, which is the component of the fair value of a derivative that reflects the credit quality of the counterparty.

Retail Financial Services Description of selected business metrics within Retail Banking: Personal bankers — Retail branch office personnel who acquire, retain and expand new and existing customer relationships by assessing customer needs and recommending and selling appropriate banking products and services. Sales specialists — Retail branch office personnel who specialize in the marketing of a single product, including mortgages, investments and business banking, by partnering with the personal bankers.

Mortgage banking revenue comprises the following: Production revenue includes net gains or losses on originations and sales of prime and subprime mortgage loans, other production-related fees and losses related to the repurchase of previously-sold loans. Net mortgage servicing revenue includes the following components: (a) Operating revenue comprises: – all gross income earned from servicing third -party mortgage loans, including stated service fees, excess service fees, late fees and other ancillary fees; and

– modeled servicing portfolio runoff (or time decay). (b) Risk management comprises: – changes in MSR asset fair value due to market -based inputs, such as interest rates and volatility, as well as updates to assumptions used in the MSR valuation model; and

– derivative valuation adjustments and other, which represents changes in the fair value of derivative instruments used to offset the impact of changes in the market -based inputs to the MSR valuation model.

Mortgage origination channels comprise the following: Retail — Borrowers who are buying or refinancing a home through direct contact with a mortgage banker employed by the Firm using a branch office, the Internet or by phone. Borrowers are frequently referred to a mortgage banker by a banker in a Chase branch, real estate brokers, home builders or other third parties. Wholesale — A third-party mortgage broker refers loan applications to a mortgage banker at the Firm. Brokers are independent loan originators that specialize in finding and counseling borrowers but do not provide funding for loans. The Firm exited the broker channel during 2008. Correspondent — Banks, thrifts, other mortgage banks and other financial institutions that sell closed loans to the Firm. Correspondent negotiated transactions (“CNTs”) — These transactions occur when mid-to large-sized mortgage lenders, banks and bank- owned mortgage companies sell servicing to the Firm, on an as-originated basis, and exclude purchased bulk servicing transactions. These transactions supplement traditional production channels and provide growth opportunities in the servicing portfolio in stable and rising-rate periods.

160 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Card Services Description of selected business metrics within CS: Sales volume — Dollar amount of cardmember purchases, net of returns. Open accounts — Cardmember accounts with charging privileges. Merchant acquiring business — A business that processes bank card transactions for merchants. Bank card volume — Dollar amount of transactions processed for merchants. Total transactions — Number of transactions and authorizations processed for merchants.

Commercial Banking CB Client Segments: Middle Market Banking covers corporate, municipal, financial institution and not-for-profit clients, with annual revenue generally ranging between $10 million and $500 million. Mid-Corporate Banking covers clients with annual revenue generally ranging between $500 million and $2 billion and focuses on clients that have broader investment banking needs. Commercial Term Lending primarily provides term financing to real estate investors/owners for multi-family properties as well as financing office, retail and industrial properties. Real Estate Banking provides full-service banking to investors and developers of institutional-grade real estate properties.

CB revenue: Lending includes a variety of financing alternatives, which are primarily provided on a basis secured by receivables, inventory, equipment, real estate or other assets. Products include term loans, revolving lines of credit, bridge financing, asset-based structures and leases. Treasury services includes a broad range of products and services enabling clients to transfer, invest and manage the receipt and disbursement of funds, while providing the related information reporting. These products and services include U.S. dollar and multi-currency clearing, ACH, lockbox, disbursement and reconciliation services, check deposits, other check and currency-related services, trade finance and logistics solutions, commercial card and deposit products, sweeps and money market mutual funds. Investment banking products provide clients with sophisticated capital-raising alternatives, as well as balance sheet and risk management tools through loan syndications, investment-grade debt, asset-backed securities, private placements, high-yield bonds, equity underwriting, advisory, interest rate derivatives, foreign exchange hedges and securities sales.

CB selected business metrics: Liability balances include deposits, as well as deposits that are swept to on-balance sheet liabilities (e.g., commercial paper, federal funds purchased, time deposits and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements) as part of customer cash management programs. IB revenue, gross represents total revenue related to investment banking products sold to CB clients.

Treasury & Securities Services Treasury & Securities Services firmwide metrics include certain TSS product revenue and liability balances reported in other lines of business related to customers who are also customers of those other lines of business. In order to capture the firmwide impact of TS and TSS products and revenue, management reviews firmwide metrics such as liability balances, revenue and overhead ratios in assessing financial performance for TSS. Firmwide metrics are necessary, in management’s view, in order to understand the aggregate TSS business.

Description of selected business metrics within TSS: Liability balances include deposits, as well as deposits that are swept to on-balance sheet liabilities (e.g., commercial paper, federal funds purchased, time deposits and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements) as part of customer cash management programs.

Asset Management Assets under management — Represent assets actively managed by Asset Management on behalf of Institutional, Retail, Private Bank, Private Wealth Management and JPMorgan Securities clients. Includes Committed Capital not Called, on

161 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents which AM earns fees. Excludes assets managed by American Century Companies, Inc., in which the Firm has a 42% ownership interest as of March 31, 2010. Assets under supervision — Represents assets under management as well as custody, brokerage, administration and deposit accounts. Alternative assets — The following types of assets constitute alternative investments — Hedge funds, currency, real estate and private equity.

AM ’s client segments comprise the following: Institutional brings comprehensive global investment services — including asset management, pension analytics, asset/liability management and active risk budgeting strategies — to corporate and public institutions, endowments, foundations, not-for-profit organizations and governments worldwide. Retail provides worldwide investment management services and retirement planning and administration through third-party and direct distribution of a full range of investment vehicles. The Private Bank addresses every facet of wealth management for ultra-high-net-worth individuals and families worldwide, including investment management, capital markets and risk management, tax and estate planning, banking, capital raising and specialty-wealth advisory services. Private Wealth Management offers high-net-worth individuals, families and business owners in the U.S. comprehensive wealth management solutions, including investment management, capital markets and risk management, tax and estate planning, banking and specialty-wealth advisory services. JPMorgan Securities provides investment advice and wealth management services to high-net-worth individuals, money managers, and small corporations.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS From time to time, the Firm has made and will make forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “anticipate,” “target,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “goal,” “believe,” or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements provide JPMorgan Chase’s current expectations or forecasts of future events, circumstances, results or aspirations. JPMorgan Chase’s disclosures in this Form 10-Q contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Firm also may make forward- looking statements in its other documents filed or furnished with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, the Firm’s senior management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. All forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Firm’s control. JPMorgan Chase’s actual future results may differ materially from those set forth in its forward-looking statements. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, below are certain factors which could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements: • local, regional and international business, economic and political conditions and geopolitical events;

• changes in financial services regulation;

• changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws;

• securities and capital markets behavior, including changes in market liquidity and volatility;

• changes in investor sentiment or consumer spending or savings behavior;

• ability of the Firm to manage effectively its liquidity;

• credit ratings assigned to the Firm or its subsidiaries;

• the Firm ’s reputation;

• ability of the Firm to deal effectively with an economic slowdown or other economic or market difficulty;

• technology changes instituted by the Firm, its counterparties or competitors;

• mergers and acquisitions, including the Firm ’s ability to integrate acquisitions;

• ability of the Firm to develop new products and services, and the extent to which products or services previously sold by the Firm require the Firm to incur liabilities or absorb losses not contemplated at their initiation or origination;

162 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

• acceptance of the Firm ’s new and existing products and services by the marketplace and the ability of the Firm to increase market share;

• ability of the Firm to attract and retain employees;

• ability of the Firm to control expense;

• competitive pressures;

• changes in the credit quality of the Firm ’s customers and counterparties;

• adequacy of the Firm ’s risk management framework;

• changes in laws and regulatory requirements;

• adverse judicial proceedings;

• changes in applicable accounting policies;

• ability of the Firm to determine accurate values of certain assets and liabilities;

• occurrence of natural or man-made disasters or calamities or conflicts, including any effect of any such disasters, calamities or conflicts on the Firm ’s power generation facilities and the Firm ’s other commodity -related activities;

• the other risks and uncertainties detailed in Part 1, Item 1A: Risk Factors in the Firm ’s Annual Report on Form 10 -K for the year ended December 31, 2009. Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Firm speak only as of the date they are made, and JPMorgan Chase does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statements were made. The reader should, however, consult any further disclosures of a forward-looking nature the Firm may make in any subsequent Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, or Current Reports on Form 8-K.

Item 3 Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk For a discussion of the quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk, see the Market Risk Management section of the MD&A on pages 81-84 of this Form 10-Q.

Item 4 Controls and Procedures As of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Firm’s management, including its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on that evaluation, the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures were effective. See Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 for the Certification statements issued by the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Chief Financial Officer. The Firm is committed to maintaining high standards of internal control over financial reporting. Nevertheless, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.

Part II Other Information Item 1 Legal Proceedings The following information supplements and amends the disclosure set forth under Part 1, Item 3 “Legal Proceedings” in the Firm’s 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K. Bear Stearns Shareholder Litigation and Related Matters. Various shareholders of Bear Stearns have commenced purported class actions against Bear Stearns and certain of its former officers and/or directors on behalf of all persons who purchased or otherwise acquired common stock of Bear Stearns between December 14, 2006 and March 14, 2008 (the “Class Period”). During the Class Period, Bear Stearns had between 115 and 120 million common shares outstanding, and the price of those securities declined from a high of $172.61 to low of $30 at the end of the period. The actions, originally commenced in several federal courts, allege that the defendants issued materially false and misleading statements regarding Bear Stearns’ business and financial results and that, as a result of those false statements, Bear Stearns’ common stock traded at artificially inflated prices during the Class Period. In connection with these allegations, the complaints assert claims for violations of Sections 10 (b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Separately, several individual shareholders of Bear Stearns have commenced or threatened to commence arbitration proceedings and lawsuits asserting claims similar to those in the putative class actions. In addition, Bear Stearns and certain of its former officers and/or directors have also been named as defendants in a number of purported class actions commenced in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York seeking to represent the interests of participants in the Bear Stearns Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) during the time period of December 2006 to March 2008. These actions allege that defendants breached their fiduciary duties to

163 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents plaintiffs and to the other participants and beneficiaries of the ESOP by (a) failing to manage prudently the ESOP’s investment in Bear Stearns securities; (b) failing to communicate fully and accurately about the risks of the ESOP’s investment in Bear Stearns stock; (c) failing to avoid or address alleged conflicts of interest; and (d) failing to monitor those who managed and administered the ESOP. In connection with these allegations, each plaintiff asserts claims for violations under various sections of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) and seeks reimbursement to the ESOP for all losses, an unspecified amount of monetary damages and imposition of a constructive trust. Bear Stearns, former members of Bear Stearns’ Board of Directors and certain of Bear Stearns’ former executive officers have also been named as defendants in two purported shareholder derivative suits, subsequently consolidated into one action, pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Plaintiffs are asserting claims for breach of fiduciary duty, violations of federal securities laws, waste of corporate assets and gross mismanagement, unjust enrichment, abuse of control and indemnification and contribution in connection with the losses sustained by Bear Stearns as a result of its purchases of subprime loans and certain repurchases of its own common stock. Certain individual defendants are also alleged to have sold their holdings of Bear Stearns common stock while in possession of material nonpublic information. Plaintiffs seek compensatory damages in an unspecified amount and an order directing Bear Stearns to improve its corporate governance procedures. Plaintiffs later filed a second amended complaint asserting, for the first time, purported class action claims for violation of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as well as new allegations concerning events that took place in March 2008. All of the above-described actions filed in federal courts were ordered transferred and joined for pre-trial purposes before the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. Motions to dismiss have been filed in the purported securities class action, the shareholders’ derivative action and the ERISA action. Bear Stearns Merger Litigation. Seven putative class actions (five that were commenced in New York and two that were commenced in Delaware) were consolidated in New York State Court in Manhattan under the caption In re Bear Stearns Litigation . Bear Stearns, as well as its former directors and certain of its former executive officers, were named as defendants. JPMorgan Chase was also named as a defendant. The actions allege, among other things, that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties and obligations to Bear Stearns’ shareholders by agreeing to the proposed merger. The Firm was alleged to have aided and abetted the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty; breached its fiduciary duty as controlling shareholder/controlling entity; tortiously interfered with the Bear Stearns shareholders’ voting rights; and to have been unjustly enriched. In December 2008, the court granted summary judgment in favor of all the defendants. Plaintiffs did not file an appeal and the matter is concluded. Bear Stearns Hedge Fund Matters . Bear Stearns, certain current or former subsidiaries of Bear Stearns, including Bear Stearns Asset Management, Inc. (“BSAM”) and Bear Stearns & Co. Inc., and certain current or former Bear Stearns employees are named defendants (collectively the “Bear Stearns defendants”) in multiple civil actions and arbitrations relating to alleged losses of more than $1 billion resulting from the failure of the Bear Stearns High Grade Structured Credit Strategies Master Fund, Ltd. (the “High Grade Fund”) and the Bear Stearns High Grade Structured Credit Strategies Enhanced Leverage Master Fund, Ltd. (the “Enhanced Leverage Fund”) (collectively, the “Funds”). BSAM served as investment manager for both of the Funds, which were organized such that there were U.S. and Cayman Islands “feeder funds” that invested substantially all their assets, directly or indirectly, in the Funds. The Funds are in liquidation. There are five civil actions pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York relating to the Funds. Three of these actions involve derivative lawsuits brought on behalf of purchasers of partnership interests in the two U.S. feeder funds. Plaintiffs in these actions allege that the Bear Stearns defendants mismanaged the Funds and made material misrepresentations to and/or withheld information from investors in the funds. These actions seek, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages based on alleged investor losses. A fourth action, brought by the Joint Voluntary Liquidators of the Cayman Islands feeder funds, makes allegations similar to those asserted in the derivative lawsuits related to the U.S. feeder funds, and seeks compensatory and punitive damages. A motion to dismiss or alternatively to stay is pending in one of the derivative suits relating to one of the U.S. feeder funds. In the remaining three cases, motions to dismiss have been granted in part and denied in part, and discovery is ongoing The fifth action was brought by Bank of America and Banc of America Securities LLC (together “BofA”) alleging breach of contract and fraud in connection with a May 2007 $4 billion securitization, known as a “CDO-squared,” for which BSAM served as collateral manager. This securitization was composed of certain collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) holdings that were purchased by BofA from the High Grade Fund and the Enhanced Leverage Fund. Defendants’ motion to dismiss in this action was largely denied; an amended complaint was filed; and discovery is ongoing in this case as well. Ralph Cioffi and Matthew Tannin, the portfolio managers for the Funds, were tried on criminal charges of securities fraud and conspiracy to commit securities and wire fraud brought by the United States Attorney’s Office for the Eastern District of New York. The U.S. Attorney’s Office contended, among other things, that Cioffi and Tannin made

164 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents misrepresentations concerning the Funds’ performance, prospects and liquidity, as well as their personal investments in the Funds. On November 10, 2009, after a five -week trial, the jury found Cioffi and Tannin not guilty of all charges submitted to the jury. The United States Securities and Exchange Commission is proceeding with its action against Cioffi and Tannin. Municipal Derivatives Investigations and Litigation . The Department of Justice’s Antitrust Division and the Securities and Exchange Commission have been investigating JPMorgan Chase and Bear Stearns for possible antitrust and securities violations in connection with the bidding or sale of guaranteed investment contracts and derivatives to municipal issuers. A group of state attorneys general and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) have opened investigations into the same underlying conduct. The Firm has been cooperating with all of these investigations. The Philadelphia Office of the SEC provided notice to JPMorgan Securities Inc. (“JPMSI”) that it intends to recommend that the SEC bring civil charges in connection with its investigations. JPMSI has responded to that notice, as well as to a separate notice that that Philadelphia Office provided to Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. Purported class action lawsuits and individual actions (the “Municipal Derivatives Actions”) have been filed against JPMorgan Chase and Bear Stearns, as well as numerous other providers and brokers, alleging antitrust violations in the reportedly $100 billion to $300 billion annual market for financial instruments related to municipal bond offerings referred to collectively as “municipal derivatives.” The Municipal Derivatives Actions have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The court denied in part and granted in part defendants’ motions to dismiss the purported class and individual actions, permitting certain claims to proceed against the Firm and others under federal and California state antitrust laws and under the California false claims act. As previously reported, following public reports of JPMSI’s settlement with the SEC in connection with certain Jefferson County, Alabama (the “County”) warrant underwritings and related swap transactions, the County filed a complaint against the Firm and several other defendants in the Circuit Court of Jefferson County, Alabama. The suit alleges that the Firm made payments to certain third parties in exchange for which it was chosen to underwrite more than $3 billion in warrants issued by the County and chosen as the counterparty for certain swaps executed by the County. In its complaint, Jefferson County alleges that the Firm concealed these third party payments and that, but for this concealment, the County would not have entered into the transactions. The County further alleges that the transactions increased the risks of its capital structure and that, following the downgrade of certain insurers that insured the warrants, the County’s interest obligations increased and the principal due on a portion of its outstanding warrants was accelerated. The Firm moved to dismiss. A putative class action was filed on behalf of sewer ratepayers against JPMorgan Chase and Bear Stearns and numerous other defendants, based on substantially the same conduct described above (the “Wilson Action”). Defendants moved to dismiss the claims. The plaintiff in the Wilson Action recently filed a sixth amended complaint. The court has ordered that defendants file briefs in support of their motion to dismiss. An insurance company that guaranteed the payment of principal and interest on warrants issued by the County has also filed an action against JPMorgan Chase and others in New York state court asserting that defendants fraudulently misled it into issuing the insurance coverage, based upon substantially the same alleged conduct described above and other alleged non-disclosures. Plaintiff claims that it insured an aggregate principal amount of nearly $1.2 billion in warrants, and seeks unspecified damages in excess of $400 million, as well as unspecified punitive damages. The Alabama Public Schools and College Authority (“APSCA”) brought a declaratory judgment action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Alabama claiming that certain interest rate swaption transactions entered into with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. ( “Chase”) are void on the grounds that the APSCA purportedly did not have the authority to enter into transactions or, alternatively, are voidable at the APSCA’s option because of its alleged inability to issue refunding bonds in relation to the swaption. Following the denial of its motion to dismiss the action, Chase answered the complaint and filed a counterclaim seeking the amounts due under the swaption transactions. Discovery is under way. Interchange Litigation. A group of merchants have filed a series of putative class action complaints in several federal courts. The complaints allege that VISA and MasterCard, as well as certain other banks and their respective bank holding companies, conspired to set the price of credit card interchange fees, enacted respective association rules in violation of Section 1 of the Sherman Act, and engaged in tying/bundling and exclusive dealing. The complaint seeks unspecified damages and injunctive relief based on the theory that interchange would be lower or eliminated but for the challenged conduct. Based on publicly available estimates, Visa and MasterCard branded payment cards generated approximately $40 billion of interchange industry-wide in 2009. All cases have been consolidated in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York for pretrial proceedings. The amended consolidated class action complaint extended the claims beyond credit to debit cards. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss all claims that predated January 2004. The Court granted the motion to dismiss those claims. Plaintiffs then filed a second amended consolidated class action complaint. The basic theories of the complaint remain the same, and defendants again filed motions to dismiss. The Court has not yet ruled on the motions. Fact discovery has closed, and expert discovery in the case is ongoing. The plaintiffs have filed a motion seeking class certification, and the defendants have opposed that motion. The Court has not yet ruled on the class certification motion.

165 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

In addition to the consolidated class action complaint, plaintiffs filed supplemental complaints challenging the MasterCard and Visa IPOs (the “IPO Complaints”). With respect to MasterCard, plaintiffs allege that the offering violated Section 7 of the Clayton Act and Section 1 of the Sherman Act and that the offering was a fraudulent conveyance. With respect to the Visa IPO, plaintiffs are challenging the Visa IPO on antitrust theories parallel to those articulated in the MasterCard IPO pleading. Defendants have filed motions to dismiss the IPO Complaints. The Court has not yet ruled on those motions. Mortgage -Backed Securities Litigation. JPMC and affiliates, heritage-Bear and affiliates and heritage Washington Mutual affiliates have been named as defendants in a number of cases relating to various roles they played in mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) offerings. These cases are generally purported class action suits, actions by individual purchasers of securities, or actions by insurance companies that guaranteed payments of principal and interest for particular tranches. Although the allegations vary by lawsuit, these cases generally allege that the offering documents for dozens of securitization trusts in the aggregate more than $140 billion of securities contained material misrepresentations and omissions, including statements regarding the underwriting standards pursuant to which the underlying mortgage loans were issued, the ratings given to the tranches by rating agencies, and the appraisal standards that were used. Purported class actions are pending against JPMorgan Chase, heritage Bear Stearns, and certain of their affiliates and current and former employees in the United States District Courts for the Eastern and Southern Districts of New York. Defendants have moved to dismiss the action pending against heritage Bear Stearns entities and certain of their former employees. Heritage Washington Mutual affiliates, Washington Mutual Asset Acceptance Corp. and Washington Mutual Capital Corp., are defendants, along with certain former officers or directors of Washington Mutual Asset Acceptance Corp., in two now-consolidated purported class action cases pending in the Western District of Washington. In addition to allegations as to mortgage underwriting standards and ratings, plaintiffs in these cases allege that defendants failed to disclose Washington Mutual Bank’s alleged coercion of or collusion with appraisal vendors to inflate appraisal valuations of the loans in the pools. Defendants have moved to dismiss. In addition to the purported class actions, certain JPM entities and several heritage Bear Stearns entities are defendants in actions filed in state courts in Pennsylvania and Washington brought by the Federal Home Loan Banks of Pittsburgh and , respectively. These actions relate to each Federal Home Loan Bank’s purchases of certificates in MBS offerings. Defendants moved to dismiss the complaint brought by the FHLB of Pittsburgh. Defendants removed the action by FHLB Seattle to federal court, where it was consolidated with 10 other identical lawsuits by that FHLB against other financial services firms. FHLB of Seattle has moved to remand the consolidated cases back to state court. Two additional and virtually identical suits have been filed in California state court by the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco against various financial services firms, including certain heritage Bear entities. EMC Mortgage Corporation (“EMC”), a subsidiary of JPMC, is a defendant in four pending actions commenced by bond insurers that guaranteed payment on certain classes of MBS offerings sponsored by EMC. Two of the actions, commenced respectively by Ambac Assurance Corporation and Syncora Guarantee, Inc., (“Syncora”) are pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and involve five securitizations sponsored by EMC. The third action was commenced by Syncora, seeking access to certain loan files. The fourth was filed by CIFG Assurance North America, Inc. in state court in Texas, and involves one securitization sponsored by EMC. In each action, Plaintiffs claim the underlying mortgage loans had origination defects that purportedly violate certain representations and warranties given by EMC to plaintiffs and that EMC has breached the relevant agreements between the parties by failing to repurchase allegedly defective mortgage loans. Each action seeks unspecified damages and an order compelling EMC to repurchase those loans. An action is pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York brought on behalf of purchasers of certificates issued by various MBS securitizations sponsored by affiliates of IndyMac Bancorp (“IndyMac Trusts”). JPMSI, along with numerous other underwriters and individuals, is named as a defendant, both in its own capacity and as successor to Bear Stearns & Co. The defendants have moved to dismiss. JPMC and JPMSI are defendants in an action pending in state court in Pennsylvania brought by FHLB-Pittsburgh, relating to its purchase of a certificate issued by one IndyMac Trust. Defendants have moved to dismiss. JPMC, as alleged successor to Bear Stearns & Co., and other underwriters, along with certain individuals, are defendants in an action pending in state court in California brought by MBIA Insurance Corp. (“MBIA”) relating to certain certificates issued by three IndyMac trusts, as to two of which Bear Stearns was an underwriter, and as to which MBIA provided guaranty insurance policies. MBIA purports to be subrogated to the rights of the certificate holders, and seeks recovery of sums it has paid and will pay pursuant to those policies.

166 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

A heritage Bear Stearns subsidiary is a defendant in a purported class action that is pending in federal court in New Mexico against a number of financial institutions that served as depositors and/or underwriters for 10 MBS offerings issued by Thornburg Mortgage, a bankrupt mortgage originator. The Firm and certain other heritage entities have been sued in other purported class actions for their roles an underwriter or depositor of third party MBS offerings but, other than the matters described in the above two paragraphs, the Firm is indemnified in these other litigations. Auction -Rate Securities Investigations and Litigation. Beginning in March 2008, several regulatory authorities initiated investigations of a number of industry participants, including the Firm, concerning possible state and federal securities law violations in connection with the sale of auction-rate securities. The market for many such securities had frozen and a significant number of auctions for those securities began to fail in February 2008. The Firm, on behalf of itself and affiliates, agreed to a settlement in principle with the New York Attorney General’s Office which provided, among other things, that the Firm would offer to purchase at par certain auction-rate securities purchased from J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Chase Investment Services Corp. and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. by individual investors, charities, and small- to medium-sized businesses. The Firm also agreed to a substantively similar settlement in principle with the Office of Financial Regulation for the State of Florida and the North American Securities Administrator Association (“NASAA”) Task Force, which agreed to recommend approval of the settlement to all remaining states, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. The Firm finalized the settlement agreements with the New York Attorney General’s Office and the Office of Financial Regulation for the State of Florida. The settlement agreements provide for the payment of penalties totaling $25 million to all states. The Firm is currently in the process of finalizing consent agreements with NASAA’s member states. More than 30 of these consent agreements have been finalized to date. The Firm is also the subject of a putative securities class action in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and a number of individual arbitrations and lawsuits in various forums, brought by institutional and individual investors that together allege damages of more than $200 million, relating to the Firm’s sales of auction-rate securities. One action is brought by an issuer of auction-rate securities. The actions generally allege that the Firm and other firms manipulated the market for auction-rate securities by placing bids at auctions that affected these securities’ clearing rates or otherwise supported the auctions without properly disclosing these activities. Some actions also allege that the Firm misrepresented that auction-rate securities were short-term instruments. Plaintiffs filed an amended consolidated complaint, which the Firm moved to dismiss. The Firm also filed a motion to transfer and coordinate before the Southern District five other purported auction-rate securities class actions. The Southern District subsequently denied the motion to dismiss the purported securities class action with leave to re-file upon resolution of the transfer motion. Additionally, the Firm was named in two putative antitrust class actions in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which actions allege that the Firm, in collusion with numerous other financial institution defendants, entered into an unlawful conspiracy in violation of Section 1 of the Sherman Act. Specifically, the complaints allege that defendants acted collusively to maintain and stabilize the auction-rate securities market and similarly acted collusively in withdrawing their support for the auction-rate securities market in February 2008. On January 26, 2010, the District Court dismissed both actions. The appeal is currently pending in the Second Circuit Court of Appeals. City of Milan Litigation and Criminal Investigation. In January 2009, the City of Milan, Italy (the “City”) issued civil proceedings against (among others) JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“JPMCB”) and J.P. Morgan Securities Ltd. (together, “JPM”) in the District Court of Milan. The proceedings relate to (a) a bond issue by the City in June 2005 (the “Bond”) and (b) an associated swap transaction, which was subsequently restructured on a number of occasions between 2005 and 2007 (the “Swap”). The City seeks damages and/or other remedies against JPM (among others) on the grounds of alleged “fraudulent and deceitful acts” and alleged breach of advisory obligations by JPM (among others) in connection with the Swap and the Bond, together with related swap transactions with other counterparties. The civil proceedings continue and no trial date has been set as yet. JPMCB filed a challenge to the Italian Supreme Court’s jurisdiction over JPMCB. In January 2009, JPMCB also received a notice from the Prosecutor at the Court of Milan placing it and certain current and former JPM personnel under investigation in connection with the above transactions. Since April 2009, JPMCB has been contesting an attachment order obtained by the Prosecutor, purportedly to freeze assets potentially subject to confiscation in the event of a conviction. The original Euro 92 million attachment has been reduced to Euro 44.9 million, and JMPCB’s application for a further reduction remains pending. The judge has directed four current and former JPM personnel and JPMCB (as well as other individuals and three other banks ) to go forward to a full trial starting in May 2010. Although the Firm is not charged with any crime and does not

167 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents face criminal liability, if one or more of its employees were found guilty, the Firm could be subject to administrative sanctions, including restrictions on its ability to conduct business in Italy and monetary penalties. Physical Segregation of Assets in U.K. Affiliate. The Firm discovered in July 2009 that one of its U.K. affiliates was not holding certain client money in a segregated trust status account with JPMCB as required by the rules of the U.K. Financial Services Authority (“FSA”). The Firm took immediate action to rectify the error and to notify the FSA. The matter is being reviewed by the FSA Enforcement Division. Washington Mutual Litigations. Subsequent to JPMorgan Chase’s acquisition from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) of substantially all of the assets and certain specified liabilities of Washington Mutual Bank, Henderson Nevada (“Washington Mutual Bank”), in September 2008, Washington Mutual Bank’s parent holding company, Washington Mutual, Inc. (“WMI”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, WMI Investment Corp. (together, the “Debtors”) both commenced voluntary cases under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Case”). In the Bankruptcy Case, the Debtors have asserted rights and interests in certain assets. The assets in dispute include principally the following: (a) approximately $4 billion in securities contributed by WMI to Washington Mutual Bank; (b) the right to tax refunds arising from overpayments attributable to operations of Washington Mutual Bank and its subsidiaries; (c) ownership of and other rights in approximately $4 billion that WMI contends are deposit accounts at Washington Mutual Bank and one of its subsidiaries; and (d) ownership of and rights in various other contracts and other assets (collectively, the “Disputed Assets”). JPMorgan Chase commenced an adversary proceeding in the Bankruptcy Case against the Debtors and (for interpleader purposes only) the FDIC seeking a declaratory judgment and other relief determining JPMorgan Chase’s legal title to and beneficial interest in the Disputed Assets. Discovery is underway in the JPMorgan Chase adversary proceeding. The Debtors commenced a separate adversary proceeding in the Bankruptcy Case against JPMorgan Chase, seeking turnover of the same $4 billion in purported deposit funds and recovery for alleged unjust enrichment for failure to turn over the funds. The Debtors have moved for summary judgment in the turnover proceeding. Discovery is under way in the turnover proceeding. In both JPMorgan Chase’s adversary proceeding and the Debtors’ turnover proceeding, JPMorgan Chase and the FDIC have argued that the Bankruptcy Court lacks jurisdiction to adjudicate certain claims. JPMorgan Chase moved to have the adversary proceedings transferred to United States District Court for the District of Columbia and to withdraw jurisdiction from the Bankruptcy Court to the District Court. That motion is fully briefed. In addition, JPMorgan Chase and the FDIC filed papers with the United States District Court for the District of Delaware appealing the Bankruptcy Court’s rulings rejecting the jurisdictional arguments, and that appeal is fully briefed. JPMorgan Chase is also appealing a separate Bankruptcy Court decision holding, in part, that the Bankruptcy Court could proceed with certain matters while the first appeal is pending. Briefing on that appeal is under way. The Debtors submitted claims substantially similar to those submitted in the Bankruptcy Court in the FDIC for, among other things, ownership of certain Disputed Assets, as well as claims challenging the terms of the agreement pursuant to which substantially all of the assets of Washington Mutual Bank were sold by the FDIC to JPMorgan Chase. The FDIC, as receiver, disallowed the Debtors’ claims and the Debtors filed an action against the FDIC in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia challenging the FDIC’s disallowance of the Debtors’ claims, claiming ownership of the Disputed Assets, and seeking money damages from the FDIC. JPMorgan Chase has intervened in the action. In January 2010, the District Court stayed the action pending developments in the Bankruptcy Court and ordered the parties to submit a joint status report every 120 days. In connection with the stay, the District Court denied WMI ’s and the FDIC’s motions to dismiss without prejudice. In addition, the Debtors moved in the Bankruptcy Court to take discovery from JPMorgan Chase purportedly related to a litigation originally filed in the 122nd State District Court of Galveston County, Texas (the “Texas Action”). JPMorgan Chase opposed the motion, but the Bankruptcy Court ordered that the discovery proceed. Debtors are also seeking related discovery from various third parties, including several government agencies. Plaintiffs in the Texas Action are certain holders of WMI common stock and the debt of WMI and Washington Mutual Bank who have sued JPMorgan Chase for unspecified damages alleging that JPMorgan Chase acquired substantially all of the assets of Washington Mutual Bank from the FDIC at an allegedly too low price. The FDIC intervened in the Texas Action, had it removed to the United States District Court for the Southern District of Texas, and then the FDIC and JPMorgan Chase moved to have the Texas Action dismissed or transferred. The Court transferred the Texas Action to the District of Columbia. Plaintiffs have moved to have the FDIC dismissed as a party and to remand the action to the state court, or, in the alternative, dismissed for lack of subject matter jurisdiction. JPMorgan Chase and the FDIC have moved to have the

168 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents entire action dismissed. In April 2010, in the previously disclosed Texas Action, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia granted JPMorgan Chase’s motion to dismiss the complaint, granted the FDIC’s parallel motion to dismiss the complaint and denied plaintiffs’ motion to dismiss the FDIC as a party and to remand the case to Texas state court. Other proceedings related to Washington Mutual’s failure also pending before the United States District Court for the District of Columbia include a lawsuit brought by Deutsche Bank National Trust Company against the FDIC alleging breach of various mortgage securitization agreements and alleged violation of certain representations and warranties given by certain WMI subsidiaries in connection with those securitization agreements. JPMorgan Chase has not been named a party to the Deutsche Bank litigation, but the complaint includes assertions that JPMorgan Chase may have assumed certain liabilities. On March 12, 2010, at a hearing for the previously disclosed case pending before the United States Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Case”), Washington Mutual, Inc. (“WMI”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, WMI Investment Corp. (together, the “Debtors”) announced on the record that they had reached a settlement with JPMorgan Chase and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) that, subject to documentation, would resolve the previously disclosed disputes. On March 26, 2010, the Debtors filed a Plan and Proposed Disclosure Statement, together with a proposed global settlement agreement (the “Proposed Global Settlement Agreement”), by and among Debtors, JPMorgan Chase, and the FDIC, which incorporated the terms of the announced settlement. Debtors disclosed that while the provisions of the Proposed Global Settlement Agreement were agreed to by WMI, JPMorgan Chase and significant creditor groups of WMI, the FDIC has not agreed to all of the provisions contained in the Proposed Global Settlement Agreement. Settlement discussions are ongoing among the parties. It is unclear if those discussions will result in adherence to the terms contained in the Proposed Global Settlement Agreement or any settlement at all. While these discussions are ongoing, the previously disclosed appeals and motion to withdraw the reference pending before the United States District Court for the District of Delaware have been stayed. Likewise, the stay of the action Debtors commenced against the FDIC in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia also remains in place. Securities Lending Litigation. JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. (“JPMorgan”) has been named as a defendant in four putative class actions asserting ERISA and non-ERISA claims pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York related to the Firm’s securities lending business. Three of the pending actions relate to losses of plaintiffs’ money (i.e., cash collateral for securities loan transactions) in medium-term notes of a structured investment vehicle known as Sigma Finance Inc. (“Sigma”). The fourth action concerns losses of money invested in Lehman Brothers medium-term notes, as well as asset-backed securities offered by nine other issuers. The Firm has moved to dismiss the claims regarding Lehman Brothers medium-term notes and the asset-backed securities. Investment Management Litigation. Four cases have been filed claiming that investment portfolios managed by JPMorgan Investment Management Inc. (“JPMIM”) were inappropriately invested in securities backed by subprime residential real estate collateral. Plaintiffs claim that JPMIM and related defendants are liable for the loss in market value of these securities. The first case was filed by NM Homes One, Inc. in federal court in New York. The Southern District Court granted the Bank’s motion to dismiss nine of plaintiff’s ten causes of action. Five of the claims were dismissed without prejudice to plaintiff’s right to replead. The remaining four claims were dismissed with prejudice. The second case, filed by Assured Guaranty (U.K.) in New York state court, was dismissed and Assured has appealed the court’s decision. In the third case, filed by Ambac Assurance UK Limited in New York state court, the Court granted JPMIM’s motion to dismiss in March 2010, and plaintiff has filed a notice of appeal. The fourth case was filed by CMMF LLP in New York state court in December 2009; the Court granted JPMIM’s motion to dismiss the claims, other than claims for breach of contract and misrepresentation. Both CMMF and JPMIM have filed notices of appeal. Lehman Brothers Bankruptcy Proceedings. In March 2010, the Examiner appointed by the Bankruptcy Court presiding over the chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc (“LBHI”) and several of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Lehman”) released a report as to his investigation into Lehman’s failure and related matters. The Examiner concluded that one common law claim potentially could be asserted against the Firm for contributing to Lehman’s failure, though he characterized the claim as “not strong.” The Examiner also opined that certain cash and securities collateral provided by LBHI to the Firm in the weeks and days preceding LBHI’s demise potentially could be challenged under the Bankruptcy Code’s fraudulent conveyance or preference provisions, though the Firm is of the view that its right to such collateral is protected by the Bankruptcy Code’s safe harbor provisions. In addition, the Firm may also face claims in the liquidation proceeding pending before the same Bankruptcy Court under the Securities Investor Protection Act (“SIPA”) for LBHI’s U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary, Lehman Brothers Inc. (“LBI”). The SIPA Trustee has advised the Firm that certain of the securities and cash pledged as collateral for the Firm’s claims against LBI may be customer property free from any security interest in favor of the Firm. Enron Litigation. JPMorgan Chase and certain of its officers and directors are involved in several lawsuits that together seek damages of more than $1.6 billion arising out of its banking relationships with Enron Corp. and its subsidiaries (“Enron”). A number of actions and other proceedings against the Firm have been resolved, including a class action lawsuit captioned Newby v. Enron Corp. and adversary proceedings brought by Enron’s bankruptcy estate. The remaining Enron-related actions include individual actions by Enron investors, creditors and counterparties. The remaining litigation also includes a suit against JPMorgan Chase alleging, in relevant part, breach of contract and breach of fiduciary duty based upon the Firm’s role as Indenture Trustee in connection with an indenture agreement between JPMorgan Chase and Enron. The case has been dismissed. In April 2010, the New York Court of Appeals affirmed the order dismissing the action.

169 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

A putative class action on behalf of JPMorgan Chase employees who participated in the Firm’s 401(k) plan asserted claims under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) for alleged breaches of fiduciary duties and negligence by JPMorgan Chase, its directors and named officers. The Firm moved for judgment on the pleadings and the district court granted the motion in March 2010. Plaintiffs have appealed. IPO Allocation Litigation. JPMorgan Chase and certain of its securities subsidiaries, including Bear Stearns, were named, along with numerous other firms in the securities industry, as defendants in a large number of putative class action lawsuits filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York alleging improprieties in connection with the allocation of securities in various public offerings, including some offerings for which a JPMorgan Chase entity served as an underwriter. They also claim violations of securities laws arising from alleged material misstatements and omissions in registration statements and prospectuses for the initial public offerings (“IPOs”) and alleged market manipulation with respect to aftermarket transactions in the offered securities. Antitrust lawsuits based on similar allegations have been dismissed with prejudice. A settlement was reached in the securities cases, which the District Court approved; the Firm’s share of the settlement is approximately $62 million. Appeals have been filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit seeking reversal of the decision approving the settlement.

In addition to the various cases, proceedings and investigations discussed above, JPMorgan Chase and its subsidiaries are named as defendants or otherwise involved in a number of other legal actions and governmental proceedings arising in connection with their businesses. The Firm believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims asserted against it in its currently outstanding litigations, investigations and proceedings and it intends to defend itself vigorously in all such matters. Additional actions, investigations or proceedings may be initiated from time to time in the future. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages, or where the cases present novel legal theories, involve a large number of parties or are in early stages of discovery, the Firm cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of these pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be or what the eventual loss, fines, penalties or impact related to each pending matter may be. JPMorgan Chase believes, based upon its current knowledge, after consultation with counsel and after taking into account its current litigation reserves, that the legal actions, proceedings and investigations currently pending against it should not have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s consolidated financial condition. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such proceedings, actions and investigations, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves currently accrued by the Firm; as a result, the outcome of a particular matter may be material to JPMorgan Chase’s operating results for a particular period, depending on, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and the level of JPMorgan Chase’s income for that period.

170 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

Item 1A Risk Factors For a discussion of certain risk factors affecting the Firm, see Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors, on pages 4-10 of JPMorgan Chase’s 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K, and Forward-Looking Statements on pages 162-163 of this Form 10-Q. Item 2 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds During the first quarter of 2010, shares of common stock of JPMorgan Chase & Co. were issued in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof, as follows: (i) on January 22, 2010, 9,129 shares were issued to retired directors who had deferred receipt of such common stock pursuant to the Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors; and (ii) on January 26, 2010, 12,706 shares were issued to retired employees who had deferred receipt of such common shares pursuant to the Corporate Performance Incentive Plan. The Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program that authorizes the repurchase of up to $10.0 billion of the Firm’s common shares plus warrants issued in 2008 as part of the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program. During the first quarter of 2010, the Firm did not repurchase any shares of its common stock or the warrants. As of March 31, 2010, under the program $6.2 billion of authorized repurchase capacity remained with respect to the Firm’s common stock, and all of the authorized repurchase capacity remained with respect to the warrants. The Firm has determined that it may, from time to time, enter into written trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to facilitate the repurchase of common stock and warrants in accordance with the repurchase program. A Rule 10b5-1 repurchase plan allows the Firm to repurchase its equity during periods when it would not otherwise be repurchasing common stock — for example during internal trading “black-out periods.” All purchases under a Rule 10b5-1 plan must be made according to a predefined plan established when the Firm is not aware of material nonpublic information. Participants in the Firm’s stock-based incentive plans may have shares withheld to cover income taxes. Shares withheld to pay income taxes are repurchased pursuant to the terms of the applicable plan and not under the Firm’s share repurchase program. Shares repurchased pursuant to these plans during the first quarter of 2010 were as follows:

For the three months ended Total shares Average price paid March 31, 2010 repurchased per share

January 188 $ 42.54 February 1,733 41.07 March 523 44.32

First quarter 2,444 $ 41.88

Item 3 Defaults Upon Senior Securities None

Item 4 Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders Not Applicable

Item 5 Other Information None

Item 6 Exhibits 10—Agreement and Release, effective March 11, 2010, between JPMorgan Chase & Co. and William T. Winters. 31.1—Certification 31.2—Certification 32—Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 101.INS XBRL Instance Document* 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

* Includes the following financial information included in the Firm’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (ii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, which is tagged as blocks of text.

171 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

SIGNATURE Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

JPMORGAN CHASE & CO.

(Registrant)

Date: May 10, 2010 By /s/ Louis Rauchenberger

Louis Rauchenberger

Managing Director and Controller [Principal Accounting Officer]

172 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT NO. EXHIBITS

10 Agreement and Release, effective March 11, 2010, between JPMorgan Chase & Co. and William T. Winters.

31.1 Certification

31.2 Certification

32 Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes -Oxley Act of 2002†

101.INS XBRL Instance Document††

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document††

101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document††

101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document††

101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document††

101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document††

† This exhibit shall not be deemed “filed ” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section. Such exhibit shall not be deemed incorporated into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

†† As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to liability under those sections.

173 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Exhibit 10

AGREEMENT AND RELEASE This Agreement and Release, including the Exhibits hereto (“ Agreement ”), sets forth the mutual understanding by and between JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“ JPMC ”), on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Firm ”) and William T. Winters (“ Winters ”), concerning the terms and conditions of Winters’ separation from the Firm, and the respective obligations of Winters to the Firm and the Firm to Winters. This Agreement shall be binding and effective as of the Effective Date (as defined in Section 16(c) below). In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, JPMC and Winters, each having independently concluded that it is in its and his best interest to do so, agree as follows: 1. Resignation Date. Winters’ resignation from all positions, offices and directorships with the Firm and the withdrawal of his “Controlled Function” registration with the United Kingdom Financial Services Authority on behalf of the Firm was effective September 30, 2009 (“ Resignation Date ”). Notwithstanding these resignations, during the period that commences on the Resignation Date and ends on February 5, 2010 (“ Separation Date ”), Winters shall (a) remain an employee of JPMC or one of its subsidiaries on a paid leave of absence and provide occasional advice and consultation to the Firm on matters related to his former duties with JPMC, as requested by the CEO of JPMC or his designate from time to time; (b) be paid his base salary at the rate in effect on the Resignation Date in accordance with the Firm’s normal payroll practices (which shall satisfy JPMC’s obligations to pay Winters’ accrued unused vacation days); (c) be reimbursed by JPMC in accordance with the Firm’s expense policies for reasonable expenses he incurs in providing such advice and consultation to the Firm; (d) retain benefits coverage and receive benefits in accordance with the terms of the respective plans, with no adverse changes in the terms of the respective plans as of the Resignation Date other than changes applicable to all similarly situated employees; and (e) continue to be subject to the JPMC Code of Conduct and other policies applicable to employees of the Firm, except to the extent that such Code, and such policies, are inconsistent with the express terms of this Agreement. On the Separation Date, Winters’ employment with the Firm will terminate for all purposes. 2. Separation Benefits . (a) Special Award . As consideration under this Agreement, JPMC shall provide Winters with a special award equal to $13,759,200 (“ Special Award ”). The Special Award shall be wholly non-forfeitable (and thus, e.g. , not subject to clawback or recoupment) except to the extent set forth in Section 3 below. A portion of Winters’ Special Award equal to $2 million (“ $2 Million Cash Award ”), net of applicable withholding taxes, shall be paid to Winters in a lump sum no later than the Effective Date specified in Section 16(c). The remaining amount of the Special Award ($11,759,200) (“ Award Remainder ”), net of (x) applicable withholding taxes and (y) an amount equal to the amount by which 40% of the Award Remainder exceeds the applicable withholding taxes (such excess to be paid directly to Winters), shall be (i) paid not later than ten days after the Effective Date into an escrow account (“ Cash Escrow Account ”) subject to the Escrow Agreement (as defined in Section 2(h) below), and (ii) distributed, subject to the terms of the Escrow Agreement and this Agreement, to Winters not

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

later than ten days after February 1, 2012. Winters acknowledges that the Special Award is subject to taxation under United States and United Kingdom tax laws as income with respect to calendar year 2010. (b) Lump Sum Severance Payment. JPMC shall pay to Winters $500,000 ( i.e . 52 weeks of his current base salary), reduced by applicable withholding taxes, in a cash lump sum, on April 1, 2010, in full satisfaction of all severance to which Winters may be entitled from the Firm under the JPMorgan Chase Severance Pay Plan or any other severance pay plan or program (the “ Severance Plan Payment ”). The Severance Plan Payment shall be wholly non-forfeitable except to the extent set forth in Section 3(c) below. (c) Fees . JPMC shall pay the provider directly, or reimburse Winters, for any and all reasonable legal, accounting, tax advisory, career counseling, and other professional fees and charges incurred by or on behalf of Winters and associated with his separation from JPMC but not to exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate (the “ Fee Payment ”), in each case within thirty days after Winters provides JPMC with documentation substantiating such fees and charges, so long as Winters provides such documentation no later than November 30, 2010. Winters acknowledges that JPMC will withhold applicable taxes, and report amounts as income to Winters, as it deems necessary. The Fee Payment shall be wholly non-forfeitable. (d) Options/SARs . (i) General . All options (“ Options ”) to acquire JPMC common stock (“ Common Stock ”), and all stock appreciation rights with respect to Common Stock (“ SARs ”), granted by JPMC to Winters and outstanding as of February 5, 2010 are listed on Exhibit A . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2(d), all Options and SARs that are outstanding on the Resignation Date shall be subject to and treated in accordance with the respective terms of the plan and award agreement under which such award was granted, as amended, for employees who cease to be employed with the Firm as a result of a job elimination or employees whose employment terminated without “cause,” whichever is more favorable to Winters. Except as described below in Sections 2(d)(ii), 2(d)(iii) and 2(d)(iv), all Options and SARs that are outstanding on February 5, 2010 shall remain exercisable through the earlier of February 5, 2012, and the expiration of their ten (10) year life. (ii) 2009 SARs. Notwithstanding anything elsewhere to the contrary, the SARs granted to Winters under the JPMC Long Term Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) effective January 20, 2009 (“ 2009 SARs ”) shall be treated as follows: (A) The 2009 SARs that became exercisable by Winters effective January 20, 2010 ( i.e. , 20% of the 2009 SARs) were exercised by Winters prior to February 5, 2010. (B) Forty percent (40%) of the 2009 SARs shall become exercisable by Winters on the Effective Date. Winters hereby authorizes and directs JPMC, on Winters’ behalf and for his account, to (w) exercise such SARs as of the Effective Date (or on the first business day thereafter if the Effective Date is not a business day) and withhold the

2 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

number of shares required to satisfy tax withholding obligations associated with the exercise, and (x) sell the net number of such shares derived from such exercise on the business day immediately following the date the shares become available for sale. Winters understands and agrees that such shares will be sold through JPMC’s stock administrator (BNY Mellon Shareholder Services) and will be subject to the stock administrator’s normal terms and conditions, including fees and commissions. Winters hereby directs JPMC’s stock administrator to release the proceeds of the sale to JPMC, and JPMC shall deliver the proceeds as follows: (y) JPMC will deliver to Winters an amount equal to the excess of 40% of the gross “spread” in the SARs at the time of exercise over the amount of the applicable withholding taxes, and (z) the balance of the proceeds shall be promptly deposited into an escrow account (the “ SARs Escrow Account ”) subject to the Escrow Agreement. Winters agrees to provide such documentation to JPMC, or to JPMC’s stock administrator, as is reasonably requested to effectuate the foregoing. (C) The 2009 SARs that became exercisable on January 20, 2010, and (subject to the Escrow Agreement) the 2009 SARs that become exercisable on the Effective Date, shall be wholly non-forfeitable except (x) to the extent as set forth in Sections 3(a) and 3(c) of this Agreement and (y) to the extent the 2009 SARs grant was based on materially inaccurate performance metrics or any material misrepresentation by Winters. (D) Any outstanding 2009 SARs that are not cancelled or exercised on or before February 5, 2012, shall be cancelled pursuant to the administrative procedures of the Plan on that date. (E) The remaining forty percent (40%) of the 2009 SARs shall be cancelled as of the Separation Date. (iii) 2008 SARs . Notwithstanding anything elsewhere to the contrary, the SARs that were granted to Winters under the Plan effective January 22, 2008 (“ 2008 SARs ”) and that became exercisable on January 22, 2009 and 2010 (forty percent of the 2008 SARs in the aggregate) (x) shall remain exercisable pursuant to the administrative procedures of the Plan through February 5, 2012, and (y) shall be wholly non- forfeitable except to the extent set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement. Any outstanding 2008 SARs not cancelled or exercised on or before February 5, 2012, shall be cancelled pursuant to the administrative procedures of the Plan on that date. The remaining sixty percent of the 2008 SARs award shall be cancelled as of the Separation Date. (iv) 2005 SARs . Notwithstanding anything elsewhere to the contrary, the 233,333 of the SARs that were granted to Winters under the Plan effective October 20, 2005 (“ 2005 SARs ”) and that were exercisable as of his Resignation Date (x) shall remain exercisable pursuant to the administrative procedures of the Plan through May 6, 2010, and (y) shall be wholly non-forfeitable (and thus, e.g ., not subject to cancellation prior to May 6, 2010 or recoupment). Any outstanding 2005 SARs that are not cancelled or exercised on or before May 6, 2010, shall be cancelled pursuant to the administrative procedures of the Plan on that date. The remaining 116,677 2005 SARs shall be cancelled as of the Separation Date.

3 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

(v) No Holding Period . Shares derived from Winters’ exercise of exercisable SARs or Options may be sold by Winters at any time after the Effective Date (subject to applicable securities laws). (e) Restricted Stock Units . (i) All restricted stock units (“ RSUs ”) granted by JPMC to Winters and outstanding as of February 5, 2010 are listed on Exhibit A . Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2(e), all RSUs that are outstanding on the Resignation Date shall be subject to and treated in accordance with the respective terms of the plan and award agreement under which such RSUs were granted, as amended, for employees who cease to be employed with the Firm as a result of a job elimination or employees whose employment terminated without “cause,” whichever is more favorable to Winters. Accordingly, nothing in this Agreement shall adversely affect Winters’ rights to dividend equivalents on outstanding RSUs. (ii) The RSUs that were granted on January 18, 2007 (“ 2007 RSUs ”), and the RSUs that were granted on January 22, 2008 (“ 2008 RSUs ”) and that vested on January 25, 2010 ( i.e. , 50% of the 2008 RSUs), shall be wholly non-forfeitable (and thus, e.g. , not subject to forfeiture or recoupment) except to the extent set forth in Section 3(a) below. (iii) The remaining fifty percent (50%) of the 2008 RSUs, which are scheduled to vest on January 25, 2011, shall be wholly non- forfeitable except to the extent set forth in Sections 3(a) and 3(c) below. (iv) Any restrictions under applicable award agreements that would restrict Winters from selling shares issued to Winters under such agreements are hereby waived. (f) Medical Benefits . For purposes of unsubsidized retiree medical benefits under the terms and conditions of the JPMC Medial Plan, as amended from time to time, Winters will be treated as meeting the age and service requirements under such Plan as of his Separation Date, making him and his qualified dependents eligible for benefits thereunder as of his Separation Date. Actual receipt of benefits will depend on Winters enrolling for coverage and paying required contributions or premiums, each on a timely basis, as well as submitting claims in accordance with the terms of the Plan; provided that no adverse amendment to his or his dependents’ benefits will be made unless such change is applicable to all similarly situated former employees. (g) Office and Assistant . JPMC will provide Winters with: (i) the services of his current assistant (unless JPMC terminates her employment for cause or she terminates her employment voluntarily) at JPMC’s expense; and (ii) an office allowance of $5,200 per calendar month, paid no later than the end of the calendar month to which the allowance relates (or, in the case of the allowance for February 2010, the seventh business day following the Effective Date), from February 1, 2010, through the earliest of: (A) September 30, 2010; (B) the date he becomes employed full-time by another employer; (C) the date he becomes employed part-time by another employer if such employer provides him with an office or if, in JPMC’s sole discretion,

4 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

such employment would conflict with the interests of JPMC; and (D) the date that he accepts self-employment assignments (including consulting or directorships) that, in JPMC’s sole discretion, would conflict with the interests of JPMC. Winters acknowledges that JPMC will withhold applicable taxes, and report amounts as income to Winters, as it deems necessary. Winters shall notify JPMC in writing before accepting other employment or self-employment before September 30, 2010. (h) Escrow Account . The terms and conditions of the Cash Escrow Account and the SARs Escrow Account (together, and including certain gains and income accounts described in the Escrow Agreement, the “ Accounts ”) shall be governed by an escrow account agreement (“ Escrow Agreement ”), in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, that shall be executed by the Parties on or before the Effective Date. The purpose of the Accounts is to ensure (i) that Winters complies with the covenants set forth in Sections 5, 6 and 7 of this Agreement, (ii) that (as more fully described in this Section 2(h) below) there is a source of funds available to JPMC under Section 3 below, and (iii) that certain distinctions are maintained for United Kingdom tax purposes. The Accounts shall be held separately under the Escrow Agreement, shall be separately accounted for, and shall be subject to forfeiture only to the extent set forth in Section 3 below. Each Account shall have investment opportunities to the extent provided by the Escrow Agreement, and Winters shall have the right to direct transactions with respect to the amounts or assets in each Account to the extent set forth in the Escrow Agreement. The balance in the SARs Escrow Account (and its associated gains and income Accounts) shall be released to Winters within ten days after February 1, 2011, to the extent that there is no bona fide and genuine dispute (asserted on or before February 1, 2011) between the parties as to whether those Accounts should be forfeited in accordance with Sections 3(a) or 3(c) of this Agreement. The balance in the Cash Escrow Account (and its associated gains and income Accounts) shall be released to Winters within ten days after February 1, 2012, to the extent that there is no bona fide and genuine dispute (asserted on or before February 1, 2012) as to whether those Accounts should be forfeited in accordance with Sections 3(a), 3(b) or 3(c) of this Agreement. If a bona fide and genuine dispute exists in either such case, then the applicable amount shall not be released until such dispute is resolved by mutual agreement of the parties or by the arbitration in accordance with Section 14(b) below. 3. Restrictions/Recoupment Provisions. (a) Recoupment . (i) Each of the Special Award and the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of, or vesting of, the 2009 SARs, the 2008 SARs, the 2008 RSUs, and the 2007 RSUs shall remain subject to recoupment and/or cancellation under the express terms of the JPMC Bonus Recoupment Policy (“ Policy ”). A copy of the Policy is attached hereto as Exhibit C . The Policy will not be disproportionately applied to Winters as compared to any similarly situated current or former employee. In addition, the 2009 SARs and shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the 2009 SARs shall remain subject to recoupment or cancellation if the 2009 SAR grant was based on materially inaccurate performance metrics or any material

5 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

misrepresentation by Winters. (For the avoidance of doubt, any reference in this Agreement to recoupment or repayment of SARs or RSUs shall mean recoupment or repayment of (x) Common Stock acquired on the exercise of such SARs or vesting of such RSUs, as applicable, or (y) if such shares of Common Stock have been sold, an amount equal to the “ Fair Market Value ” (defined as the average of the high and low selling price on the New York Stock Exchange of a share of Common Stock) of such all shares of Common Stock determined on the date of sale. (ii) In the event that JPMC proposes to recoup or cancel, under this Section 3(a), all or any portion of any payment or award, JPMC shall give Winters a written notice that (x) states in reasonable detail the grounds for the proposed recoupment or cancellation, (y) sets forth the amount to be recouped and/or award to be cancelled. JPMC shall be repaid first from the SARs Escrow Account to the extent of the assets therein (if any), and second from the Cash Escrow Account to the extent of assets therein (if any). If there are insufficient assets in the two Accounts, then Winters shall within 90 days pay any remaining amount owed to JPMC. Any recoupment or cancellation under this Section 3(a) shall be subject to de novo review, prior to implementation and at Winters’ election, through arbitration in accordance with Section 14(b) below. (b) 2010 Terms and Conditions/Non -Solicit . (i) Winters agrees that from his Separation Date through January 31, 2012, the Award Remainder is subject to forfeiture, in whole or in part, to JPMC if, without curing any such act in accordance with Section 3(b)(iii) below: (A) he engages in conduct detrimental to JPMC, insofar as it causes material financial or reputational harm to the JPMC or its business activities (other than engaging in competition with the Firm); (B) the award was based on materially inaccurate performance metrics, whether or not he was responsible for the inaccuracy; (C) the award was based on a material misrepresentation by Winters, or (D) he failed to properly identify, raise or assess, in a timely manner and as reasonably expected, risks, and/or concerns with respect to risks, that are material to the Firm or its business activities. (ii) In addition, notwithstanding anything in Section 7(a) to the contrary, for the one-year period immediately following January 31, 2011, Winters agrees that the Award Remainder is subject to forfeiture and/or repayment, in whole or in part, to JPMC if Winters, on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, directly or indirectly, without the written permission of the Director of Human Resources of JPMC, solicits, induces or encourages any employees or former employees identified in the second sentence of Section 7(a) to leave the Firm or to apply for employment elsewhere. (iii) In the event that JPMC proposes to forfeit or require repayment of all or part of the Award Remainder under this Section 3(b), JPMC shall give Winters a written notice that (x) states the grounds for the forfeiture in reasonable detail and (y) sets forth the amount to be forfeited. Winters shall have thirty (30) days after receiving such notice to cure such grounds to the reasonable satisfaction of JPMC. Any forfeiture or repayment under this Section 3(b) shall be subject to de novo review, prior to implementation and at Winters’ election, through arbitration in accordance with Section 14(b) below.

6 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

(c) Application of Sections 5, 6 and 7 . (i) The amounts and awards listed in Section 3(c)(iii) below shall be subject to cancellation or recoupment if Winters materially breaches Section 5 below, Section 6 below, or the non-solicitation provisions in Section 7 below, or if Winters breaches the non-hire restrictions in Section 7 below, and in either case does not cure such breach in accordance with Section 3(c)(ii) below. (ii) In the event that JPMC proposes to cancel or recoup, under this Section 3(c), any of the amounts or awards listed in Section 3(c) (iii) below, JPMC shall give Winters a written notice that (x) states in reasonable detail the grounds on which the cancellation or recoupment is based, and (y) describes the amounts or awards to be cancelled or recouped. Winters shall have thirty (30) days after receiving such notice to cure such grounds to the reasonable satisfaction of JPMC. Any proposed cancellation or recoupment under this Section 3(c) shall be subject to de novo review, prior to implementation and at Winters’ election, through arbitration in accordance with Section 14(b) below. (iii) The following amounts and awards are subject to this Section 3(c): the Severance Plan Payment, all or any part of the 2009 SARs described in Section 2(d)(ii)(B) (including amounts in the SARs Escrow Account), all or any part of the 2008 RSUs described in Section 2(e)(iii) and the Award Remainder (including amounts in the Cash Escrow Account). (iv) Upon request by JPMC, Winters shall certify his compliance with Sections 5, 6, and 7 and supply any information JPMC reasonably requests relating to such compliance. 4. Certain Acknowledgements . (a) Deferred Compensation Plans . The Firm and Winters each acknowledge and agree that (i) Winters’ rights and account balances under (A) the Deferred Compensation Program of JPMorgan Chase & Co. and Participating Companies, and (B) the JPMorgan Chase & Co. 2005 Deferred Compensation Program (Restated Effective as of December 31, 2008) are 100% vested and wholly non-forfeitable (and thus, e.g. , not subject to set-off for any claims relating to his employment by the Firm or the termination of such employment); and (ii) each such plan shall be administered in accordance with its terms in a manner that does not discriminate against Winters as compared to any other similarly situated participant.. (b) Pension and 401(k) Plans . The Firm and Winters each acknowledge and agree that (i) all of Winters’ rights and balances under each retirement plan, program and arrangement of JPMC in which he participates are 100% vested and wholly non-forfeitable; and (ii) each such plan, program and arrangement shall be administered in accordance with its terms in a manner that does not discriminate against Winters as compared to any other similarly situated participant. (c) Employee Co -Investment Programs . The Firm and Winters each acknowledge and agree that Winters’ participation in I and One Equity

7 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

Partners II shall continue to be governed by the applicable governing documents in a manner that does not discriminate against Winters as compared to any other similarly situated investor in such programs. (d) JPMC Banking Relationship . The Firm and Winters each acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any agreement, plan or other document, any banking or brokerage account that Winters maintains or hereinafter may establish with the Firm (other than the account established pursuant to the Escrow Agreement) will not be adversely affected by this Agreement or by anything related to his employment with the Firm or the termination of such employment. Without limiting the foregoing, JPMC will not seek to set off from any such account, other than the account established pursuant to the Escrow Agreement) any amounts that JPMC may assert Winters owes in connection with any claim related to his employment by the Firm. 5. Proprietary and Confidential Information . (a) Winters agrees that, by virtue of his position with JPMC and the nature of JPMC’s businesses, he has had access to proprietary and confidential information regardless of the source, that is the sole and exclusive property of the Firm or its customers or investors (“ Confidential Information ”) and that has been developed, acquired or compiled by JPMC at great effort or expense. Confidential Information that concerns previous, current or prospective customers, investors or portfolio companies of the Firm (“ Customers ”) and the affairs and business methods and activities of the Firm include, but are not limited to, Confidential Information that consists of: names, addresses and telephone numbers of Customers; account information, financial standing, investment holdings and other financial data compiled by the Firm and/or provided by Customers; information concerning specific financial needs and requirements of Customers with respect to investments, financial position and standing; trading and underwriting positions; all records and documents concerning the affairs and business of the Firm and/or Customers (including copies, originals, notes and extracts therefrom, and any graphic formats or electronic media); methods, procedures, devices and other means used by the Firm in the provision of services to Customers and in the conduct of its own business, including data processing programs, data bases, formulae, secret processes, inventions, research projects, and all other matters of a technical nature; and all other information concerning the Firm, its employees, compensation, operations, activities and Customers that is not publicly available from directories or other generally available public sources and/or that provides the Firm with a competitive advantage over competitors that would be difficult to acquire or duplicate without the use of improper or unauthorized means. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, information and records that have entered the public domain other than as a result of an act of Winters in violation of this Agreement shall not constitute Confidential Information. (b) Winters agrees that he owes a duty to the Firm to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information. Winters further specifically acknowledges and agrees that any material disclosure or use by Winters of any Confidential Information will be or may become highly detrimental to the business of the Firm and that serious loss of business and pecuniary damage to the Firm will or may result therefrom. Therefore, in consideration of the promises contained herein, and except in the course of performing his duties under Section 1

8 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

above for the Firm prior to the Separation Date or as otherwise explicitly provided in this Agreement, Winters shall: (i) hold in the strictest confidence all such Confidential Information; (ii) not use any Confidential Information except pursuant to the specific written authorization of JPMC; and (iii) not disclose any Confidential Information to any person or entity without JPMC’s specific written authorization or as compelled by subpoena, court order or other lawful process. (c) Except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in this Agreement, Winters agrees to return to JPMC, on or before the Separation Date, each and every record or document containing Confidential Information (including photocopies, originals, notes or extracts therefrom, and any graphic formats or electronic media) in his possession or control. If Winters becomes legally compelled by an order of a court or government agency to disclose of any Confidential Information, he shall provide prompt prior written notice of any such request for assistance or testimony to JPMC by facsimile to Stephen M. Cutler, JPMC General Counsel, in accordance with Section 14(j) below. (d) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or elsewhere to the contrary, the Firm hereby waives any right to pursue any claim against Winters based on the so-called “inevitable disclosure doctrine,” and to that end agrees that the restrictions set forth in this Section 5 shall not be interpreted or applied to prohibit Winters from engaging in any employment or other professional activity that otherwise complies with the restrictions of this Agreement. (e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or elsewhere to the contrary: (i) Winters may retain and utilize, both before and after the Separation Date: (x) any document or other information that relates to his personal benefits, entitlements or obligations (including, without limitation, his tax obligations); (y) his personal property, including without limitation his desk calendar, his personal contact list and his personal files; and (z) such other documents and information as shall have been approved in writing by a member of the JPMC Operating Committee; and (ii) Winters may make truthful statements and may disclose documents and information: (w ) in connection with performing his obligations under Section 1 above and/or Section 12 below; (x) when required by law, subpoena, court order or when requested by any regulatory, governmental or similar body or entity; provided that, to the extent permitted by law, Winters shall promptly inform JPMC of any such obligation prior to complying with any such order or participating in any such proceeding; (y) in confidence to any attorney or other professional advisor for the purpose of securing professional advice; or (z) as reasonably necessary in connection with any proceeding under Section 14 (b) or 14 (c) below. 6. Non -Disparagement; Public Statements . (a) Winters will not do or say anything (or encourage others to do or say anything) that should reasonably be expected to disparage or impact negatively the name or reputation in the marketplace of the Firm or any of its employees, officers or directors. Without

9 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

the prior written consent of the General Counsel of JPMC, Winters will not make any direct or indirect written or oral statements to the press, television, radio or other media concerning any matters pertaining to the business and affairs of the Firm or any of its officers or directors or pertaining to any matters related to Executive’s employment or termination of employment with the Firm other than to say that he had a long and rewarding career with the Firm. (b) The General Counsel of JPMC will instruct members of the Operating Committee not to do or say anything (or encourage others to do or say anything) that should reasonably be expected to disparage or impact negatively Winters’ name or reputation in the marketplace. 7. Non -Solicitation/Non -Hire of Employees . (a) Winters hereby represents that following his Resignation Date he has not, and from the Resignation Date through January 31, 2011 (the “ Restricted Period ”) he will not, on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, directly or indirectly, without the written permission of the Director of Human Resources of JPMC: (i) solicit, induce or encourage any of the Firm’s then current employees to leave the Firm or to apply for employment elsewhere or (ii) hire or have any involvement in the solicitation or hiring of any employee or former employee. These restrictions on non-solicitation and hiring apply only to employees or former employees who were employed on the Resignation Date or the Separation Date (y) at or above the level of Executive Director (or the equivalent) in JPMorgan Investment Bank, JPMorgan Cazenove or the office of JPMC’s Chief Investment Officer; or (z) at or above the level of Managing Director in other areas of the Firm, unless (with respect to both (y) and (z)) the individual’s employment was terminated by the Firm for reasons other than “cause” (as defined in the terms and conditions of the 2009 SARs) more than six months before the date of solicitation or hire. During the Restricted Period in response to any employment inquiries from employees covered by these restrictions, Winters will say only that he is precluded by agreement from any discussions regarding their employment; Winters will not refer such employees elsewhere. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section shall not prohibit any entity with which Winters is affiliated from independently, without any direct or indirect involvement by Winters, from soliciting or hiring JPMC employees. (b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Winters shall be released from his obligations under Section 7(a), and JPMC shall have no remedy for Winters’ violation of Section 7(a), if JPMC materially violates the economic terms of this Agreement such that Winters suffers material economic harm; provided, however, that Winters must provide JPMC with written notice describing the violation in reasonable detail , and JPMC shall be provided a period of ten days after receipt of such notice to cure such violation, in which case JPMC’s violation will be deemed not to have occurred; provided further that action by JPMC under Section 3 taken in good faith will not constitute a violation of the economic terms of this Agreement. 8. Restrictions under Other Agreements .

10 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

Any restrictions outside this Agreement to which Winters is subject as a result of his employment with the Firm (including without limitation the provisions of any equity awards) that purport to restrict or prohibit Winters from (a) soliciting or hiring the Firm’s employees, (b) working for another employer or (c) soliciting customers or clients of the Firm, are waived effective on Winters’ Separation Date. Furthermore, Sections 5, 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement fully supersede any agreements or covenants with the Firm to which Winters is subject covering the subjects addressed by Sections 5, 6, and 7. 9. Representations . (a) Winters represents and warrants that, to his knowledge, in the course of his employment with the Firm, he has not committed any material violation of applicable law, and except as expressly disclosed to JPMC, he does not have any knowledge that any person under his authority or management has committed any such violation. Winters further represents and warrants that he has responded and will respond truthfully and fully to all inquiries of the Firm’s designated investigators and counsel, and that during his employment with the Firm, Winters has not committed any material violation of JPMC’s Code of Conduct or engaged in material misconduct related to his duties for the Firm (including without limitation improper accounting or failure to comply with internal controls), and, except as expressly disclosed to JPMC, he does not have any knowledge that any person under his authority or management has committed such a violation or engaged in such misconduct. Winters further represents and warrants that, except as expressly disclosed to JPMC, he does not have any knowledge of any wrongdoing by the Firm’s employees, agents or vendors that could reasonably be considered to be detrimental to the financial interests, reputation or goodwill of the Firm or its management in any material respect. Following the Separation Date, any inquiries directed to Winters under this Section 8(a) by the Firm’s designated investigators or counsel shall be on reasonable terms, taking into consideration Winters’ personal and professional schedule. (b) JPMC represents and warrants that (i) it is fully authorized by action of the Compensation Committee of its Board of Directors (and of any other person or body whose action is required) to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations under it, (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by it does not violate any applicable law, regulation, order, judgment or decree, and (iii) upon the Effective Date of this Agreement, this Agreement shall be its valid and binding obligation, enforceable against the Firm in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally. 10. Indemnification . This Agreement does not release, limit or otherwise affect (i) any right to indemnification and/or defense/advancement that Winters may have under applicable certificates of incorporation, by-laws or binding written agreements with Firm to the extent consistent with applicable law or (ii) any right to directors’ and officers’ liability coverage available to similarly situated former employees to which Winters would be entitled in the absence of this Agreement. Winters shall be entitled to indemnification and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent

11 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

provided under JPMC’s indemnification Bylaw as in effect on the Resignation Date, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit D. 11. Release. (a) JPMC represents, and Winters acknowledges, that the payments and benefits provided to Winters under this Agreement exceed in the aggregate those to which he otherwise would be entitled as of the date of this Agreement. (b) In consideration of JPMC entering this Agreement, Winters hereby releases and gives up any and all claims and rights arising out of or relating to his employment with the Firm or the termination thereof (collectively, “ Released Claims ”) that he has or may have against JPMC or any of its affiliates, or against any present or former employee, agent, officer, director, shareholder, member, principal, successor, assign, trustee, heir, administrator, executor or representative or any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Releasees ”), up to the date Winters signs this Agreement; provided , however , that JPMC acknowledges and agrees that Winters is not releasing the Releasees from: (i) any rights or entitlements arising under or preserved by this Agreement; (ii) payment of any and all benefits and/or monies earned, accrued, vested or otherwise owing, if any, to Winters under the terms of JPMC’s retirement, savings incentive and/or deferred compensation plans or co- investment partnerships (except that Winters hereby releases and waives any claims that his termination was to avoid payment of such benefits or payments, and that, as a result of his termination, he is entitled to additional benefits or payments); (iii) any rights to post-employment participation under the terms of any welfare benefit plan sponsored by the Firm to the extent provided by governing law or the terms of such plan as in effect from time to time; or (iv) any rights that cannot be waived under applicable governing law. This Section 11(b) releases all of Winters’ claims to the extent set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, including claims of which Winters is not aware and claims not specifically mentioned in this release, and, to the extent set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, applies to all of Winters’ claims arising from or relating to any act, omission, occurrence or event that has happened up to the date that Winters signs this Agreement, including, but not limited to, claims: (i) relating to the terms and conditions of Winters’ employment with the Firm, or the cessation of employment with the Firm; (ii) relating to discrimination on the basis of age, alienage, citizenship, creed, disability, gender, handicap, marital status, national origin, race, religion, sex, or sexual orientation; (iii) arising under: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C. §621 et seq., as amended; the Equal Pay Act; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; and any other federal, state or local statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or order relating to employment; (iv) arising under the laws of the United Kingdom;

12 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

(v) based on common law; (vi) for whistle-blowing, libel, slander or defamation; (vii) for wages, bonus, compensation, expense reimbursement, vacation, compensatory time, severance, fees, benefits or any other sum of money or thing of value whatsoever; and (viii) for attorney’s fees, costs, disbursements and the like. (c) Contemporaneously with execution of this Agreement, Winters will execute the U.K. Compromise Agreement attached as Exhibit E , which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference. (d) As of the date Winters signs this Agreement, Winters represents that he has no physical or mental disability resulting from his employment with JPMC which would form the basis for a Workers’ Compensation claim against the Firm. (e) Winters agrees that he has not and will not file or cause to be filed any charge, claim, lawsuit or legal proceeding based on any claim released under Section 11(b) above that seeks personal, equitable or monetary relief for Winters in connection with any matter occurring at any time in the past concerning Winters’ employment relationship with the Firm, up to and including the date of this Agreement or involving any continuing effects of any acts or practices which may have arisen or occurred on or prior to the date of this Agreement; provided , however , that the foregoing does not affect any right to file an administrative charge with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (“ EEOC ”), subject to the restriction that if any such charge is filed, Winters agrees that should he or any other person, organization, or other entity file, charge, claim, sue or cause or permit to be filed any charge, civil action, suit or legal proceeding, with the EEOC or otherwise, against JPMC involving any matter occurring at any time in the past, Winters will not seek or accept any personal relief (including, but not limited to, monetary award, recovery, relief or settlement) in such charge, civil action, suit or proceeding to the extent that such relief is based on any claim released under Section 11(b) above. 12. Cooperation . Winters agrees to reasonably cooperate with JPMC after his Resignation Date with respect to any matter (including any audit, tax proceeding, litigation, internal or external investigation or governmental proceeding) about which Winters may have knowledge or information. Such reasonable cooperation shall include, but not be limited to, appearing at mutually convenient locations for conferences and interviews at such times as may be reasonably requested and in general providing JPMC and its counsel with the full benefit of his knowledge with respect to any such matter, to the extent reasonably requested; provided , that all reasonable out-of-pocket costs associated with such cooperation (including legal fees and expenses in the event that JPMC’s counsel determines that it cannot represent both JPMC and Winters simultaneously in any such matter) shall be paid by JPMC promptly upon receipt of reasonable

13 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

supporting documentation, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the costs and expenses are incurred. 13. Acknowledgment . Winters hereby acknowledges that: (a) he has been advised by JPMC to consult with an attorney of his choice prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has had a reasonable opportunity to consider this Agreement; (c) he has read this Agreement fully and carefully and understands its terms; and (d) he is signing this Agreement knowingly, freely and voluntarily without duress, coercion or undue influence and with full and free understanding of its terms. 14. Miscellaneous . (a) The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, construed, performed and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed wholly therein. (b) JPMC (on its own behalf and on behalf of the Firm) and Winters agree that any claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Exhibits) or in any way related to Winters’ employment with the Firm or the termination of such employment shall, except to the extent provided in Section 14(c) below with respect to certain claims for injunctive relief, be resolved by binding, confidential arbitration in Manhattan, in accordance with this Section 14(b) and the Commercial Arbitration Rules (and not the National Rules for Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association) before a single arbitrator. The arbitrator shall issue a written decision explaining in reasonable detail the basis for any award that is made. (c) JPMC and Winters acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of Sections 5, 6 and 7 (“ Covenants ”) have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties and agree that all such provisions are reasonable under the circumstances of this Agreement. Winters acknowledges and agrees that the terms of the Covenants: (i) are reasonable in light of all of the circumstances, (ii) are sufficiently limited to protect the legitimate interests of the Firm, (iii) impose no undue hardship on Winters, and (iv) are not injurious to the public. Winters further acknowledges and agrees that Winters’ breach of the Covenants before February 1, 2011, will cause the Firm irreparable harm, which cannot be adequately compensated by money damages, and that if the Firm elects to prevent Winters from breaching such provisions by obtaining an injunction against Winters, there is a reasonable probability of the Firm’s eventual success on the merits. Winters consents and agrees that if Winters commits any such breach or threatens to commit any breach before February 1, 2011, the Firm shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction, without posting any bond or other security and without the necessity of proof of actual damage, in addition to, and not in lieu of, such other remedies as may be available to the Firm for such breach, including the recovery of money damages.

14 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or elsewhere, the Firm may withhold from any payments or benefits otherwise due to Winters any amounts that it is required (or authorized by Winters) to withhold in respect of taxes or deductions for benefits. (e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or elsewhere to the contrary, this Agreement is intended to be interpreted and applied so that any payment or benefit set forth herein shall either be exempt from the requirements under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (together with any successor thereto, “ Section 409A ”) or shall comply with such requirements. Without limiting the generality of the immediately preceding sentence, the parties agree that Winters (i) had a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A as of the Resignation Date, (ii) has not had from his Resignation Date to the Effective Date of the Agreement any duties or responsibilities that are inconsistent with his having a separation from service on his Resignation Date and (iii) is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A and that no payment of deferred compensation subject to Section 409A (which is not otherwise exempt) shall be made to him prior to the expiration of six full months from the date of his separation from service, i.e., the Resignation Date. (f) Winters shall be under no obligation to seek other employment or otherwise mitigate any of the Firm’s obligations to him under this Agreement, and there shall be no offset against amounts and benefits due to Winters under this Agreement on account of any remuneration or other benefit he receives from any third party for services after the Separation Date. (g) This Agreement is and shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of Winters and any person or entity who succeeds to Winters’ rights or responsibilities. In the event of Winters’ death or a judicial determination of his incapacity, references to him in this Agreement shall be deemed, where appropriate, to be references to his heir(s), beneficiaries, executor(s) or other legal representative(s). This Agreement is made for the benefit of and shall be binding upon JPMC and all of its subsidiaries and affiliated entities and benefit plans, and all of its or their past, present or future trustees, directors, officers, employees, agents, fiduciaries, successors and assigns. (h) The parties agree that this Agreement (including without limitation the Exhibits) may not be altered, amended, modified, superseded, assigned, canceled or terminated except by an express written agreement duly executed by both parties. (i) This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the Firm and Winters and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, fully supersedes any and all prior agreements or understandings between them pertaining to the subject matter hereof as described in the first paragraph of this Agreement. (j) Any notice, consent, demand, request, or other communication given to a person in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given to such person (i) when delivered personally to such person, (ii) provided that a written acknowledgment of receipt is obtained, five days after being sent by prepaid certified or registered mail, or two days after being sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier, to the

15 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

most recent address provided by, or on behalf of, such person. Notices shall, if addressed to the Firm, be sent to Stephen M. Cutler, JPMC General Counsel, Fl 48, New York, NY 10017-2014, (ph) 212-270-3220, (fax) 212-270-3261 and shall, if addressed to Winters, be sent to him at his office at JPMC (so long as he maintains such an office), and at his principal residence (as identified in JPMC’s records), with a copy in either case sent to: Morrison Cohen LLP (attn: Robert M. Sedgwick, Esq.), 909 Third Avenue, 27 th Floor, New York, NY 10022. (k) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signed and notarized signature pages delivered by facsimile (including, without limitation, by “pdf”) shall be deemed effective for all purposes. (l) The headings of the Sections and sub-sections contained in this Agreement are for the convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement. 15. Severability . The parties agree that if any of the provisions, terms, clauses, or waivers or releases of claims or rights contained in this Agreement are declared illegal, unenforceable, or ineffective in a legal forum of competent jurisdiction, such provisions, terms, clauses, waivers or releases of claims or rights shall be deemed severable, such that all other provisions, terms, clauses and waivers and releases of claims and rights contained in this Agreement shall remain valid and binding upon the parties. It is the intent of the parties, however, that any invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions be automatically replaced by other provisions which are as similar as possible in terms to such invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable provisions but are valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. 16. Effective Date . (a) Winters acknowledges that he has had more than 21 days to consider and review this Agreement and that he has been represented by counsel of his own choosing in reviewing and negotiating this Agreement. Winters further acknowledges and agrees that he may change his mind and revoke this Agreement within seven (7) days after delivering a signed and notarized counterpart copy of this Agreement to JPMC, by delivering written notification of his intent to revoke to Nancy J. Lindsay, Esq. via facsimile to 312-732-8040, hand delivery or overnight courier within that seven (7) day period. JPMC may not revoke this Agreement after it has been executed by both parties. (b) If for any reason Winters fails to execute and deliver this Agreement by March 3, 2010 or revokes this Agreement, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Winters’ resignation will be treated as a resignation effective as of the Separation Date for all purposes, and all benefits that would have inured to Winters solely as a result of this Agreement will automatically be forfeited.

16 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

(c) This Agreement shall become effective on the first day following the expiration of the revocation period described in Section 16(a) above (the “ Effective Date ”). IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement and Release has been executed by a duly authorized representative of JPMC and Winters as of the date(s) written below. JPMORGAN CHASE & CO.

By: /s/ John L. Donnelly

John L. Donnelly Executive Vice President On this 1 day of March, 2010, before me personally came JOHN L. DONNELLY known to me to be the person described herein and who executed the foregoing Agreement and Release on behalf of JPMorgan Chase & Co, and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed the same on behalf of JPMorgan Chase & Co.

/s/ Notary Public

Notary Public

By: /s/ William T. Winters WILLIAM T. WINTERS

On this 3 day of March, 2010, before me personally came WILLIAM T. WINTERS known to me to be the person described herein and who executed the foregoing Agreement and Release, and he duly acknowledged to me that he executed the same.

/s/ Notary Public

Notary Public

17 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

EXHIBIT A

JPMorgan Chase Options/Stock Appreciation Outstanding as of February 5, 2010

Number Exercisable After January 31, 2010 except for 2009 SARS that become Number exercisable Number Exercised as of the forfeited on Date of Number Exercise Prior to Effective Last date to Separation Grant Granted Price 02/05/10 Date ( exercise Date 1/18/2001 292,855 $ 51.22 0 292,855 1/18/2011 0 1/18/2001 79,015 $ 51.22 0 79,015 1/18/2011 0 1/18/2001 320,228 $ 51.22 0 320,228 1/18/2011 0 1/18/2001 30,600 $ 51.22 0 30,600 1/18/2011 0 7/02/2001 666,741 $44.995 0 666,741 7/02/2011 0 1/17/2002 187,289 $ 36.85 0 187,289 1/17/2012 0 2/11/2004 367,868 $ 39.96 0 367,868 2/05/2012 0 10/20/2005 350,000 $ 34.78 0 233,333 5/06/2010 116,667 1/22/2008 400,000 $ 39.83 0 160,000 2/05/2012 240,000 1/20/2009 700,000 $ 19.49 140,000 280,000* 2/05/2012 280,000

* Become exercisable as of the Effective Date as defined in the Agreement.

JPMorgan Restricted Stock Units Outstanding as of February 5, 2010

Number Subject Number Vested to Future Vesting Grant Date Number Granted Prior to 01/31/10 Date Vesting Date 1/22/2008 369,069 184,534 184,535 1/25/2011 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

EXHIBIT B

ESCROW AGREEMENT THIS ESCROW AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended or modified from time to time pursuant hereto, this “Escrow Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March , 2010, by and among William T. Winters (“Winters”), JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“JPMC”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“Escrow Agent”). Winters and JPMC are herein referred to collectively as the “Parties.” WHEREAS , pursuant to an Agreement and Release dated March 3, 2010, between Winters and JPMC (“Agreement”), Winters and JPMC have agreed that (i) the balance of proceeds derived from the sale of certain shares of JPMC common stock as more fully described in Section 2 (d)(ii)(B) of the Agreement and (ii) U.S. $7,055,520 of the Special Award (as defined in Section 2(a) of the Agreement) shall be held in an escrow account subject to this Escrow Agreement and the Agreement. NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Appointment . The Parties hereby appoint the Escrow Agent as their escrow agent for the purposes set forth herein, and the Escrow Agent hereby accepts such appointment under the terms and conditions set forth herein. As further described below, the Escrow Agent shall establish six accounts (the “Accounts”) in the name of Winters (the “SARs Escrow Account”, the “SARs Gains Account”, the “SARs Income Account”, the “Cash Escrow Account”, the “Cash Gains Account” and the “Cash Income Account”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, this Escrow Agreement and, to the extent not inconsistent with the terms hereof, the Escrow Agent’s customary procedures as set forth in the Escrow Agent’s applicable disclosures. Subject only to the provisions of this Escrow Agreement, Winters shall, for all purposes be treated as the owner of any and all Investments (as defined below) held in any of the Accounts. Winters hereby authorizes the Escrow Agent to act hereunder notwithstanding that the Escrow Agent or any of its divisions, branches or affiliates may have a material interest in the transaction or a potential conflict of duty or interest. 2. Funds . (a) Not later than 10 days after the Effective Date (as defined in the Agreement), JPMC shall deposit, in accordance with Section 2(a) of the Agreement, into the Cash Escrow Account with the Escrow Agent the sum of U.S. $7,055,520.00. (b) In accordance with Section 2(d)(ii)(B) of the Agreement, JPMC or the Administrator of JPMC Stock Program shall deposit into SARs Escrow Account with the Escrow Agent the balance of the proceeds derived from the sale of certain shares of JPMC common stock. (c) Gains, losses and additions or subtractions in the six Accounts shall be separately accounted for by the Escrow Agent as described in Section 2(d) below and, subject to

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

the terms and conditions hereof, the Escrow Agent shall invest and reinvest any cash deposited in the Accounts, and all proceeds thereof, as directed in Section 3 below. (d) While any Investments, other than cash, are held in any of the Accounts, Winters shall be entitled to all rights with respect to such Investments, including without limitation the right to exercise all voting power and to receive any and all dividends and/or distributions with respect to such Investments; provided, however, that (i) any Securities (as defined below) distributed in respect of any such Investments, and (ii) any cash dividends or cash proceeds or other property acquired, received or obtained with respect to any such Investments (collectively, “Income and Gains”), shall be held in one of four separate accounts: a “SARs Gains Account” for the proceeds (“Gains”) derived from the sale of any Investments in the SARs Escrow Account; a “SARs Income Account” for any other income, if any (“Income”), that is derived from Investments in the SARs Escrow Account (together with the SARs Gains Account and the SARS Escrow Account, the “SARs Accounts”); a “Cash Gains Account” for Gains, if any, derived from the sale of any Investments in the Cash Escrow Account; and a “Cash Income Account” for Income, if any, derived from Investments in the Cash Escrow Account (together with the Cash Gains Account and the Cash Escrow Account, the “Cash Accounts”). All interest or dividends arising from Investments in the SARs Gains Account and the SARs Escrow Account shall be reinvested in the SARs Income Account in accordance with Winters’ instructions and Section 3 below. All interest or dividends arising from Investments in the Cash Gains Account and the Cash Escrow Account shall be reinvested in the Cash Income Account in accordance with Winters’ instructions and Section 3 below. Upon the Escrow Agent’s receipt of Winters’ appropriate written instruction(s), the proceeds from the sale of any Investment in any Account (other than the SARs Gains Account or the Cash Gains Account) shall be transferred by the Escrow Agent to either the SARs Gains Account or the Cash Gains Account, as appropriate, and held there and reinvested in accordance with Winters’ instructions and Section 3 below. (e) Use of Depositories; Nominee Name . (i) The Escrow Agent may deposit any securities (collectively the “Securities”) credited to any Account with, and hold Securities in, any securities depository, settlement system, dematerialized book entry system or similar system (together a “Securities Depository”) on such terms as such systems customarily operate, and Winters will provide the Escrow Agent with such documentation or acknowledgements that the Escrow Agent may require to hold the Securities in such systems. The Escrow Agent is not responsible for the selection or monitoring of any Securities Depository and will have no responsibility for any act or omission by (or the insolvency of) any Securities Depository. In the event Winters incurs a loss due to the negligence, willful misconduct, or insolvency of a Securities Depository, the Escrow Agent will make reasonable endeavors, in its discretion, to seek recovery from the Securities Depository, but Escrow Agent will not be obligated to institute legal proceedings, file proofs of claim in any insolvency proceeding, or take any similar action. (ii) The Escrow Agent will identify in its books that Securities credited to any Account, belong to Winters (except as otherwise may be agreed by the Escrow Agent and Winters). (iii) The Escrow Agent is authorized, in its discretion:

2 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

A. to hold in bearer form, such securities as are customarily held in bearer form or are delivered to the Escrow Agent in bearer form; B. to hold Securities in or deposit Securities with any Securities Depository or settlement system; C. to hold Securities in omnibus accounts on a fungible basis and to accept delivery of securities of the same class and denomination as those deposited with the Escrow Agent; and D. to register in the name of Winters, the Escrow Agent, a Securities Depository, or their respective nominees, such Securities as are customarily held in registered form. (iv) Entitlements. With respect to all Securities held in any Account, the Escrow Agent by itself, or through the use of the book entry system or the appropriate Securities Depository, shall, unless otherwise instructed in writing to the contrary by Winters: (A) collect all income and other payments reflecting interest and principal on the Securities in any Account and transfer and/or disburse such amounts as directed by Winters; (B) forward to Winters copies of all information or documents that Escrow Agent may receive from an issuer of Securities which, in the opinion of the Escrow Agent, are intended for the beneficial owner of the Securities including, without limitation, all proxies and other authorizations properly executed and all proxy statements, notices and reports; (C) execute, as Escrow Agent, any certificates of ownership, affidavits, declarations or other certificates under any tax laws now or hereafter in effect in connection with the collection of bond and note coupons; and (D) hold directly, or through the book entry system or Securities Depository, all rights issued with respect to any Securities held by the Escrow Agent hereunder. Upon receipt of written instructions from Winters, the Escrow Agent shall (1) release and exchange Securities held hereunder for other Securities and/or cash in connection with (x) any sale, conversion privilege, reorganization, recapitalization, redemption in kind, consolidation, tender offer or exchange offer, or (y) any exercise, subscription, purchase or other similar rights; and (2) present Securities for payment upon maturity, redemption or other retirement of the Securities. 3. Investment of Funds . (a) Any balance in any Account that is in the form of cash shall be invested as directed by Winters in accordance with Section 3(c) below. In accordance with the Escrow Agent’s procedures, one third of the initial deposit to the Cash Escrow Account shall be invested in the J.P Morgan Short Duration Fund, another one third of such initial deposit shall be invested in the J.P. Morgan Strategic Income Opportunities Fund, and the remaining one third of such initial deposit shall be invested in J.P. Morgan High Yield Bond Fund, unless otherwise instructed in writing by Winters in accordance with Section 3(c) below. In accordance with the Escrow Agent’s procedures, one third of the initial deposit to the SARs Escrow Account shall be invested in the J.P Morgan Short Duration Fund, one third of such initial deposit shall be invested in the J.P. Morgan Strategic Income Opportunities Fund, and the

3 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

remaining one third of such deposit shall be invested in the J.P. Morgan High Yield Bond Fund, unless otherwise instructed in writing by Winters in accordance with Section 3(c) below. (b) Winters may provide written instructions in accordance with Section 3(c) below to the Escrow Agent to facilitate the purchase, or sale, for any Account of: (i) any publicly traded Securities; (ii) shares in any mutual fund that is selected by Winters and acceptable to the Escrow Agent (including but not limited to a JPMorgan Money Market Mutual Fund (“MMMF”) and the three funds identified in Section 3(a) above), based upon Winters’ independent review of prospectuses previously delivered to Winters; and (iii) such other Securities and investments as may be authorized or agreed upon by the Escrow Agent and Winters (all of the foregoing collectively, “Investments”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) any sale or purchase of Securities pursuant to the foregoing shall be subject to instructions to the executing broker dealer or other party to: (x) deliver the proceeds of any such sale to the Escrow Agent and (y) deliver any Securities acquired upon any such purchase to the Securities Depositary specified by the Escrow Agent (as more fully described in Section 2(e) above), and (2) no purchase of any Investment will be permitted if the applicable Account does not have sufficient liquidity to cover the purchase price. (c) Written investment instructions, if any, shall specify the Account to which they apply and the type and identity of the Investments to be purchased and/or sold. The Escrow Agent is hereby authorized to execute purchases and sales of Investments through the facilities of its own trading or capital markets operations or those of any affiliated entity. The Escrow Agent or any of its affiliates may receive compensation with respect to any investment directed hereunder including without limitation charging an applicable agency fee in connection with each transaction. Winters recognizes and agrees that the Escrow Agent will not provide supervision, recommendations or advice relating to either the investment of cash held in the Accounts or the purchase, sale, retention or other disposition of any Investments described herein. The Escrow Agent shall not have any liability for any loss sustained as a result of the purchase, sale, retention or other disposition of any Investment made pursuant to the terms of this Escrow Agreement or as a result of any liquidation of any Investment prior to its maturity or for the failure of Winters to give the Escrow Agent instructions to invest or reinvest the assets held in an Account. The Escrow Agent shall have the right to liquidate any Investment held in order to provide funds necessary to make required payments under this Escrow Agreement. 4. Disposition and Termination . (a) Subject to Section 4(b) below, JPMC hereby instructs the Escrow Agent to release the cash balances and/or Investments in the SARs Accounts (as directed in writing by Winters) to Winters (or his designee(s)) between February 2, 2011 and February 11, 2011, and to release the cash balances and/or Investments in the Cash Accounts (as directed in writing by Winters) to Winters (or his designee(s)) between February 2, 2012 and February 11, 2012. Winters, or his authorized representatives, shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under applicable law, to designate the recipient(s) of distribution(s) from the Accounts under this Escrow Agreement in the event of his death by giving timely written notice to JPMC and the Escrow Agent thereof. In the event of Winters’ death or a judicial determination of his incompetence, references in this Agreement to Winters shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his designated beneficiar(ies), his estate, his executor(s), or his other legal

4 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

representative(s). Unless otherwise instructed in writing, cash disbursements to Winters shall be made to the account designated in Section 12(b) below. (b) If, on or before February 1, 2011, with respect to the SARs Accounts or if, on or before February 1, 2012, with respect to the Cash Accounts, JMPC advises the Escrow Agent in writing that JPMC has provided a notice of recoupment/cancellation/forfeiture to Winters under Section 3(a)(ii), 3(b)(iii) or 3(c)(ii) of the Agreement, as applicable, the Escrow Agent shall cease to effectuate any written instructions received from Winters as permitted in Section 4(a) of this Escrow Agreement and shall continue to hold the Accounts (or portions thereof) that are the object of the claimed recoupment/cancellation/forfeiture, as the case may be, subject to the terms of this Escrow Agreement, until it receives either (i) written direction signed by both Winters and JPMC or (ii) an award from an arbitrator appointed under Section 14(b) of the Agreement certified to be final by one of the Parties with a copy to the other Party; (provided that the non-certifying Party does not provide the Escrow Agent with a written objection within seven days immediately following receipt of the other Party’s certification of the award ) that, in either case (A) states that the matter has been resolved (whether by agreement or in arbitration) and (B) directs the Escrow Agent as to the proper distribution of the balances in the applicable Account(s). Immediately following receipt of such written notification, the Escrow Agent shall distribute the amounts remaining in the applicable Account(s) in accordance with such direction. (c) Upon delivery of all balances in all Accounts by the Escrow Agent to either Party in accordance with Sections 4(a) and 4(b) above, this Escrow Agreement shall terminate, subject to the provisions of Sections 5 through 11 below, which shall survive such termination. 5. Escrow Agent . (a) The Escrow Agent shall have only those duties as are specifically and expressly provided herein, which shall be deemed purely ministerial in nature, and no other duties shall be implied. The Escrow Agent shall neither be responsible for, nor chargeable with, knowledge of, nor have any requirements to comply with, the terms and conditions of any other agreement, instrument or document between the Parties, in connection herewith, if any, including without limitation the Agreement (nor shall the Escrow Agent be required to determine if any person or entity has complied with any such agreements, nor shall any additional obligations of the Escrow Agent be inferred from the terms of such agreements, even though reference thereto may be made in this Escrow Agreement). In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Escrow Agreement, those of the Agreement, any schedule or exhibit attached to the Escrow Agreement, or any other agreement among the Parties, the terms and conditions of this Escrow Agreement shall control. The Escrow Agent may rely upon and shall not be liable for acting or refraining from acting upon any written notice, document, instruction or request furnished to it hereunder and believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Party or Parties without inquiry and without requiring substantiating evidence of any kind. The Escrow Agent shall be under no duty to inquire into or investigate the validity, accuracy or content of any such document, notice, instruction or request. The Escrow Agent shall have no duty to solicit any payments which may be due it or the Account(s) nor shall the

5 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

Escrow Agent have any duty or obligation to confirm or verify the accuracy or correctness of any amounts deposited with it hereunder. (b) The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith except to the extent that a final adjudication of a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the Escrow Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct was the primary cause of any loss to either Party. The Escrow Agent may execute any of its powers and perform any of its duties hereunder directly or through attorneys, and shall be liable only for its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as finally adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction) in the selection of any such attorney. The Escrow Agent may consult with counsel, accountants and other skilled persons to be selected and retained by it. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with, or in reliance upon, the advice or opinion of any such counsel, accountants or other skilled persons. In the event that the Escrow Agent shall be uncertain or believe there is some ambiguity as to its duties or rights hereunder or shall receive instructions, claims or demands from any party hereto which, in its opinion, conflict with any of the provisions of this Escrow Agreement, it shall be entitled to refrain from taking any action and its sole obligation shall be to keep safely all property held in escrow until it shall be given a direction in writing by the Parties which eliminates such ambiguity or uncertainty to the satisfaction of Escrow Agent or by a final and non-appealable order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Parties agree to pursue any redress or recourse in connection with any dispute without making the Escrow Agent a party to the same. Anything in this Escrow Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Escrow Agent be liable for special, incidental, punitive, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Escrow Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 6. Succession . (a) The Escrow Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties or obligations hereunder by giving thirty (30) days advance notice in writing of such resignation to the Parties specifying a date when such resignation shall take effect. If the Parties have failed to appoint a successor escrow agent prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days following receipt of the notice of resignation, the Escrow Agent may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor escrow agent or for other appropriate relief, and any such resulting appointment shall be binding upon all of the parties hereto. Escrow Agent’s sole responsibility after such thirty (30) day notice period expires shall be to hold each Account (without any obligation to reinvest the same) and to deliver the same to a designated substitute escrow agent, if any, or in accordance with the directions of a final order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, at which time of delivery Escrow Agent’s obligations hereunder shall cease and terminate, subject to the provisions of Sections 7 and 8 hereunder. The Escrow Agent shall have the right to withhold an amount equal to any amount due and owing to the Escrow Agent, plus any costs and expenses the Escrow Agent shall reasonably believe may be incurred by the Escrow Agent in connection with the termination of the Escrow Agreement. (b) Any entity into which the Escrow Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any entity to which all or substantially all the escrow

6 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

business may be transferred, shall be the Escrow Agent under this Escrow Agreement without further act. 7. Compensation and Reimbursement . JPMC agrees to (a) pay the Escrow Agent for all its services to be rendered hereunder, which unless otherwise agreed in writing shall be as described in Schedule 2 attached hereto, and (b) pay or reimburse the Escrow Agent upon request for all expenses, disbursements and advances, including, without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, incurred or made by it in connection with the performance of this Escrow Agreement. 8. Patriot Act Disclosure/Taxpayer Identification Numbers/Tax Reporting . (a) Patriot Act Disclosure . Section 326 of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”) requires the Escrow Agent to implement reasonable procedures to verify the identity of any person that opens a new account with it. Accordingly, the Parties acknowledge that Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act and the Escrow Agent’s identity verification procedures require the Escrow Agent to obtain information which may be used to confirm the Parties identity including without limitation name, address and organizational documents (“identifying information”). The Parties agree to provide the Escrow Agent with and consent to the Escrow Agent obtaining from third parties any such identifying information required as a condition of opening an account with or using any service provided by the Escrow Agent. (b) Taxpayer Identification Numbers ( “TIN ”) . Winters has provided the Escrow Agent with his fully executed Form W-9 and/or other required documentation. (c) Tax Reporting . All interest or other income earned under the Escrow Agreement shall be allocated to Winters and reported, as and to the extent required by law, by the Escrow Agent to the IRS, or any other taxing authority, on IRS Form 1099 or 1042S (or other appropriate form) as income earned from the Investments by Winters whether or not said income has been distributed during such year. Any other tax returns required to be filed will be prepared and filed by Winters with the IRS and any other taxing authority as required by law. The Parties acknowledge and agree that Escrow Agent shall have no responsibility for the preparation and/or filing of any income, franchise or any other tax return with respect to each Account or any income earned by the Investments. The Parties further acknowledge and agree that any taxes payable from the income earned in respect of Investments held in the Accounts shall be paid by Winters, except that Escrow Agent shall withhold any taxes it deems appropriate out of the applicable Account, including but not limited to required withholding in the absence of proper tax documentation, and shall remit such taxes to the appropriate authorities. 9. Notices . All communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given and received: (a) upon delivery, if delivered personally, or upon confirmed transmittal, if by facsimile;

7 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

(b) on the next Business Day (as hereinafter defined) if sent by overnight courier; or (c) four (4) Business Days after mailing if mailed by prepaid registered mail, return receipt requested, to the appropriate notice address set forth below or at such other address as any party hereto may have furnished to the other parties in writing by registered mail, return receipt requested.

If to JPMorgan Chase & Co.: 1 Chase Manhattan Plaza, Fl. 20 New York, New York 10005 -6611 Attention: Bradley Fusco, Managing Director Tel No.: 212 -552 -6111 Fax No.: 212 -552 -6127

If to Winters: To the address separately provided to the Escrow Agent and to JPMC.

With a copy to: Morrison Cohen LLP 909 Third Avenue, 27th Floor New York, New York 10022 Attn: Robert M. Sedgwick Tel No.: 212 -735 -8600 Fax No.: 212 -735 -8708

If to the Escrow Agent: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Escrow Services 4 New York Plaza, 21st Floor New York City, NY 10004 Attention: Natalie Pesce Tenzin Norzin Fax No.: 212 -623 -6168 Notwithstanding the above, in the case of communications delivered to the Escrow Agent pursuant to (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 10, such communications shall be deemed to have been given on the date received by an officer of the Escrow Agent or any employee of the Escrow Agent who reports directly to any such officer at the above-referenced office. In the event that the Escrow Agent, in its sole discretion, shall determine that an emergency exists, the Escrow Agent may use such other means of communication as the Escrow Agent deems appropriate. “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which the Escrow Agent located at the notice address set forth above is authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed. 10. Compliance with Court Orders . In the event that any escrow property shall be attached, garnished or levied upon by any court order or any order of any arbitration panel appointed pursuant to Section 14(b) of the Agreement, or the delivery thereof shall be stayed or enjoined by an order of any court or any order of any arbitration panel appointed pursuant to

8 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

Section 14(b) of the Agreement, or any order, judgment or decree shall be made or entered by any court order affecting the property deposited under this Escrow Agreement, the Escrow Agent is hereby expressly authorized, in its sole discretion, to obey and comply with all writs, orders or decrees so entered or issued, which it is advised by legal counsel of its own choosing is binding upon it, whether with or without jurisdiction, and in the event that the Escrow Agent obeys or complies with any such writ, order or decree it shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, entity, firm or corporation, by reason of such compliance notwithstanding such writ, order or decree be subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside or vacated. 11. Miscellaneous . (a) The provisions of this Escrow Agreement may be waived, altered, amended or supplemented, in whole or in part, only by a writing signed by the Escrow Agent and the Parties. Neither this Escrow Agreement nor any right or interest hereunder may be assigned in whole or in part by the Escrow Agent or any Party, except as provided in Section 6, without the prior consent of the Escrow Agent and the other parties. (b) This Escrow Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York. Each Party irrevocably waives any objection on the grounds of venue, forum non-conveniens or any similar grounds and irrevocably consents to service of process by mail or in any other manner permitted by applicable law and consents to the jurisdiction of the courts located in the State of New York. The Parties further hereby waive any right to a trial by jury with respect to any lawsuit or judicial proceeding arising or relating to this Escrow Agreement. (c) No party to this Escrow Agreement is liable to any other party for losses due to, or if it is unable to timely perform its obligations under the terms of this Escrow Agreement because of, acts of God, fire, war, terrorism, floods, strikes, electrical outages, equipment or transmission failure, or other causes reasonably beyond its control. (d) This Escrow Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. All signatures of the parties to this Escrow Agreement may be transmitted by facsimile (including, without limitation, by “pdf” followed by confirmed facsimile), and such facsimile will, for all purposes, be deemed to be the original signature of such party whose signature it reproduces, and will be binding upon such party. (e) If any provision of this Escrow Agreement is determined to be prohibited or unenforceable by reason of any applicable law of a jurisdiction, then such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions thereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in such jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provisions in any other jurisdiction. (f) No person who is not a Party to this Escrow Agreement shall have the right to enforce any term of this Escrow Agreement. The Parties represent, warrant and covenant that each document, notice, instruction or request provided by either Party to the Escrow Agent

9 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

shall comply with applicable laws and regulations. Where, however, the conflicting provisions of any such applicable law may be waived, they are hereby irrevocably waived by the parties hereto to the fullest extent permitted by law, to the end that this Escrow Agreement shall be enforced as written. (g) Except as expressly provided in Section 4(a) or 8 above, nothing in this Escrow Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any person or entity other than the Escrow Agent and the Parties any legal or equitable right, remedy, interest or claim under or in respect of this Escrow Agreement or any funds escrowed hereunder. 12. Security Procedures . (a) In the event funds transfer instructions are given (whether in writing or by facsimile (other than as set forth in Section 12(b) below)) for Winters, the Escrow Agent is authorized to seek confirmation of such instructions by telephone call-back to Winters only, at the phone number designated on Schedule 1 hereto. In the event the Escrow Agent receives notice of judicial determination of Winters’s incapacitation pursuant to Section 4(a) hereto, the Escrow Agent is authorized to seek confirmation of such instructions by telephone call-back to Adriana Winters at the phone number designated on Schedule 1 hereto. The Escrow Agent may rely upon the confirmation of anyone purporting to be Winters or Adriana Winters, as the case may be. The persons and telephone numbers for call-backs may be changed only in a writing actually received and acknowledged by the Escrow Agent. If the Escrow Agent is unable to contact any of the authorized representatives identified in Schedule 1, no funds will be transferred until the Escrow Agent is able to receive such confirmation. The Escrow Agent and the beneficiary’s bank in any funds transfer may rely solely upon any account numbers or similar identifying numbers provided by Winters or JPMC to identify (i) the beneficiary, (ii) the beneficiary’s bank, or (iii) an intermediary bank. The Escrow Agent may apply any of the escrowed funds for any payment order it executes using any such identifying number, even when its use may result in a person other than the beneficiary being paid, or the transfer of funds to a bank other than the beneficiary’s bank or an intermediary bank designated. The Parties acknowledge that these security procedures are commercially reasonable. (b) Winters acknowledges that the Escrow Agent is authorized to use the funds transfer instructions provided to it by Winters under separate written cover to disburse any funds due to Winters under this Escrow Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Escrow Agreement as of the date set forth above.

WILLIAM T. WINTERS

10 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

JPMORGAN CHASE & CO.

By:

Name:

Title:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION as Escrow Agent

By:

Name:

Title:

11 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

EXHIBIT B

SCHEDULE 1 INFORMATION PROVIDED TO ESCROW AGENT UNDER SEPARATE COVER

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

EXHIBIT C Bonus Recoupment Policy In the event of a material restatement of the Firm’s financial results, the Board believes it would be appropriate to review the circumstances that caused the restatement and consider issues of accountability for those who bore responsibility for the events, including whether anyone responsible engaged in misconduct. As part of that review, consideration would also be given to any appropriate action regarding compensation that may have been awarded to such persons. In particular, it would be appropriate to consider whether any compensation was awarded on the basis of having achieved specified performance targets, whether an officer engaged in misconduct that contributed to the restatement and whether such compensation would have been reduced had the financial results been properly reported. Misconduct includes violation of the Firm’s Code of Conduct or policies or any act or failure to act that could reasonably be expected to cause financial or reputational harm to the Firm. Depending on the outcome of that review, appropriate action could include actions such as termination, reducing compensation in the year the restatement was made, seeking repayment of any bonus received for the period restated or any gains realized as a result of exercising an option awarded for the period restated, or canceling any unvested equity compensation awarded for the period restated. Consideration may also be given to whether or not any one or more of such actions should be extended to employees who did not engage in misconduct that contributed to the restatement.

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

EXHIBIT D Indemnification By -law Section 9.01. Right to Indemnification . The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as then in effect indemnify any person (the “Indemnitee”) who was or is involved in any manner (including, without limitation, as a party or a witness), or is threatened to be made so involved, in any threatened, pending or completed investigation, claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (including without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, but excluding any action, suit, or proceeding, or part thereof brought by such person against the Corporation or any affiliate of the Corporation unless consented to by the Corporation) (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, or employee of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding (or part thereof). Such indemnification shall be a contract right and shall include the right to receive payment in advance of any expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, consistent with the provisions of applicable law as then in effect. Section 9.02. Contracts and Funding . The Corporation may enter into contracts with any director, officer, or employee of the Corporation in furtherance of the provisions of this Article IX and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification as provided in this Article IX. Section 9.03. Employee Benefit Plans . For purposes of this Article IX, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, or employee of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, or employee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner not opposed to the best interest of a corporation. Section 9.04. Indemnification Not Exclusive Right . The right of indemnification and advancement of expenses provided in this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification may otherwise be entitled, under any statute, by-law, agreement vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The provisions of this Article IX shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and legal representatives of any person entitled to indemnity under this Article IX and shall be applicable to Proceedings commenced or continuing after the adoption of

Page 1 of 3 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

this Article IX, whether arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after such adoption. Section 9.05. Advancement of Expenses; Procedures . In furtherance, but not in limitation, of the foregoing provisions, the following procedures and remedies shall apply with respect to advancement of expenses and the right to indemnification under this Article IX: (a) Advancement of Expenses . All reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding shall be advanced to the Indemnitee by the Corporation within 30 days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee. In addition, such statement or statements shall, to the extent required by law at the time of such advance, and otherwise except as may be determined by or under the authority of the General Counsel, include or be accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amounts advanced if it should ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses. Notwithstanding the absence of such a written undertaking, acceptance of any such advancement of expenses shall constitute such an undertaking by the Indemnitee. (b) Written Request for Indemnification . To obtain indemnification under this Article IX, an Indemnitee shall submit to the Secretary a written request, including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification (the “Supporting Documentation”). The determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made within a reasonable time after receipt by the Corporation of the written request for indemnification together with the Supporting Documentation. (c) Procedure for Determination . Where the Indemnitee is a current or former director or a current officer of the Corporation, the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Article IX shall be determined (i) by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum (as defined in Article II of these By-laws) consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) if such quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders, but only if a majority of the disinterested directors, if they constitute a quorum of the Board, presents the issue of entitlement to indemnification to the stockholders for their determination. Where the Indemnitee is not a current or former director or a current officer of the Corporation, the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Article IX may be determined by the General Counsel. For purposes of this Article IX, the term “officer, when used with respect to the Corporation, shall mean those officers of the Corporation who are deemed to be Executive Officers for purposes of the annual report of the Corporation filed on Form 10-K under the Exchange Act.

Page 2 of 3 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

Section 9.06. Amendment or Repeal . Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Indemnitee in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

Page 3 of 3 WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

EXHIBIT E UK COMPROMISE AGREEMENT

March 1, 2010 Mr. William T. Winters 81 Addison Road London, United Kingdom W148ED

WITHOUT PREJUDICE AND SUBJECT TO CONTRACT Dear Mr. Winters: This letter, including the Agreement and Release attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (“US Release”), will set out the terms on which the termination of your employment with JPMorgan Chase & Co (“JPMC”) and all of its Associated Companies (collectively, the “Firm”) will occur.

Termination Date/Resignation from Directorships and Offices Your resignation from all directorships and offices you held with JPMC and all of its Associated Companies was effective as of September 30, 2009. You hereby agree to sign and deliver to the Firm on demand any written resignations that you may be asked for from all other offices, trusteeships and appointments which you held in connection with your employment. Your employment with the Firm terminated as of 5 February 2010 (“the Separation Date”).

Duties, Salary & Benefits up to Termination Date These shall be as set out in the US Release.

No Debts etc Owed by Firm You acknowledge that there are no sums of money due to you from the Firm except as provided for in the US Release. You confirm that, except as provided in the US Release, you do not have and will not have, following the Separation Date, any claim or entitlement under or in connection with any bonus, incentive, share option or similar scheme and that neither the Firm nor any nor any trustees of any scheme established by the JPMC nor any Associated Company is or shall be liable to make any payment or provide you with shares under any such scheme.

Return of Firm Property Except as provided in the US Release, you have returned to the Firm on or before the Separation Date all property which is in your possession or custody or under your control belonging to the Firm and all property belonging to third parties which is in your possession or custody or under your control by virtue of your employment. The property to which this paragraph applies includes, but is not limited to, passes, keys, credit cards, JP Morgan taxi cards, business equipment, documents, correspondence, lists of customers or clients, computer discs and data and all copies and duplicates of such items whether in a physical or electronic form.

Continuing Obligations You acknowledge that notwithstanding the termination of your employment, you continue to have certain duties to the Firm, as provided in the US Release (including, without limitation, Sections, 5, 6, 7 and 12 of the US Release), and you hereby agree to comply with such obligations. You agree and acknowledge that the sum of £100 has been delivered to you in consideration of such obligations.

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

Mr. William T. Winters March 1, 2010 Page 2

Compensation JPMC shall for itself and each Associated Company pay to you the payments and benefits set out in the US Release as compensation in connection with the termination of your employment (“the Separation Benefits”). The Separation Benefits will be provided to you, subject to your delivering to the Firm all things that you are required to deliver pursuant to this letter, including the US Release. In accordance with the Terms and Conditions of awards made under the JPMorgan Chase Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time, failure to sign and return this agreement will result in the forfeiture of any outstanding equity awards.

Tax Indemnity The Firm gives no warranty as to whether income tax or employee National Insurance contributions are lawfully payable in respect of the Separation Benefits provided under this letter and you will be solely responsible for any such income tax or employee National Insurance contributions which arise for payment, except to the extent that the Firm has made or does make an actual deduction in respect of such liability. Further, you will indemnify the Firm in respect of any assessments, determination or demands levied or made by the HM Revenue & Customs and/or the Contributions Agency in respect of such liability and any interest, charges or penalties arising in respect of it.

Full and Final Settlement The terms of this letter (including the US Release) are without any admission of any liability and shall be in full and final satisfaction of all and any claims or rights of action that you may have whether arising under European Union law, common law, statute or otherwise in any United Kingdom jurisdiction, United States jurisdiction or any jurisdiction outside of the United Kingdom or United States against JPMC or any Associated Company or any of its or their present or former directors or employees in connection with or arising out of your employment, the termination of your employment or any other matter whatsoever (including but not limited to your holding any office or resigning any office in JPMC or any Associated Company) and you agree to irrevocably waive any such claims or rights of action which you have save always in respect of any claim for personal injury or any accrued pension rights.

Statutory Compromise You agree to refrain from instituting or continuing before an employment tribunal or any other court any proceedings against JPMC and/or any Associated Company complaining that: (a) unlawful deductions have been made from your wages in breach of Part II of the Employment Rights Act 1996;

(b) you were unfairly dismissed in breach of Part X of the Employment Rights Act 1996 in respect of the termination of your employment on the Termination Date;

(c) you were unlawfully discriminated against on grounds of sex or marital status in breach of Parts I and II of the Sex Discrimination Act 1975;

(d) JPMC or any Associated Company has breached the equality clause implied under s.1 Equal Pay Act 1970;

(e) you were unlawfully discriminated against on grounds of colour, race, nationality or ethnic or national origins in breach of Parts I and II of the Race Relations Act 1976;

(f) you were unlawfully discriminated against on grounds of disability in breach of Part II of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995;

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

Mr. William T. Winters March 1, 2010 Page 3 (g) JPMC or any Associated Company was in breach of the Working Time Regulations 1998;

(h) you were unlawfully discriminated against on grounds of sexual orientation in breach of the Employment Equality (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003;

(i) you were unlawfully discriminated against on grounds of religious belief in breach of the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003;

(j) you were unlawfully discriminated against on grounds of age in breach of the Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006; and/or that,

(k) you had been subjected to a detriment having made a protected disclosure in contravention of the Employment Rights Act 1996;

(l) you had suffered a breach of contract or wrongful dismissal. You confirm that: (a) prior to accepting the terms of this letter you received independent legal advice from William Dawson of the firm Farrer & Co. (“the Qualified Lawyer”) as to the terms and effect of the letter if accepted by you and, in particular, its effect on your ability to pursue your rights before an employment tribunal or any other English court;

(b) you have been advised by the Qualified Lawyer that there is in force and was, at the time you received the advice referred to above, a contract of insurance or an indemnity provided for members of a profession or professional body covering the risk of a claim by you in respect of loss arising in consequence of that advice; and

(c) it is agreed that the conditions regulating compromise agreements contained in s.203 Employment Rights Act 1996, s.77 Sex Discrimination Act 1975, s.72 Race Relations Act 1976, Schedule 3A of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995, s.35 Working Time Regulations 1998, schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003, schedule 4 of the Employment Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003 and schedule 5 of the Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006 are intended to be and have been satisfied. You warrant that you are not aware of any statutory claims that you may have other than those referred to in the paragraph titled “Statutory Compromise” or any claims in respect of personal injury, or claims in respect of any accrued pension benefits under the JPMorgan UK Pension Plan.

Miscellaneous You acknowledge and agree that this letter constitutes a valid and effective compromise and release of claims under English law. Any disputes arising under this letter shall be covered by Section 14(b) of the US Release. No third party will have rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement except under the paragraphs titled “No Debts etc Owed by Firm ”, “Continuing Obligations”, “Full and Final Settlement” and “Statutory Compromise”. The third parties referred to therein may only enforce those paragraphs with the written consent of the Firm and you and the Firm will not require the consent of any third party to rescind or vary the terms of this Agreement at any time.

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

Mr. William T. Winters March 1, 2010 Page 4 In this letter the term “Associated Company” shall mean any subsidiary of JPMC, and “subsidiary” shall have the meanings assigned to it by s.1159 Companies Act 2006. This letter (including the US Release) shall be deemed to be without prejudice and subject to contract until such time as this letter is signed and dated by both parties and the US Release becomes effective, when this letter shall be treated as an open document evidencing a binding agreement. The terms of this letter (including the US Release) contain the entire understanding between us and supersede all, if any, subsisting agreements, arrangements or understandings, written or oral, relating to the termination of your employment and any such agreements, arrangements or understandings shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent. If the terms set out above are acceptable to you, please: (a) sign and date the enclosed duplicate of this letter; and

(b) have the Qualified Lawyer sign and date the certificate attached to the duplicate; and then

(c) return the duplicate to me under cover of a letter on the headed notepaper of the Qualified Lawyer ’s firm within 14 days. I confirm my acceptance of the terms set out above.

Signed Date

William T. Winters

For and on behalf of JPMorgan Chase & Co:

Signed Date

John L. Donnelly Executive Vice President

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea

QUALIFIED LAWYER’S CERTIFICATE

I hereby certify that: (a) I am a solicitor of the Supreme Court of England and Wales holding a current practising certificate

(b) I have advised William T. Winters of the terms and effect of the letter to which this certificate is attached and in particular its effect on his ability to pursue his rights under English law before an employment tribunal or any other court in respect of those proceedings referred to in the paragraph titled “Statutory Compromise ” of the letter following his acceptance of the terms of the letter.

(c) There was in force at the time that I gave the advice referred to above a contract of insurance or indemnity provided for members of a profession or professional body covering the risk of a claim under English law by my client in respect of loss arising in consequence of that advice.

Signature of Qualified Lawyer William Dawson Partner, .Farrer & Co 66 Lincoln ’s Inn Fields London, WC2A 3LH Date

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Exhibit 31.1 JPMorgan Chase & Co. CERTIFICATION I, James Dimon, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10 -Q of JPMorgan Chase & Co.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant ’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d -15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal controls over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant ’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant ’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant ’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant ’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant ’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant ’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 10, 2010

/s/ James Dimon

James Dimon Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Exhibit 31.2 JPMorgan Chase & Co. CERTIFICATION I, Michael J. Cavanagh, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10 -Q of JPMorgan Chase & Co.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant ’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d -15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal controls over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant ’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant ’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant ’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant ’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant ’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant ’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 10, 2010

/s/ Michael J. Cavanagh

Michael J. Cavanagh Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea Exhibit 32 JPMorgan Chase & Co. CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Quarterly Report of JPMorgan Chase & Co. on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2010 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of JPMorgan Chase & Co., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of JPMorgan Chase & Co.

Date: May 10, 2010 By: /s/ James Dimon

James Dimon Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Date: May 10, 2010 By: /s/ Michael J. Cavanagh

Michael J. Cavanagh Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer This certification accompanies this Form 10-Q and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section.

WorldReginfo - 440a7d12-6031-4a77-a6b6-392e45790bea